ERP January 1952

The Economic Reportof the President

TRANSMITTED TO THE CONGRESS

*o-i* Januafy 1952

Together With a Report to the President

THE ANNUAL ECONOMIC REVIEW

By the

COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS

Digitized for FRASER http://fraser.stlouisfed.org/ Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis

The Economic Reportof the President

TRANSMITTED TO THE CONGRESS

January 16, 1952

Together With a Report to the President

THE ANNUAL ECONOMIC REVIEW

By the


UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

WASHINGTON : 1952


Additional copies of this report are for sale by the Superintendent of Documents,U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. G.

Price of single copy, 55 cents

(U)


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

THE WHITE HOUSE,Washington, D. C., January 16, 1952.

The Honorable the PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE,The Honorable the SPEAKER OF THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES.

SIRS: I am presenting herewith my Economic Report to the Congress,as required under the Employment Act of 1946.

In preparing this report, I have had the advice and assistance of theCouncil of Economic Advisers, members of the Cabinet, and heads of in-dependent agencies.

Together with this report, I am transmitting a report, the Annual Eco-nomic Review, January 1952, prepared for me by the Council of EconomicAdvisers in accordance with section 4 (c) (2) of the Employment Actof 1946.

Respectfully,

(in)


ContentsPage

THE ECONOMIC REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT 1The Nation's economy grows stronger 2How we use our strength 4The harder job ahead 8The real meaning of economy 13Top issues for policy action . 15

Reaching our objectives for defense strength 15Aiding other free nations 16Expanding our productive capacity 17Supporting civilian strength 18Controlling inflation 19

Requirements for additional taxation 21Saving 21Credit control . 22Price control 23Rent control 23Wage stabilization 24

Equality of sacrifice 24Summary of legislative recommendations 24Summary of economic developments in 1951 25

THE ANNUAL ECONOMIC REVIEW, JANUARY 1952 (a report to thePresident by the Council of Economic Advisers) 33

(V)


To the Congress of the United States:

The past year has been marked by great gains in our basic economicstrength. These gains have enabled us to move forward toward our securityobjectives with far less strain upon the economy than would otherwise havebeen possible.

It is the tragic necessity of our time that we and other peace-loving peoplesmust devote so large a part of our resources to building up our militarystrength. But it is because we seek peace—a just and lasting peace—that wehave shouldered this burden. If, despite our best efforts, another world con-flict should come, the cost would be beyond description. If we succeedin the effort for peace, our productive ability will enable us to achieve amaterial well-being never before known.

This effort for peace finds the people of the United States substantially inagreement. We all know that we must stand firm against aggression, buildup our defenses, cooperate with other free peoples, and hold the door openfor the fair settlement of international disputes. Our basic internationalpolicy is backed by national unity.

But our foreign policy cannot succeed, if there is excessive division ondomestic matters. Economic issues and international issues are now in-separably connected. It is a fundamental fact that the defense programitself, and our aid to friendly nations, must be related to the capacity of oureconomy. If we overestimated the strength of our economy, we couldweaken our power to resist aggression. If we underestimated its strength,we could fall short of doing the things that can and must be done to preventaggression.

Without continued economic growth, the defense burden could makeus weaker year by year. Without economic stability and control of in-flation, the resulting hardships could disastrously affect millions of ourpeople. Without agreement on economic fundamentals at home, groupconflicts or political conflicts could weaken our ability to withstand thecommunist threat.

It is only natural that the scope and operation of a program of this mag-nitude should evoke some disagreement and criticism. This can be con-structive. But it would be most unfortunate if, in those economic matterswhich affect our world security, we were divided by narrow partisanshiprather than united by the desire to find the best possible solution.

To agree upon wise policies, it is essential to know and understand thefacts. These facts are available, and they are compelling. They show


that our basic economic strength is greater than it was a year ago. Theypoint the way to the necessary policies that we should follow. They revealwhy all of us can and need to stand upon common ground.

The Nation's Economy Grows StrongerThe decision to resist aggression in Korea was not the first postwar evi-

dence of American strength which confounded the communist imperialists.The first and equally important evidence came earlier, when the Americaneconomy after World War II, instead of slipping into a depression, movedforward to greater strength.

Comparing the year 1947 with the year 1950, before our economy wasgreatly affected by the new defense program, civilian employment rose from58 million to 60 million. Unemployment during those years averagedabout 2.7 million, which was low by previous peacetime standards. Ourtotal annual output, measured in uniform (1951) prices, rose from about270 billion dollars to about 300 billion.

This growth in our economy accelerated rapidly after the Korean out-break. In the year and a half since then, our annual rate of total output,in terms of 1951 prices, has risen by about 30 billion dollars, or 10 percent,to 330 billion dollars. By the end of 1951, civilian employment mounted toabout 61 million, and unemployment was about 1.7 million.

Thus, comparing 1947 with the current situation, the annual output ofthe economy, in constant prices, has risen by about 60 billion dollars. Totalcivilian employment is now about 3 million higher than 4 years ago.

This expansion of our economy has occurred because the American peoplehave never lost faith in progress. They have rejected the idea that wehave reached, or will ever reach, the last frontiers of our growth. Busi-nessmen, workers, and farmers have dared to produce more and more,confident that we had the ingenuity and the imagination to utilize thisincreasing abundance. They have not been held back by the fear thatwe would get into a depression by not knowing how to make use of theblessing of full production and full employment.

An expanding economy has paid particularly rich dividends, in helpingus to assume new burdens of world responsibility. In 1947, we justlyregarded ourselves as having reached remarkable levels of productionand productivity, compared with any prewar year. Our total output,measured in 1951 prices, was more than 90 billion dollars higher than in1939, and more than 100 billion above 1929. But since 1947, the 60-billion-dollar increase in annual output has been greater than the total costof the security program in 1951. (See chart 1.) The high level of produc-tion helped to hold inflation in check during most of 1951, despite a rapidlyrising security program. The growth of production during the last few yearsnow enables us to carry the security program without undue impairment of


CHART 1

BUILDING OUR STRENGTHGROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT IN 1951 PRICES

In 1952, we should be able to increase total production by about5 percent. This will help to meet the needs of the expandingsecurity program.

100BILLIONS OF DOLLARS

200

1929

1939

1947

I960

1951

.NATIONAL SECURITYBOTHER

FEDERAL.STATE, LOCAL \

1952OBJECTIVE

-^DEVELOPMENT OF NATURAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES.

NOTE: NET FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN ALL YEARS, AND NATIONAL SECURITY IN 1929, NOT SHOWN SEPARATELYSINCE AMOUNTS ARE RELATIVELY VERY SMALL.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

the rest of the economy. Despite the defense burden, the past year witnesseda production of tools, factories, automobiles, housing, household goods, andfood that was very high—and, in some cases, record-breaking.

In the light of this experience, we should hold fast to the principle ofan expanding economy. During 1952, we can and should lift employ-ment by another l1/^ million. Some further reduction in unemploymentmay be possible, despite the fact that additional defense-created unemploy-ment in some local areas appears inevitable. We can and should lift ourtotal output by at least another 5 percent, or by 15 to 20 billion dollars.We should adopt policies which pave the way for a continuation or accelera-tion of these productive gains in the years further ahead.

Such progress will have many advantages. It will give us even greaterstrength to meet any aggressor. If the world situation stabilizes, so that


we can after 2 or 3 years taper off the defense program, we will then beproducing enough to remove many unpleasant controls without riskinginflation, and to have a higher standard of living than we had even in 1951.And if we succeed in attaining a durable peace, our expanding economy candouble our standard of living within a generation.

Viewing the next 2 hard years, the productive capacity of the UnitedStates leaves no room for faintheartedness or defeatism about our abilityto carry whatever necessary burdens the international situation may imposeupon us. But we cannot afford to be complacent. In moving ahead con-fidently to what must be done, we should not overlook the points of weaknessor vulnerability in our economic system. Our resources are bountiful, butwe must make the most of them by careful use.

How We Use Our StrengthEconomic strength, in these times, is not only a matter of size. If we

should devote too much of our productive power to building up our stand-ard of living, while the communists build up their armaments, we couldfall far behind despite our immensely greater economic potential. Wemust use our strength in the right way.

In a total war, our course would be plain. We would build up ourstriking forces as rapidly as possible, and sacrifice all else to that purpose.In a fully peaceful situation, our course would also be plain. We wouldreduce armaments, and devote our full resources to the pursuit of what wecount as the good things of life. But for the time being, and perhaps fora long time, we must sail a middle course in an uncertain sea.

The whole mobilization effort is based upon the economic strategy offollowing this middle course. This means keeping strong all three com-ponents of our total strength—military, industrial, and civilian. We aremaking allowance for the possibility that war could come suddenly. Butwe are also making allowance for the possibility of a long period of inter-national tension without total war. It is a mistake to oversimplify thisproblem by calling it a conflict between guns and butter. We must strivefor the amounts and kinds of "guns," of "tools," and of "butter" which willdo most to advance our security and well-being in the long run.

While too slow a defense build-up would imperil the Nation, too rapida build-up also has dangers. It could burden us with a mass of out-of-date weapons, deplete our economy, and weaken public support for a pro-gram which may be needed over a long period.

If the build-up of our industrial capacity were too slow, the very founda-tion of our economic and military strength would be impaired. But ifour industrial build-up were too fast or were made indiscriminately, it


CHART 2

GROWTH IN BASIC CAPACITYAND PRODUCTION

STEELPRODUCTIONMILLIONS OF NET TONS

0 25 50 75 100

ELECTRIC POWERGENERATING CAPACITYUMILLIONS OF KILOWATTS0 25 50 75 100

r I r r1939 [

1950 F

1952^/1

ALUMINUMPRIMARY PRODUCTIONMILLIONS OF SHORT TONS0 .25 .50 .75

I I

1.00 1.25~ T ~ - |

PETROLEUM

REFINERY CAPACITYMILLIONS OF BARRELS (DAILY AVERAGE)0 5 10

I I

1939 n1950

1952-2/f c' EXCLUDES INDUSTRIAL.

•2/PROJECTIONS BY DEFENSE PRODUCTION ADMINISTRATION.

SOURCES: AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE, FEDERAL POWER COMMISSION, ANDDEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR (EXCEPT AS NOTED).

could feed an inflationary boom by placing too heavy a demand upon scarcematerials.

If we maintained civilian consumption at too lush a level under currentworld conditions, we would be deceiving ourselves tragically. But exces-sive cutbacks of civilian supplies and essential public services would weakenthe ultimate source of our collective strength—155 million Americans.

The defense mobilization effort thus far has been based upon thisrounded concept of total national strength for the long pull. Since theKorean outbreak, the size of our armed forces has more than doubled.Deliveries of military goods, including military construction, have totaled20 billion dollars. Nearly 5J/2 million workers are now engaged directlyor indirectly in defense production. Government outlays for the majornational security programs—the military services, atomic energy, stockpil-ing, military and economic aid abroad, Defense Production Act programs,


civil defense, and merchant marine activities—have increased from anannual rate of 17 billion dollars to about 45 billion.

While increasing these major security programs, we have also been rap-idly building up our productive economic strength. Since the Korean out-break, private investment in producers' equipment and nonresidential con-struction has averaged 37 billion dollars a year, compared with a 32-billion-dollar rate from 1947 through the middle of 1950, 14 billion in 1939, and22 billion in 1929, all measured at the 1951 price level. In 1951, steel-making capacity increased 4 percent and electric power capacity 10 percent,and the year's steel output of 105 million tons exceeded the previous recordby 9 percent. Aluminum output at present is running 17 percent higherthan during the middle of 1950. (See chart 2.) Additions to farm equip-ment and larger use of fertilizers have made it possible to set a realistic 1952agricultural production goal above any previous year's output, and almost50 percent higher than the Nation's average farm production in the yearsbefore World War II.

This growth in the productive sector of our economy indicates thatneither the size of the military build-up, nor the high level of taxationenacted to finance that build-up, has repressed business investment initia-tive. Instead, the problem has been to hold the expansion down to non-inflationary proportions.

Despite the great demand for resources to enlarge the military build-upand to expand the industrial mobilization base, the year and a half sinceKorea has witnessed an extremely high level of general civilian supplies.While per capita consumption in constant dollars declined about 3 percentfrom the pre-Korean level to the final quarter of 1951, this was mainlybecause of a fall in demand for durable goods. Considering the increasein consumers' stocks of durable goods since the end of the war, and thesteady improvement in housing accommodations, it seems clear that livingstandards have thus far been rising. Compared with 1939, per capita con-sumption expenditures, after adjustment for price rises, have'increased aboutone-third. (See chart 3.)

There have been some shortcomings to set off against these evidences ofprogress. Bottlenecks and shortages, and problems of design, have delayedproduction of some important military items. Some of the materials expan-sion programs have not moved forward as rapidly as we had anticipated.As was to be expected in the first stages of a mobilization effort, the develop-ment of smoothly operating administrative machinery took time to accom-plish. In some areas of the country, although not generally, dislocationshave resulted in unemployment and business hardship. Furthermore, par-ticularly during the first months after the Korean aggression, a rapid infla-tionary upsurge caused undue hardship to many families.

Nonetheless, the facts which have been recited make it clear that theNation has been gaining steadily and vigorously in economic strength.


CHART 3

GAINS IN LIVING STANDARDS

By almost any measure, the standard of living has improved-markedlysince the pre-World War II period.

CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURES,PER CAPITA -VINDEX, 1939 = 1000 50

1939

1951

100 1501

FOOD CONSUMPTION,PER CAPITA UINDEX, 1939 = 1000 50 100

HOMES WITH

ELECTRIC REFRIGERATORSPERCENT OF TOTAL HOMES0 50 100

FARMS WITHELECTRICITYPERCENT OF TOTAL FARMS0 ' 50

1939

1951

PASSENGER CARS,PER HUNDRED PERSONSNUMBER0 25

SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION EXPENDITURES,PER STUDENT ENROLLED **INDEX, 1939 = 1000 50 100

1939

1951

I

•U INDEXES BASED ON EXPENDITURES IN I9SI PRICES. SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION EXPENDITURES FOR 1939 INCLUDEWORKS PROGRESS ADMINISTRATION PROJECTS, AND ARE ADJUSTED FOR PROBABLE LOWER PRODUCTIVITY.

& END OF YEAR DATA.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, MCGRAW - HILL PUBLISHING COMPANY, DEPARTMENT OFAGRICULTURE, FEDERAL SECURITY AGENCY, AND COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.


Moreover, the utilization of our resources, under the mobilization program,has kept the three major components of our strength in reasonably balancedproportion.

But the defense program is still in the build-up stage; the main effort liesahead. This will impose new strains upon the economy. It calls for im-provement in existing programs, and new adjustments to meet new events.

The Harder Job Ahead

As 1952 opens, we face a period during which the burden of the defenseprogram will increase greatly—both in absolute terms, and relative to thetotal size and strength of the economy. This increasing burden, whileindispensable to our security, will place an additional strain upon our man-power, our physical plant, our natural resources, and our standards ofliving. It will inescapably cause Government expenditures to rise greatly,and, even with the additional taxes I am recommending, it is estimated thatthere will be a large deficit this year and a larger one next year. Thisdeficit, along with the other strains upon the economy, will increase infla-tionary dangers. We must analyze these strains carefully, and decide howbest to meet them. With sound policies, there is no doubt that we shallbe able to meet them.

Government outlays for the major security programs are estimated to risefrom a current annual rate of 45 billion dollars to almost 65 billion by theend of this calendar year. As a proportion of total output, the increase willbe from 14 percent to more than 18 percent. These over-all figures do notfully portray the impact. In 1952, more than a third of the output of theconstruction and metalworking industries will be taken for military pur-poses. Military production and construction will claim more than a fourthof our copper supply, and half of our aluminum supply.

Though the major expansion will take place this year, the program whichI am submitting will call for a further increase in the rate of security outlaysduring calendar 1953. We cannot hope that security program expenditureswill start declining toward a lower rate until 1954.

But the most difficult problems will be within the next 12 months. Afterwe cross this hurdle, continued expansion of our raw materials base, andslackening of military requirements for materials, will considerably ease thestrain. In the meantime, however, it will be necessary to curtail the useof critical materials for many peacetime products. Serious problems willbe faced by some smaller manufacturing firms, unable to convert theirplants to defense production or to find substitute materials.

I want to direct special attention to that part of our security effort whichis aimed at increasing the strength of other free nations. Most of our aidis going to Western Europe. During the 2 years of the Marshall Plan

8


prior to the Korean outbreak, industrial production in Western Europeancountries rose 30 percent. Nevertheless, their recovery was far from com-plete when they had to undertake heavy new defense burdens. Since June1950, they have added substantially to their armed forces and have morethan doubled their defense expenditures. While their industrial productionhas risen another 15 percent during this period, it still is far below the levelrequired for defense and for economic stability.

The Western European countries can shoulder only part of their heavierdefense outlays through increased productivity. In addition, cuts must bemade in their domestic consumption, which only recently has been restoredto the prewar levels, and in capital investment, which is needed to buildlong-run economic strength. Exports, which are necessary if self-supportis to be achieved, are also being limited. If these countries tried to produceor buy abroad, solely with their own resources, all the goods needed fordefense, the probable result would be drastic cuts in living standards, intol-erable inflation, and grave danger to political stability.

It is only a matter of intelligent self-interest on our part to add somethingto the resources of these countries. And it is essential for us to understandthat, whether we make this addition in the form of "military aid" or"economic aid," the objective and the function are the same: commonsecurity. When we supply military goods, some of the most dangerous cut-backs in European civilian production can be avoided. When we supplyeconomic assistance, some European productive facilities and foreign ex-change are released for defense. The form of aid that best serves the pur-pose in a particular case is not something which can be decided in theabstract. It depends upon the changing circumstances in the individualEuropean countries.

We are also providing aid to the nations in the Near East and Africa,in Asia and the Pacific, and to the other American Republics. Much ofit is military aid. A somewhat lesser amount—but one which has beensteadily increasing—is being directed to attacking the more general prob-lems resulting from underdevelopment. Chronic poverty now affects theability of some of these countries to maintain independence in the face ofthreatened aggression or subversion. This calls for a demonstration—bypositive and sustained action by the free nations as a whole—that theeconomic aspirations of underdeveloped countries can best be realized inassociation with the rest of the free world.

Our reliance on other nations of the free world is not simply a matterof combined military strength. Our productive potential is vitally de-pendent on supplies of critical raw materials—particularly metals—comingfrom abroad. We are joining with the other free countries in efforts toencourage the production and achieve a fair distribution of such materials.

In addition, we must undertake in 1952 some other efforts which willmake us stronger for the long pull, even though they will increase immediate


strains. Steelmaking capacity, already above 108 million tons, is to be ex-panded to more than 120 million by 1954, with related expansions of iron,coke, and ore-producing facilities. The aluminum program should doublethe mid-1950 rate of output by 1954. Electric power capacity is scheduledto expand 13 percent this year, and a 40-percent expansion by the end of1954 is proposed. Petroleum refinery capacity is scheduled to expand about14 percent between now and the end of 1953. These and the other high-priority Government-assisted industrial expansion programs will absorb thisyear about a quarter of the supply of copper available for civilian uses, andabout one-third of the civilian supply of steel.

There are also a few public programs which must be continued at fairlyhigh levels or expanded, because they are essential to supply our defenserequirements and to expand our mobilization base. Federal expendituresfor long-range conservation and development of natural resources must beadequate to assure maintenance of the resource base, and to prevent thegradual deterioration of this fundamental segment of our economy. Pro-grams for conservation and development of minerals are being enlarged.Public electric power projects, which will make up about a fourth of the30-million-kilowatt total expansion programmed for completion in thenext 3 years, are going forward. Many of these public developments aremulti-purpose hydroelectric projects, which also yield other important bene-fits. Initial development of certain hydro projects, which will be requiredin 4 or more years, must also go forward now.

These various types of defense-related expansion—both military andcivilian—will absorb scarce resources, such as steel and copper, at a muchfaster rate than we can expand the supply during the next 12 months or so.

The meaning of this is simple: In order to accomplish what we cannotafford to do without, we must give up many of the things that we can affordto do without. It is even more true of 1952 than of 1951 that we cannothave business as usual, consumer enjoyments as usual, or Governmentprograms and services as usual.

The demand for vital business expansion means that many nonessentialforms of private investment must be deferred. The total of private invest-ment in construction and producers' equipment, which was close to 50 bil-lion dollars in 1951, should be held in the neighborhood of 42 to 44 billiondollars in 1952. This will cause some hardships and dislocations, althoughwe are doing our best to minimize them. But measured against earlieryears, the general level of private investment, even outside of the indus-trial mobilization base, will be relatively high and profitable. The holdingback of some less essential investment will be helpful immediately by reduc-ing inflationary pressures; and helpful in the long run by creating backlogsof opportunity for investment when the security program levels off.

The American consumer—which means all Americans—will also haveto relinquish some of the enjoyments which would be possible if the cost

10


CHART 4

PRODUCTION OFCONSUMER DURABLE GOODSCONTRASTED WITH FIRST HALF OF 1950

Fourth quarter 1951 production of major consumer durable goodswas sharply below the first half of I960. For the first quarterof 1952, the allocations of steel-are only 50 percent of usagein the first half of 1950.

PERCENT OF FIRST HALF isso-17

0 25 50 75 100

WASHING MACHINES

VACUUM CLEANERS

ELECTRIC RANGES

TELEVISION SETS

RADIOS

PASSENGER CARS

ELECTRICREFRIGERATORS

1 i4th QUARTER 1951 PRODUCT

1

1

t..1j

?

1

1' i..... '

1

i ii, ( i,, l-r-

1• 1

1 1

1 1

ON

4th QUARTER 1951-̂̂ STEEL ALLOTMENT

1st QUARTER 1952"-- STEEL ALLOTMENT

1 1

-' BASE PERIOD FOR CALCULATION OF STEEL ALLOTMENT.

NOTE: PRODUCTION DATA BASED ON DAILY AVERAGES. BASE PERIOD OUTPUT FOR PASSENGER CARS DIFFERS FROMREPORTED OUTPUT DUE TO ADJUSTMENTS FOR WORK STOPPAGE.

SOURCES: VARIOUS TRADE ASSOCIATIONS AND NATIONAL PRODUCTION AUTHORITY.

of security were not so high. The over-all level of consumer supplies,particularly food and clothing, should remain at least as high as last year.Such items as food and clothing do not compete sharply with the defenseprogram or with the industrial build-up. But housing starts, which were1.4 million in 1950 and about 1.1 million in 1951, will have to be reducedto 850,000 units or less. And to reach even this number will require sub-stantial economies in the use of scarce materials. Less than 4 million newpassenger cars will be made, compared with 5.3 million last year. Householdappliances, radios, and television sets must also be cut back from recentlevels. (See chart 4.) Current production of most metal-using durableswill be below the level of the 1947-49 period. But, with very high existingstocks of these durables in the hands of consumers, supplies will be ample tomeet all essential needs.

II977891—52-


During a national emergency, when business and consumers are beingcalled upon for larger sacrifices, we cannot expect to have normal peacetimeGovernment services. This presents a difficult problem, because worldconditions since 1940 have required us to hold many types of outlays belowthe needs of an expanding economy and a growing population. For exam-ple, measured in uniform prices, construction expenditures for both high-ways and natural resources, excluding atomic energy, were considerablylarger in 1939 than in any year since. New public construction expendituresfor these and other development programs, including education, health,and housing, have fallen from about 3 percent of the gross national productin 1939 to less than 2 percent in 1951. After World War II, the Americanpeople properly looked to their Federal, State, and local governments toresume certain programs and services devoted to their well-being. We wereable to make substantial progress for some time, but in the present defenseemergency we have necessarily had to cut down again on many govern-ment programs.

We must continue to hold back on the construction of hospitals. Totalconstruction expenditures for schools, although at record levels, must beheld below the real need. New natural resource development projects,including flood control, navigation, and reclamation projects, are being post-poned unless they are essential because of electric power or other urgentlyneeded features. Low rent public housing starts in 1952, as in 1951, willbe well below the levels contemplated in recent housing legislation.

The postponement of these programs is unfortunate. But like deferredbusiness investment, it may have some good effects later on. When thedefense program levels off, the resumption of these programs can help totake up any slack.

The year ahead, and 1953 also, will pose more difficult problems in themanagement of the fiscal affairs of the Federal Government than any wehave faced since World War II. Total budget expenditures by the end ofthe fiscal year 1953, ending on June 30, 1953, will be running at an annualrate between 85 and 90 billion dollars. The security effort, together withveterans' services and benefits, and interest on the national debt—both, inthe main, resulting from World War II—will comprise roughly 85 percentof total expenditures in the fiscal year 1953. The remainder reflects per-sistent efforts to bring other outlays to the lowest point consistent withrecognition that a nation of 155 million people cannot survive througharmament alone.

For the fiscal year 1952, the total of Federal expenditures is estimated atapproximately 71 billion dollars, and receipts at about 63 billion. Whilethe resulting deficit is undesirable, it has not prevented effective economicstabilization during the past 10 months. But with expenditures for securityprograms rising sharply, a dangerously large deficit of close to twice thatsize is estimated for the fiscal year 1953, if there is no additional taxation.

12


Even with the additional taxes that I am recommending, the deficit willremain large, until the security program has passed its peak and tapers off,as we hope it can do in about 2 or 3 years. In this period, substantialproblems will also arise in connection with the management of the nationaldebt, and the financing and refinancing operations of the Treasury.

Rising expenditures and rising deficits add to inflationary pressures.The expansion of defense production will cause the spendable incomes ofconsumers to rise during the year more than civilian supplies. Moreover,price and wage movements, responsive to the decisions of business andlabor, could add fuel to the inflationary fires. Ample funds will be avail-able to most businessmen to engage in excessive inventory buying, if theyshould desire to do so. There are large reserves of liquid savings in thehands of consumers and business.

Looking at the situation as a whole, however, the essential security pro-gram neither imposes excessive strains upon the economy, nor makes itimpossible to contain inflation. If we realize, as fully as possible, ourproductive potential, business investment and real consumption, while cur-tailed, will still be high, except when measured against the last 2 years—the highest in our history. Certainly these are not large sacrifices, inview of the dangers against which we must protect ourselves. Further, ifthe people as a whole are willing to avoid excesses and extravagances, therecent containment of inflation can be made more effective during thisyear. We contained inflation, under more difficult circumstances, duringWorld War II, although we did not do a good enough job of forestallingpostwar inflation. We must learn from past mistakes as well as from pastsuccesses.

The Real Meaning of Economy

True economy is desirable at all times. It is imperative during a nationalemergency. But, as shown by the foregoing review of events since 1947,true economy means conserving and expanding the economic strength ofthe Nation as a whole. It can, therefore, be achieved only by recognizingall the basic factors in that strength—and not neglecting any of them.

When we look at the whole picture, we find that true economy embracestwo equally important elements: The first is the avoidance of unnecessaryoutlays; but the second, and equally important, is the making of necessaryoutlays. A nation which spent its resources foolishly would dissipate itsstrength. But a nation which was too timid or miserly in applying itsresources to urgent needs would fail to build up its strength.

We must exert every effort—through business action, consumer action,and government action—to avoid unnecessary outlays. But we cannot bythis method alone achieve world peace or a highly productive economy.

13


The main reason for not spending on the things that we do not need, isto afford the things that we do need.

We must hold defense outlays to the lowest levels consistent with safe-guarding our national security. This means constant weeding out ofwaste. But it would be false economy to cut the defense program belowthe requirements for our safety.

Our economic and military aid to free nations banded with us againstaggression must be kept under vigilant and continuous review. It mustbe coupled with assurance that the countries receiving it are doing theirfull share. But it would be false economy, after all our efforts since WorldWar II to help rebuild economic life and maintain political stability inwar-damaged countries, to reverse the process by weakening the aid pro-gram. We must recognize that strength or weakness at any point in thefree world adds to strength or weakness at every point. It would not betrue economy to spend a dollar for the common defense on one side of theAtlantic, when it would contribute more to the common defense if spenton the other side of the Atlantic.

There has recently been growing appreciation in the United States thatthe defense programs of the countries of Western Europe should not moveso fast as to reduce standards of living below a level consistent with politicalstability and immunity against internal subversion. Some adjustmentsare now being made to take account of this fact. But it would not be trueeconomy, because some partners in a joint enterprise have not the resourcesto do all that would be desirable, for the strongest partner to relax fromdoing its best.

If our own security efforts, through their demand upon raw materialsand their effect upon world prices, are imposing an excessive burden uponother nations, there are right and wrong ways to meet this problem. Weare lessening the pressures upon prices and raw materials, not by relaxingour security program, but rather by cutting somewhat into nonessentialconsumption and investment; by holding down domestic inflation throughan effective anti-inflationary program; and by making cooperative effortsto share scarce materials and to stabilize international prices. This is theright approach. The proposal to solve the whole problem by drasticallycutting the security effort everywhere is false economy—because the nubof the problem is to maintain a mutual security program which in total isadequate to the danger confronting us. It would be superficially easy—butdisastrous—to reduce the defense strain by torpedoing the defense program.

We must cut nonessential spending, both private and public, so that,unnecessary shortages and unnecessary inflation do not imperil the defenseeffort. But it would be false economy to repress the types of private andpublic investment which are building up our essential productive power.

It would be false economy to set revenues at a far lower level than theNation can well support under current circumstances, and then to say


that the defense garment must be cut to the revenue cloth. A balancedbudget, achieved the easy way by sacrificing the defense program andputting the balance of world power in the hands of the Kremlin, would befalse economy. The sound course in these times is to base outlays uponessential national needs, and then obtain the funds to cover these needs bycurrent taxation insofar as possible. But if the only choice is either to run adeficit of limited size and duration in the Federal budget, or to run a deficitin our national security effort, by far the lesser hazard now is to run adeficit in the budget.

There is also a superficially easy way, and a genuinely sound way, tocombat inflation. The superficially easy way would be to avoid inflationby reducing the security program below safe levels. The sound way is toachieve and maintain a strong and vigorous anti-inflationary program.

Top Issues for Policy Action

Policies to promote the success of the security program, and to ease theburden upon the economy, were recommended to the Congress in 1950and 1951, and, with some important omissions, were adopted. We mustapply these policies with maximum effectiveness. To do this, some legis-lative changes and additions are now desirable.

Reaching our objectives for defense strength

The military program which I am submitting to the Congress calls forsteady increases in military output during the next 18 months, and for con-tinuance at a high level for at least an additional 12 months. Meeting theseproduction schedules will require for at least two more years the authorityunder the Defense Production Act for those controls which promptly channelscarce materials and tools into defense production. I urge the Congressto adhere to the sound policy it followed, in the original act, of not encumber-ing it with detailed prescriptions concerning how materials should bedistributed. The administering agencies need to exercise flexibility anddiscretion, based upon up-to-the-minute study, in order to avoid or remedyhardships upon business and workers whenever this can be done withouthurting the defense program.

Under the present law, we are administering a system of priorities andallocations to channel scarce materials into the most essential uses. Stock-piles of strategic materials are being built up. While shortages of materialsare bound to cause many inconveniences and some hardships, the ControlledMaterials Plan operates to reduce these, and to promote the more importanttypes of production while reducing the less important.

The great expansion of productive facilities for defense makes it essentialthat there be the widest possible distribution of defense business, withparticular emphasis upon maintenance of free competitive enterprise.

15


The Government has for a long time, particularly through the leadershipof the Department of Commerce, assisted small business in playing itssignificant role in the economy. The Reconstruction Finance Corporationhas also been engaged in this effort. These services have now been adaptedto the defense effort. In addition, the Department of Defense and themobilization agencies have in a variety of ways promoted the placementof contracts wherever feasible with small businesses. This is important notonly to obtain a faster build-up of defense output, but also to avoid un-necessary unemployment and distress, and to help preserve the competitivevigor of our economy. The Small Defense Plants Administration has re-cently been established to coordinate Government policies and programsin behalf of small business, and to expand the role of small plants in defenseand essential civilian production. This part of the Government's economicprogram is one of great urgency. It is most important that the Congressmake available the necessary funds for the Small Defense Plants Adminis-tration.

Aiding other free nations

We must maintain a realistic attitude toward foreign aid. Mindful ofthe limitations of our own economy, we must also be mindful that someother countries are confronted by economic and political strains far moreserious than ours. In the final analysis, the free world must be made moresecure if we are to be secure.

Our foreign policy objectives require continued provision of both militaryand economic aid to free nations. Both types of aid are necessary. OurNorth Atlantic Treaty partners, in particular, are undertaking heavierburdens, whether they rebuild their defenses by buying military equipmentfrom other countries, or by cutting civilian production to produce militarygoods themselves.

These countries are making great efforts to shoulder these burdensthrough their own productive efforts. This requires, among other things,that they have outlets for some of the goods which they can produce andwant to exchange for other goods which they need to import. In this con-nection, I again recommend the repeal of Section 104 of the Defense Produc-tion Act, which restricts our imports of certain goods which the Europeanand other countries have available for export to us on mutually advantageousterms.

It is necessary to encourage the efforts which underdeveloped countriesare making to further their own economic development, and to supportthese efforts by providing as much technical and economic assistance aswe can afford and as they can effectively use for that purpose.

We shall continue to share scarce capital goods by providing priority andother supply assistance for the export of such goods for essential purposesabroad. We shall also continue to participate actively in international ar-

16


rangements to encourage production and equitable distribution of scarce rawmaterials in the free world. Such measures help to expand the supply ofgoods and to restrain dangerous inflationary forces.

Expanding our productive capacityBuilding up our productive capacity is a many-sided operation. The

mainspring of this expansion is private initiative and investment. But theGovernment has had to exercise important responsibilities. It has had toprogram and guide expansions in various key industries. This has beeneffected by materials allocations, and by selective aids and inducements suchas tax amortization, loans, loan guarantees, and purchase agreements. Theauthority provided by the Defense Production Act and related legislationto use these aids to expand production has been very valuable, and willcontinue to be necessary.

A number of public programs play an important role in expanding thetotal productive capacity of the economy. Roads, other transport facilities,public power developments, and pilot plant research in metals and fuels,are illustrations. The Government is equipping and building certain facili-ties for the production of war materiel, and is carrying out a large atomicenergy program. To support needed expansion of production, certainurgently needed development projects, particularly the St. Lawrence sea-way and power project, should be started now.

The report of the Materials Policy Commission, which I appointed ayear ago, will be finished shortly, and should provide long-range policyguides for increasing and improving supplies of raw materials.

In general, the labor force thus far has proved adequate to meet the needsof increased production and a growing military establishment. But incertain categories of skill, and in certain industrial and farm areas, shortagesexist. Appropriate measures are being taken to encourage training, recruit-ment, and the movement of workers when necessary, and to promote effi-cient use of the labor supply by employers. Manpower problems will prob-ably grow more difficult, as defense production approaches its maximumlevel. A serious need has already appeared for additional housing andcommunity facilities and services in defense areas.

While there are labor shortages in some areas, there are other areas wherelocalized but serious unemployment exists, particularly in centers of auto-mobile production. Strong efforts are being made to find ways of reducingthis unemployment, including the placing of defense contracts in laborsurplus areas.

Experience has proved that our basic labor-management statute hampersthe maintenance of the sound and healthy labor relations and the uninter-rupted production which are so essential to a sustained mobilization effort.The law should be promptly revised to accord the fair treatment to bothlabor and management which is vital to industrial harmony and steadyproduction.

17


Farmers are now being asked to produce more than ever before. The"sliding scale" in existing price support legislation has aroused concern inthe minds of many farmers, who fear that their cooperation in expandingproduction to meet the present emergency might later result in serious lossesto them. The Government's price support operations obviously should fur-ther attainment of production objectives, and they should not penalize pro-ducers for their full and patriotic cooperation with the agricultural program.I therefore recommend that the sliding scale provisions of the presentagricultural legislation be repealed for this purpose.

We need to strengthen the agricultural program by finding a more ef-fective way of supporting the price of perishable farm commodities. Onemethod is by direct payments to farmers. This and other methods are nowbeing studied by the Congress. I hope that the Congress will provide legis-lation authorizing a sound and workable program for supporting pricesof these perishables.

Price supports in this emergency period must, of course, continue to beadministered in a manner which achieves a proper balance between thegoals of adequate production and of economic stabilization. The Secretaryof Agriculture and the Director of Price Stabilization will continue to worktogether toward this end.

In addition, I recommend that the Congress enact legislation to makeclear the Government's policy of encouraging the organization and soundgrowth of cooperatives. The tax bill which was passed last year includeda tax on the unallocated reserves of farmer cooperatives. This should bemodified in such a way that newly-organized cooperatives will not be sub-ject to it, until they have had a limited period of years in which to establishthemselves. Farmers are marketing their products and purchasing theirsupplies through more than 10,000 cooperatives, with an estimated mem-bership of more than 6*/2 million. Their organization in this form of businesshas had a healthy effect on the rural economy, and it is especially importantto encourage this form of self-help when farmers are being asked to doa record job of production.

Supporting civilian strength

Faced with the necessity of maintaining a large national security programfor an indefinitely long period, we should not lose sight of the importanceof human productiveness and morale. These depend upon adequate sup-plies of food, shelter, and clothing, and adequate education, health services,and social security. However, for the next year or so, while the defenseprogram is placing such heavy demands upon materials and the labor force,we must recognize that only limited progress can be made in this direction.Some increase in food and clothing can be achieved without adding to thedemand for scarce materials. On the other hand, many types of civilianmetal-using output will have to be curtailed further, because of competinghigher priority uses for certain metals, notably copper and steel. While

18


housing also must be curtailed, a sufficient quantity should be built this yearto take care of the most essential needs.

In education, health, and social security programs, we must continue tobe highly selective, deferring improvements and extensions not clearly neces-sary now in support of the total defense effort. Education of children,however, cannot be postponed, nor should health standards be allowed tofall. I recommend a program of general Federal aid to help meet teachingand other school operating costs, and a more adequate program of Federalaid for school construction and operation in critical defense areas.

To meet urgent needs in the health field, programs for Federal aid tomedical education and the strengthening of local public health servicesshould be enacted promptly. I have recently appointed a Commission onthe Health Needs of the Nation, composed of professional and lay persons,which will make an objective study of vital health problems, including theprovision of adequate health care to all our people at prices they can affordto pay.

Certain extensions and changes in the old-age and survivors insuranceprogram, in line with longer-range objectives, would, if undertaken promptly,yield the additional advantage of helping those groups who have been hithardest by past inflation. Raising the level of benefit payments is especiallydesirable, and other improvements should include raising the taxable wagebase, extending the coverage to farmers and certain other groups, andproviding for permanent and total disability.

To provide more adequate protection against unemployment, I recom-mend the enactment of legislation to strengthen the present Federal-Stateunemployment insurance system, along the lines suggested in my messageto the Congress on April 6, 1950. Legislation for this purpose is now pend-ing before the Congress, providing specifically for extension of coverage toadditional workers, establishment of nation-wide minimum levels foramounts and duration of unemployment benefits, establishment of adequatemethods to assure payment of benefits to workers who move from one Stateto another, and improvements in administration of the system.

Controlling inflation

In determining the national economic policies necessary to maintain sta-bility in the economy in the coming year, the basic fact to take into consid-eration is that the progress of the security program will involve a steadyincrease in the requirements of the Government for goods and services.The increase will bring Government demand at the end of the year to alevel 20 billion dollars higher than the current annual rate of Governmentpurchases for this purpose, and will entail a corresponding increase in theamount of labor, materials, and other productive resources diverted fromthe civilian economy to the security program. At the same time, the se-curity program will place large additional buying power in the hands ofbusinessmen and consumers.


Consumer spending is the most uncertain factor determining the generalinflationary outlook for 1952. While it is possible to make a reasonablysatisfactory estimate of the volume of new business investment in plantand equipment this year, since it will be limited by the allocation of scarcematerials, there is no certainty at all in any estimate of consumer spending.For the last three quarters of 1951, consumers have voluntarily elected tobuy at a level no higher, in total physical units, than in the period before theinitial attack in Korea. Instead, they have added to their personal savingmuch of the large increases which have taken place since that time in theirincome after taxes.

The exceptionally high rate of personal saving has not been due to anygeneral lack of goods available to consumers. Even in the case of durablegoods which have been cut back in production by allocation orders, such asautomobiles and major household appliances, no market pressure has beennoticed since the first quarter of 1951. Textiles and some other types ofsoft goods have been produced at a rate well below capacity, not on accountof any shortage of labor or materials, but because consumer demand hasfallen off in many lines. Manufacturers and retailers have been strugglingwith overlarge inventories, which in many cases have not yet been broughtdown to the levels they desire.

It is impossible to foresee how long this extraordinarily high level ofpersonal saving will continue. It is not even certain that it may not beraised. But national economic policy may safely be based upon theseassumptions: the progress of the security program will bring an increase inpersonal incomes and enlarge the potential market demand of consumers;the longer consumers elect to save rather than to buy goods, the larger willbecome the accumulated fund of liquid assets; and the fund of liquid assets,when coupled with the higher current income of consumers, will add greatlyto the potential consumer demand, and may increasingly tend to turnpotential demand into abnormally active buying.

This is a precarious situation, and any day some combination of eventscould cause consumers to reverse the prudent attitude of recent months.It is essential that we maintain and perfect the policies which will effectivelycurb such an inflationary outburst.

The effective policies open to us for use if private demand begins againto expand rapidly are those which enlarge output, those which limit thesize of demand itself, and those which prevent surging demand fromcausing price increases. Since consumer output cannot be increased verymuch because labor and materials must be diverted to defense-related pro-duction, primary reliance must be upon those measures which limit demandor restrain its effect upon prices. Taxation, by a very direct process, re-duces disposable income. An increase in voluntary saving reduces spend-ing. Restrictive credit policy limits the expansion of business and consumer

20


buying. Allocation and limitation orders prevent businessmen from pilingup inventories again, and from stepping up their investment plans in aneffort to exploit the larger markets they envisage when there is a greatmarket boom. Price and wage controls are directed both to restrainingincome increases, and to holding the price line against unavoidable increasesin demand.

Requirements for additional taxation. Adequate taxation is essential,both to assure a sound fiscal position and to maintain economic stability.If the added Government spending for the defense program is not to leadto price inflation, private spending by consumers and business must be heldin check. Taxation pays for the Government spending, and at the sametime reduces funds available for private spending.

Three major tax laws have been enacted during the past 18 months.They have increased the annual yield of the Federal tax system by about15 billion dollars, or approximately by one-third. This is a good record.But it falls short of the amount of additional revenue needed.

Early last year, I asked for a minimum tax program to yield 10 billiondollars or more. The bill enacted by the Congress came late in the calendaryear, added only about one-half of this amount, and included a number ofprovisions which lost the Government revenue and reduced the equity ofthe tax system. A budget deficit of about 8 billion dollars is expected forthe current fiscal year ending June 30, 1952. This is expected to be fol-lowed by a budget deficit approaching twice this size for the fiscal year 1953,unless further vigorous action to raise taxes is taken very soon.

In view of this fiscal outlook, I urgently recommend that the Congress,as a minimum, provide additional revenues in the amount by which last year'slegislation fell short of my recommendations. This can be achieved by elimi-nating loopholes and special privileges, and by some tax rate increases.While new tax legislation along these lines could scarcely affect the deficitfor the current fiscal year, and would not restore a balanced budget in thefiscal year 1953, it would make a major contribution to the Government'sbudgetary position and to the stabilization program. The additional taxrevenue will help to minimize borrowing by the Government from the banks.Borrowing from banks, more than borrowing from any other source, tendsto enlarge the spending stream and thus to increase inflationary pressures.

With the tax system strengthened as I recommend, there should be suffi-cient revenue, under the security program now planned, to cover fully theGovernment's expenditures after the peak of the defense build-up has beenpassed, and defense expenditures have been adjusted downward. It isimportant that we return, as quickly as possible during the period of defensemobilization, to a current pay-as-we-go basis for Government financing.

Saving. If we are to hold down private spending to the level of availablesupply, while the national security programs are expanding, it is necessary

21


also to promote a high level of saving. Dollars of income which are notspent by consumers or businesses do not add to inflationary demand.

During most of 1951, personal saving was at an unusually high rate.Relatively stable prices encouraged increased saving, and increased savinghelped to stabilize prices. We must continue to maintain conditions whichwill favor both saving and stable prices.

Increasing the investment of private savings in Government securities willreduce the need for the Government to borrow from banks for the purposeof refunding maturing security issues and financing deficits. Buying UnitedStates savings bonds and other Government securities is a good method ofsaving, and it is also a good method of supplying the Government's borrow-ing requirements in a noninflationary manner. Holders of maturing Series Esavings bonds now have the privilege of maintaining their investment inthese bonds for another 10 years, during which the bonds will continue toearn interest at the same over-all rate. The efforts of the Treasury andother Government agencies will continue to be directed toward encouragingindividuals to buy and hold savings bonds and other Government securities.

Credit control. Since private borrowing can augment the spendingpower of individuals and businesses, and thus add funds to the aggregatespending stream, credit control is also being used to help stabilize theeconomy. This type of control cannot be used indiscriminately, since creditplays a vital role in the functioning and growth of the economy, especiallynow when rapid expansion in certain vital sectors of the economy is necessary.

Periodic reviews are being made, at my request, of the policies of theGovernment lending agencies, to make certain that they promote theobjectives of the defense effort by restraining less essential lending. TheVoluntary Credit Restraint Program, which operates under the sponsorshipof the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, continues to behelpful in discouraging loans for less essential purposes, although continuouscare needs to be exercised not to discourage activities important for a strongdefense economy.

Selective credit controls are particularly useful under current conditions,because they reduce borrowing and spending for some of the less necessarykinds of goods, particularly those which compete for scarce materials. TheBoard of Governors of the Federal Reserve System is using its powers underthe Defense Production Act to limit borrowing for the purchase of durableconsumers' goods and new housing. The Congress last year reduced theauthority to control these forms of credit. I recommend restoration of fulladministrative discretion in setting these credit terms.

During the months ahead, we may face considerable pressure for ex-cessive expansion of bank credit. I repeat my earlier recommendations thatthe powers of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System toimpose reserve requirements be enlarged.

A related problem is control of margins for trading on commodity ex-

22


changes. The Congress has not acted upon the recommendation that theSecretary of Agriculture be authorized to regulate margins, in order tohead off excessive speculative trading on the commodity exchanges.Fortunately, we have had no runaway commodity markets recently, but it isdesirable to grant this authority in advance of any such situation.

Price control. The relative stability of prices during most of 1951 was en-couraging. But this does not mean that we can now afford to relax pricecontrols. In many important areas, prices are straining at the ceilings.In others, softness exists which cannot be counted on to persist for long.Greater pressures loom ahead. At this stage of the mobilization program, itis more prudent to strengthen controls than to weaken them.

We must continue the effort to hold the price line. Prices and profits are,in general, high enough to provide ample incentives to producers, and topermit considerable absorption of cost increases. The Office of PriceStabilization has made great progress during the past year toward a bal-anced price structure which can be held firmly. It is developing simple,enforceable regulations to cover individual industries and commodities.

But if we are to hold the price line, adequate legislative authority mustbe granted. When the Defense Production Act was renewed last summer,the power to control prices, instead of being strengthened, was seriouslyweakened.

One weakening amendment permits any producer or seller of services,regardless of his need, to pass on all increases in all costs incurred from thefirst half of 1950 to July 26, 1951.

Another weakening amendment requires the maintenance of customarypercentage margins for distributors, thus virtually guaranteeing that everydollar in cost increase will become much more than a dollar in the pricepaid by the consumer.

Still another weakening amendment forbids the establishment of slaugh-tering quotas. Slaughtering quotas were a strong bulwark of the beef ceilingsby providing a fair distribution of the available supply of cattle amongslaughterers and areas, thus helping to avoid black markets in meat. Lastfall, this amendment upset the distribution pattern, forced very high cattleprices, and endangered the continuance of the beef ceilings. Temporarily,the situation has improved, but we cannot afford to take another chance.

To achieve our stabilization objectives, these defects in price control legis-lation should be corrected and the law should be strengthened when it isextended. We cannot afford to gamble further with inflation.

Rent control. Although rent controls cover only a part of the total rentalhousing in the country, they are of great importance in stabilizing rents inmany major industrial areas, and should be continued. Vigorous use isbeing made of the authority provided last July by the Congress to reinstituterent controls, where necessary, in critical defense housing areas, includingareas around military posts. Thus far, full rent control has been, or is about

23


to be, reimposed in 96 of these areas, and will be reimposed in other areasas needed.

Wage stabilization. Wage stabilization, like price control, cuts the infla-tionary spiral and limits the rise of prices and costs, and should be continued.It also helps to prevent buying power from rising too far above the availablesupply of civilian goods. The policies of the Wage Stabilization Board aredesigned to put a brake upon excessive wage adjustments, while at the sametime recognizing that some adjustments in a free and dynamic economy areessential from the viewpoint both of equity and of incentives. Adjustmentsto take account of increases in the cost of living are a matter of simpleequity, because price inflation is not a fair way to impose the burden ofnational defense. The fair way to impose the burden of national defenseis by taxation and other restraints which can be equitably imposed. Wageadjustments to allow for increases in productivity, if carefully limitedand firmly administered, can provide incentives which outweigh any possibleinflationary effect. There are a few other specialized problems with whichthe Wage Stabilization Board must deal.

To avoid inflation, we must maintain a firm price policy and a firm wagepolicy throughout the peak of the defense effort, and we must maintain afair relationship between the two.

Equality of sacrifice

Where sacrifices are necessary—and many are—they must be equitablyimposed, so as not to inflict public hardship in order to support privategain. That is a main purpose of a strong anti-inflation program. Specialattention is also being directed toward the problems of small business andthose who are unemployed in local areas, so that a limited segment of thepopulation shall not be made to bear an excessive part of the burden ofnational defense.

The year 1952 is not going to be an easy year for the economy. It isgoing to be a year of strain. We must expect this, and prepare to bearsome inconveniences and hardships. For most of us, the hardships will beminor. There will be plenty of food and other essential commodities, andthe highest civilian employment in our history. As the economy becomesadjusted to the new conditions and grows in size, and especially when defenseexpenditures decline, we may confidently look forward to the relaxationand removal of many kinds of controls and restrictions. In the meantime,all of us must join in the vast effort to safeguard our national security.

Summary of Legislative RecommendationsI summarize below the legislative recommendations contained in this

Economic Report, to promote the defense effort, strengthen the economy,and maintain economic stability.


1. Renew the Defense Production Act for two more years, and strengthenits provisions, particularly those relating to production expansion and tothe control of prices and credit.

2. Provide continued military and economic aid to free nations; and, as astep toward removing^ trade barriers, repeal Section 104 of the DefenseProduction Act, which restricts our imports of certain goods which Europeanand other countries could export to us on mutually advantageous terms.

3. Aid small business by providing the necessary funds for the SmallDefense Plants Administration.

4. Provide for certain urgently needed development projects, particu-larly the St. Lawrence seaway and power project.

5. Provide for the construction of needed housing and community facili-ties in defense areas.

6. Revise the basic legislation concerning labor-management relations,so that it will not hamper sound and healthy labor relations and uninter-rupted production.

7. Repeal the sliding scale provisions in existing agricultural price sup-port legislation; provide a workable support program for perishable com-modities; and modify the tax on unallocated reserves of farmer coopera-tives.

8. Provide at least enough additional revenues to reach the revenue goalproposed last year, by eliminating loopholes and special privileges, and bytax rate increases.

9. Provide powers to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Sys-tem to impose additional bank reserve requirements; and provide author-ity to control margins for trading on commodity exchanges.

10. Raise the level of benefit payments, and make other improvements,in our system of old-age and survivors insurance; and strengthen theFederal-State unemployment insurance system.

11. Authorize Federal aid to help meet school operating costs, andincrease aid for school construction and operation in critical defense areas.

12. Authorize Federal aid to assist medical education, and provide forstrengthening local public health services.

Summary of Economic Developments in 1951

Government outlays for national security programs almost doubled dur-ing 1951. In the fourth quarter, these outlays were running at an annualrate of 45 billion dollars, compared* with 24 billion a year earlier. Theyrepresented 14 percent of the total output of goods and services, comparedwith 8 percent at the end of 1950. The impact was much greater in some


industries. Currently, more than a quarter of the output of the metal-working and construction industries is being taken for defense.

Production of goods and services (gross national product in 1951 prices)was about 327 billion dollars in 1951, or 8 percent higher than the 1950output of about 300 billion dollars. (See chart 5.) In the fourth quarter of1951, total production reached an annual rate of about 330 billion dollars,a gain of 5 percent over total output in the fourth quarter of 1950. Thebulk of the increase took place during the first half of 1951; in the secondhalf, total output was practically stable.

Industrial production fluctuated within a narrow range through most of1951. In December, it was at the same level as a year earlier, and 22percent higher than in December 1949. Defense and defense-supportingactivities continued to increase. The output of consumer goods declined,because of materials cutbacks and sagging demand.

Agricultural production, despite adverse weather developments in thefall, was near the previous record year. Average civilian food consumptionwas slightly above the pre-Korean level, while we met the food requirementsof a,n expanded military force.

Employment of civilians at the end of 1951 was 61 million, the same asthe average level for the year. This was about 1 million higher than in1950, although the civilian labor force was 200,000 less because of the rapidincrease in the armed forces.

Nonagricultural employment averaged 54 million, and was 1J/2 millionhigher than in 1950. The largest increases were in the industries associateddirectly or indirectly with defense production, which now engage 5J/2million persons, compared with 2 million at the outbreak of hostilities inKorea.

Agricultural employment continued its long-run decline, amounting in1951 to about 7 million, or 450,000 less than in 1950.

The workweek, which had averaged more than 41 hours in manufactur-ing industries in the last half of 1950, dropped slightly during the first halfof 1951, and averaged almost 40J/2 hours during the second half. Theworkweek expanded in defense industries, while it declined somewhat inthe consumer goods industries.

Unemployment decreased from 2.2 million persons, or 3.6 percent of thecivilian labor force, at the end of 1950, to 1.7 million, or about 2.7 percent,at the close of 1951. However, the impact of materials shortages and saggingdemand for textiles and other consumer goods has increased unemploymentin a number of areas.

Work stoppages resulted in less loss of man-days of labor than in any com-parable postwar period. Less than one-fourth of 1 percent of total workingtime was lost by strikes.

Prices were relatively stable during most of 1951, in sharp contrast to theviolent waves of general price increases which marked the second half of

26


CHART 5

ECONOMIC INDICATORSCHANGES FROM 1950 TO 1951

PERCE

+ 10

0

-10

-40

-50

+ 30

+ 20

+ 10

0

-10

-20

+ 30

+ 20

+ 10

0

+20

+ 10

0

NTAGE CHANGE PERCENTAGE CHANGE

- EMPLOYMENT ^

§P7773 WZ\ yy/; V77*

PRODUCTION 888"

S B - 11 1 1EQUIPMENT(NONFARM)

RESIDENTIALCONSTRUCTION

INCOME

-

TAX

PRICFS ..,.„.

~ i i |ri fm, W ~1 ! i j n * •ALL FARM FOODS INDUSTRIAL ALL FOOD

COMMODITIES PRODUCTS (OTHER THAN FARM ITEMSPRODUCTS AND FOODS)

+ 10

0

-10

-40

-50

+ 30

+ 20

+ 10

0

-10

-20

+ 30

+ 20

+ 10

0

+ 20

+ 10

0

SOURCE: APPENDIX B.

977891—52 3


1950, and which were quieted after the imposition of the general price andwage freeze late in January.

Wholesale prices, which had advanced almost 17 percent between theoutbreak of the Korean aggression and the general freeze, then declined3 percent by the end of the year. The drops took place mainly in some farmcommodities, textiles, hides and leather, and fats and oils.

Consumers' prices, which had risen 8 percent from the Korean aggres-sion to the imposition of general price controls, continued to creep upward,advancing another 2.6 percent between February and November 1951.The largest increases have occurred where controls, under the law, couldbe imposed only partially or not at all.

Wages rose during 1951, although at a much lower rate than in the secondhalf of 1950. Wages and salaries were at an annual rate of 174.6 billiondollars in the fourth quarter of 1951, contrasted with 157.9 billion a yearearlier. The rise was greater in the durable goods industries than in non-durables. Average weekly earnings advanced proportionately less than theincrease in hourly earnings, because of the decline in working hours. Inmanufacturing, average weekly earnings rose from $62.23 in November1950 to $65.25 in November 1951, a rise of 5 percent.

Corporate profits before taxes in 1951 were the highest on record, reachingan estimated 44.8 billion dollars. The previous peak was 41.4 billionreached in 1950. However, because of lower sales and prices in manyindustries, profits declined substantially after the first quarter.

Corporate profits after taxes were much lower in 1951 than in 1950,because of the higher tax rates. In 1951, they were an estimated 18.1 billiondollars, compared with 22.8 billion in the peak year 1950.

Unincorporated business and professional incomes for the year were 23.6billion dollars, compared with 22.3 billion in 1950. After rising sharply inthe first quarter of the year, they declined substantially until the fourthquarter, when it is estimated that they again rose.

Farm income in 1951 was 17.0 billion dollars, compared with 13.7 billionin 1950. It rose slowly throughout the year, reaching a level of 18.0 billionin the final quarter—2.2 billion higher than the fourth quarter of 1950.

• Personal income in the aggregate kept growing in 1951, although at aslower rate than in 1950. For the year as a whole, it was 251.3 billiondollars, compared with 224.7 billion in 1950. In the fourth quarter, per-sonal income was at an annual rate of 258 billion dollars, compared with238 billion a year earlier. Despite increased personal tax liabilities, spend-able personal income was 15 percent above its pre-Korea level in the fourthquarter of 1951. When the figures are adjusted for price changes, how-ever, total spendable income in 1951 did not regain late 1950 levels untilafter midyear.


Personal consumption expenditures were 204.4 billion dollars in 1951,compared with 193.6 billion in 1950. They dropped sharply after the firstquarter peak, and then rose gradually to an annual rate of 205.0 billion inthe fourth quarter, or 6.6 billion higher than a year earlier. Adjusted forprice changes, however, the volume of consumer purchases in the secondhalf of 1951 was about 3.5 percent lower than in the second half of 1950.

Consumer supplies, in the main, were extraordinarily abundant. About1.1 million new houses were built. About 5.3 million automobiles wereassembled, and about 12J/2 million radios and more than 5 million televisionsets were produced. Food consumption was above the 1947-50 average.Clothing supplies exceeded the demand.

Personal saving, the difference between disposable income and expendi-tures, bounded upward from 4 percent of income in the first quarter of1951 to a rate above 9 percent for the rest of the year. This high rate ofsaving was almost twice the pre-Korean postwar average. In 1951, personalnet saving was 18.5 billion dollars, contrasted with 10.7 billion in 1950. Inthe fourth quarter of 1951, the annual rate was 23.0 billion dollars.

Domestic investment was higher in 1951 than in any previous year, thetotal being 58.8 billion dollars contrasted with 48.9 billion in 1950. Mainlybecause of the bulging of new inventories in the first half of the year, therate of growth was uneven. Gross private domestic investment accountedfor 18 percent of total national output, or slightly more than in 1950. Ex-penditures on nonfarm plant and equipment grew throughout 1951, withincreasing emphasis on programs for urgently needed expansion in key indus-tries. These expenditures totaled 31.6 billion dollars in 1951, comparedwith 25.6 billion in 1950.

More new construction was put in place in 1951 than in any previous year.The total for 1951 was 30 billion dollars, compared with 28 billion for 1950.But starting in September, the total rate dropped below that of the com-parable month in 1950, with the principal reductions occurring in com-mercial and recreational construction. The volume of public constructionexceeded 1950 by nearly 2 billion dollars, as new defense and defense-relatedprojects more than offset reductions principally in highways and conserva-tion and development projects..

Inventories were accumulated by manufacturers and distributors in 1951at the highest rate on record—8 billion dollars. The annual rate reached apeak of 14.8 billion in the second quarter, as consumer buying droppedsharply; it dropped to 3 billion in the fourth quarter, with retailers onceagain achieving a more comfortable inventories-sales position.

Corporations financed expansion programs during 1951 without greatdifficulty. A smaller proportion—about 40 percent—of total funds usedcame from internal sources than in recent years, and a larger proportioncame from outside sources. New stock and bond issues totaled almost 60


percent higher than in 1950, with the proportion of bonds relatively high.Government financial aids stimulated expansion in selected areas, but con-tributed only a small fraction of total funds used.

Private credit expanded at a much slower rate in 1951 than in 1950.Nonbusiness loans of commercial banks—including their consumer andmortgage loans—increased by about 1.5 billion dollars in 1951, comparedwith 4.4 billion the year before. Such loans totaled 31.8 billion dollars atthe end of 1951. As a result of the financial needs of defense-supportingactivities, commercial and industrial loans by banks grew almost as rapidlyas in 1950.

The privately-held money supply expanded nearly 9 billion dollars in 1951as a whole. It declined sharply in the first quarter as heavy tax paymentswere made, and then grew steadily in the last three quarters of the year.

International transactions of the United States during 1951 saw theexpansion in exports of goods and services, which reached a peacetime recordof more than 20 billion dollars, exceed the expansion in imports. Importsalso reached a new high, despite a slump in commodity imports in the secondand third quarters. Exports of semi-finished and finished products increasedin quantity as well as price. The export surplus, which had fallen to anannual rate of 1.5 billion dollars in the second half of 1950, increased to arate of about 6.5 billion in the second half of 1951.

Foreign aid extended during 1951 increased by much less than the exportsurplus, and the gold and dollar outflow was reversed. Exports of privatecapital dropped below their 1950 level. United States private investorscontinued to encounter obstacles to investment abroad.

In other free nations, total industrial production, money incomes, andprices rose in 1951 compared with 1950, but agricultural production showedlittle change from the preceding crop year. The balance of payments posi-tions of some countries, notably the United Kingdom and France, becameworse during the year, and the general economic situation deteriorated in anumber of countries. The worldwide rise in prices, set off by the Koreanhostilities, slowed up or was partly reversed in most countries during thefirst half of 1951, although in many it was resumed during the second halfof the year.

Government finances involved, for the Federal Government, a shift froma sizable surplus to a substantial deficit during the course of calendar year1951. For the year as a whole, Federal expenditures were 56.8 billion dol-lars, and net budget receipts were 53.5 billion. This left a calendar yearbudget deficit of about 3/s billion dollars—3 billion more than in 1950.Expenditures for the major national security programs totaled 37.3 billiondollars. On a "cash" basis, which includes the cash receipts of the socialsecurity and other trust funds, a surplus in the first half of 1951 and adeficit in the second half added up to a cash surplus of 1.2 billion for theyear as a whole.


In its management of the public debt, the Treasury not only did somenew borrowing, but also refinanced a substantial portion of the outstandingdebt during the year. Of importance in keeping the debt outside the bank-ing system, and hence minimizing its inflationary potential, was the exchangeof 13.6 billion dollars worth of marketable long-term bonds for nonmarket-ables and the legislative extension of the interest-bearing period for Series Ebonds.

State and local governments, with revenues increasing slightly more thanexpenditures since 1950, showed a deficit of 400 million dollars in 1951, areduction of 500 million from 1950.

HARRY S. TRUMAN.JANUARY 16, 1952.


The Annual EconomicReview

January 1952

A Report to the President

By the


33


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS,Washington, D. C., January 11, 1952.

The PRESIDENT:SIR: The Council of Economic Advisers herewith submits a report, the

Annual Economic Review: January 1952, in accordance with section4 (c) (2) of the Employment Act of 1946.

Respectfully,

' . /Chairman.

(

35


C o n t e n t s

Page

I. THE ECONOMIC STRATEGY OF THE DEFENSE PROGRAM 39II. DETAILED DEVELOPMENTS DURING 1951 46

The basic security build-up 47Production and employment 49

Production 49Employment 52

Prices, wages, and profits 55Prices 55Wages 61Profits 64

Credit and money supply 66Credit 66Money supply 68

The flow of goods and purchasing power 69Personal income, consumption expenditures, and saving . 69Investment and finance 74International transactions 84Government fiscal operations 88

III. CENTRAL PROBLEMS FOR 1952 95Advancing the security build-up 95

The proposed build-up 95Speed of the build-up. 97

Allocating scarce materials 98The availability of metals 98Major required adjustments 100Major problems in materials allocation 102

Increasing production 103Production and inflation 103Factors limiting increase of total production 104Increasing the supply of raw materials. 105Enlarging the labor supply 106Guiding investment 108Increasing agricultural production 112Over-all production objective for 1952 113

Minimizing business dislocation 114Minimizing local unemployment and geographical

dislocations ' 114Utilization of small business 115

37


III. CENTRAL PROBLEMS FOR 1952—Continued pageSupplying consumer needs 117

Outlook for consumer goods 117Housing 118Essential public services 120

Helping to strengthen other free nations 121Western European developments and their appraisal. . 122The economically underdeveloped countries 126Sharing of scarce commodities 128World aspects of inflation and stabilization 130

Financing the Government program 131Savings through budget economies 131Tax legislation of 1950 and 1951 131Nature of the financing problem aheacl 132State and local government fiscal policies 136

Maintaining economic stability 137Outlook for inflationary pressures . 137Relationship among stabilization measures 140Credit policy 141Separate note by Mr. Clark upon monetary and

credit policy 142Price control 144Wage stabilization 147The problem of longer-range stability. 148

APPENDIXES 153A. Statistical tables relating to the Nation's Economic Budget. . 153B. Statistical tables relating to employment, production, and

purchasing power 165INDEX 215


I. The Economic Strategy of the DefenseProgram

THE United States has undertaken an economic strategy—and sup-ported it with a program—to achieve national security, and that degree

of general well-being essential to security throughout a dangerous periodof indefinite duration. We must be prepared either for a sudden shift tototal war if others force the issue, or for a gradual transition to the morepeaceful conditions for which we strive. Meanwhile, this generation mustdeal with something new in American experience, a prolonged neither-peace-nor-war existence in which this Nation has a major responsibility forworld leadership.

National economic policies—both private and public—must serve ourultimate goals of security, peace, and a sound economy. But we need toview in broad perspective the basic purposes of current economic policy,before turning to a more detailed review of 1951, the objectives and prob-lems of 1952, and policy issues raised thereby.

The basic purposes of economic policy listed in the next few pages arenot new in January 1952. Our approach to these purposes in the past,however, too often has been of a piece-meal character, with inadequateattention to the meaning of the whole pattern of our national effort.

Under current conditions, economic policy must cope with more unpre-dictable factors than would beset the country in either a total war or a com-pletely peaceful situation. But the unavoidable presence of many uncer-tainties does not mean that all policy actions should be kept fluid. True,some policies must be kept more flexible than would be necessary underother circumstances. Nonetheless, we must seek a course of policy whichis sufficiently far-sighted and firm to elicit general understanding andsupport.

The great effort now under way clusters around these central purposes,toward which the operations of the whole mobilization effort are beingvigorously directed:

(1) A clear definition and prompt execution of the basic defense program

Since the aggregate demand for resources is expected greatly to exceedtheir supply, achievement of the goals of national economic policy requiresthat resources be allocated and used as efficiently as possible. If this is tobe accomplished, it is of major importance that the definition of the mili-tary program—whatever its substance—be as clear and firm as feasible.

39


Otherwise, with such a considerable portion of the.total economic effortgoing to basic defense, it would be virtually impossible to keep theother components of the effort consistent with the military program andamong themselves. It would be impossible to determine the portion of re-sources that would be available for the expansion of basic productive facili-ties, or to design policies needed to restrict private consumption and lessessential private and public investment.

From the viewpoint of general economic policy, the speed of the mili-tary build-up is of similar interest. If the rest of the economy is to keep instep with basic defense and serve it properly, it is necessary both to knowwhat the schedule of the defense program is and to achieve the goal onschedule.

In thus stressing the need for clearly defining the military programand achieving it on schedule, the Council is passing no judgment on thedefense program as such. The Council has the responsibility of seeking tothrow ligh* on the implications for the economy of all Government pro-grams, including the defense program. There is always the necessity ofappraising the economic costs of different programs, and of developing theinformation and analysis that will make it possible for the ultimate decisionsto reflect a correct balancing of costs against expected benefits. However,the Council does not claim any special competence to make recommenda-tions regarding the size, composition, or timing of the basic defense programthat may be required by the international situation—except in the eventthat the program became so large that there was real doubt about theadequacy of the Nation's economic resources to meet it. The program forthis emergency, promising at the most to involve about half the relativeburden shouldered at thfe peak of World War II, has not, in the Council'sjudgment, reached that size.

(2) Expansion of outputGeneral economic growth is one of our primary objectives in peacetime.

It has properly been regarded as the main avenue to an increasing abun-^dance more generally enjoyed throughout the Nation. For this growth, wehave relied mainly upon the enterprise of producers, coupled with thevoluntary expression of popular wants.

In the early stages of a defense emergency, when our resources are clearlynot adequate to support all types of expansion at once, the emphasis uponeconomic growth must be selective. Currently, this involves concen-tration upon munitions production, basic materials-providing and energy-producing industries, such as agriculture, steel, aluminum, electricpower, and oil, and such basic economic services as our transportationsystem. To achieve this concentration, and to restrain types of expansionwhich would interfere with it, requires public policies for the guidance ofproduction to which the Nation would not resort in more normal times.


However, the rapid expansion of these vital types of production hasdesirable consequences besides serving our immediate defense needs. Thecapacity now being built up would go a long way toward meeting the needsof full mobilization, should events suddenly thrust that upon us. More-over, productive growth in these fields (except munitions) will providea base for further growth in civilian supplies and in civilian-serving indus-tries later on, even if defense outlays remain high. As this process con-tinues, it hastens the time when the relative portions of defense and non-defense output can move closer toward their pre-emergency patterns. Thusthe expansion programs now under way, if skillfully adjusted and timed,will in the longer run ease the relative burden and the relative inflationarypressures of the defense program.

Provided that the expansion of output is conducted on this balancedbasis, it can make a highly important contribution toward carrying what-ever burdens the Nation may have to bear. Toward this end, we shoulddraw fully upon our still incompletely utilized resources of technology,manpower, and managerial skills.

(3) The maintenance of a strong civilian economy

A strong civilian economy is a foundation of military power. We mustmaintain civilian strength, first, with respect to private consumption. Muchhas been said about "guns and butter." No one in a responsible position hasclaimed that we can have as much "butter," while the basic defense programgrows, as we could have if our supply of "guns" were not being increased.The defense program during the coming year will affect many civiliandurable commodities. The cutbacks will be real. Unless demand inparticular markets behaves in an unexpected fashion, some shortages asmeasured by market demand also are to be expected. But there is every rea-son to believe that Americans will continue to have enough "butter," in termsof ordinary standards of consumer well-being, if the distribution of goods andservices is not badly distorted by further inflation. There will be adequatecivilian supplies to maintain the indispensable public support upon whichexecution of the defense program depends, if stabilization is effective, andif the people and the Government join in a clear understanding of thenature of the program and its urgency.

But "guns and butter" is deficient terminology. It is much too categor-ical in its assumption of a sharp line between the factors that are essentialfor security and those that are not. In a race which promises to be morea marathon than a sprint, good diets, health, shelter, education, recrea-tion, and the good morale that depends upon all of these, are essential forendurance in our national security effort. Striking a balance betweenour needs in these respects and for primary defense is a vital problem.

Striking this balance also requires a judicious comparison of servicesrendered through the private economy and those rendered by govern-ment. Undoubtedly, at all levels of government, there are peacetime pro-

41


grams which must be cut. True economy and efficiency in public opera-tions, desirable at all times, is imperative at a time when our resourcesface a persisting strain and when public financial burdens are unavoid-ably heavy. Yet there can be no general presumption that public outlaysare wasteful or nonessential compared with private outlays. The buildingof a highway or a school may be far more essential to the conservation andadvancement of our national strength than the building of a motion picturehouse or the production of luxuries. In an emergency, a sense of priorityis highly important, and while many desirable public services need to berestrained until we can afford more of them, it would be false economy tostrip them excessively in order to preserve materials and manpower fornonessential or wasteful private investment and consumption.

We should also seek to preserve civilian strength by avoiding unnecessaryinequities and dislocations. The very essence of a rapid shift toward de-fense production is a substantial reallocation of economic resources. Someconsequent dislocations are unavoidable. But it is an important objectiveof economic policy to avoid unnecessary dislocations, and to minimize theinequities among different producer and income groups. The worst poten-tial inequities, of course, are those that would arise from serious inflation.Beyond this, however, it is highly desirable to minimize the dislocation ofboth employment and enterprise resulting from materials curtailment, withparticular attention to the problems of small business.

(4) Maintenance of economic stability

The curbing of inflation is necessary to facilitate the defense productionprogram, to prevent inequities, to maintain public support for the defenseeffort by moderating conflicts among economic groups, to minimize thefinancial burden of defense, and to avoid unnecessary burdens upon ourallies. Consequently, the prevention of inflation is a vital element in thesuccess of all our efforts.

For this very reason, it is important to recognize that the problem ofinflation does not exist in isolation, and that stabilization measures cannotbe effectively administered in a vacuum. Stabilization, in large measure,is a means to other ends. Stabilization policies are constantly being tested,not only by their immediate effect in reducing inflationary pressures, butalso by their longer-range effect upon production and the utilization of ourresources. Stabilization policies which are desirable for a presumably longperiod of partial mobilization are different from those which would benecessary in the more acute situation of total war. The programs nowunder way are intended to reconcile the application of controls adequateto the current situation, with allowance of sufficient play in the workingsof our enterprise system for it to function more productively and more effi-ciently year by year.


(5) Integrating our efforts with those of our allies

In all of its economic endeavors, the United States needs to strive fora free-world-wide perspective. This is not only a matter of calculated self-interest, but is dictated by our basic concern for improving the economicand social underpinnings of democratic institutions throughout the world.As a logical consequence of processing and consuming a major share of thefree world's resources, the United States must make available to otherssome of its resources, including its productive techniques and skills.

(6) Unity of programs and policies

There is no question that this Nation has the over-all resources to do thejob, if it uses them wisely. In governmental operations under emergencyconditions, the basic principles to guide the wise use of resources are similar,in some respects, to those in a business organization. A business feels thatit is using its resources well when ft appraises accurately the whole situationwith which it has to deal, decides upon its objectives, and determines howmuch of its total resources it can afford to allot to various purposes. Fromthe viewpoint of the economist, the same criteria should be applied to theimmense array of complex undertakings which the Government is now per-forming in the mobilization effort. It would be no answer to say that thejob is too big and difficult to be brought within any such vigilance. Thevery size of the job, and its impact upon the whole Nation, make the cost ofavoidable inconsistencies or mistakes beyond the limit of what we can afford.

There are necessary limitations in this matter, arising from the very na-ture of our system, and from the fact that we are not now engaged in atotal war. Confidence cannot be placed safely in any overrefined or over-developed "master planning" concept which seeks to blueprint every detailand to cover every contingency. The capacity and desire to think for our-selves is one of our greatest assets. Nonetheless, it is of the essence in defensemobilization that the decisions made at various points within the Govern-ment be interrelated. Thus, if the defense program proper is not reason-ably firm and clear, the civilian programs are left in the dark. For ex-ample, a specialized agency may best determine how much housing orschools the localities need. But while supplying these needs in full wouldbe desirable under other circumstances, the specialized agency needs guid-ance when a defense program and an industrial expansion program mustbe given some priority because of the pressure of large total demands uponlimited total supplies.

The Council has called this necessary process during the current emer-gency "programming." In our Midyear Economic Review last July, webroke down this "programming" process into four main parts:

(1) The clear definition of major goals—military, international, in-dustrial, and civilian—and continuous testing of their feasibility oneagainst the other to keep them in balance. The desired balance, ofcourse, may change with changes in the international situation.

977891—52 4


(2) A continuing determination of the relative part to be played, inachieving these goals, through the expansion of some supplies on theone hand and the reduction of some demand on the other. This meansan integration of all major economic policies toward a commonpurpose.

(3) A continuous scheduling and timing of specific major programobjectives.

(4) A reasonably complete and continuous synthesis or inventory atone central point of all the vitally important facts about the progressof the whole effort, so that those concerned with policy may have im-mediate access to what is happening as a guide to what needs to bedone.

With all the sizable gains which have been made, the Council believesthat for ensuing stages of the mobilization effort the "programming" proc-ess should be further advanced. As the impact of the defense effort uponthe economy increases, the importance of over-all policy integration willincrease correspondingly.

(7) The enlistment of public support

In a democratic nation, particularly during a defense emergency, onecannot draw a sharp line between the exertions of the government and theexertions of the people whose government it is. What the Federal Govern-ment does is only a fractional part of our total national effort; most ofthe planning and work are carried forward by industry, agriculture, labor,and the other major elements in our enterprise system.

The great danger that we face, in the long run, is not an inadequacyof our combined private and public resources. The great danger is ratherthat, faced with problems so different from any confronting us before, wemight get an admixture of private and public action not best suited to ournative genius and not compatible with advancing the strength of our freeinstitutions. The emergency indeed requires that the Government do morethings than in normal peacetime, and influence the economy in more ways.But this fact does not diminish the force of the proposition that the Govern-ment should do only what is essential and what others cannot do as well.

But whatever may evolve as a proper dividing line between privateaction and public action, the scope of public action will remain largeduring the emergency. Consequently, the sharing of responsibility forpublic action should be upon a broader base than in normal peacetime.While progress in this direction has been made during the past year, theNation has not yet found an adequate formula for welding together thebrains and experience of our enterprise system with that of our public serv-ice in dealing with problems at the national level. This is not simply amatter of recruiting people from private enterprise into government jobs,although that too is important. The leadership of our great economic

44


groups, while functioning as such, must be brought into a sympatheticrelationship to some of the great decisions of national economic policy.

It is no answer to this need to recite the old cliche about avoiding conflictsof interest. The conflicts of interest are there, whether we see them ornot, and the only question is whether they are allowed to mount to thepoint where they could imperil our security and impair our whole economy,or whether some way can be found to reduce these conflicts to manageableproportions. And the only way to reduce such conflicts, in a democracy,is for people to find ways of working together.

The active and integral participation by major group leaders in theshaping of national economic policy, through the channels of theirorganizations, carries a keener sense of active responsibility for thedefense effort to great numbers of our people. In addition, there is needfor efforts to increase the effectiveness of broad-scale citizen participation inthe over-all defense program through local and regional activities. Thesuccess of these attempts will depend heavily upon the extent to which thoseat the center of the effort are able to convey to the Nation at large a com-prehensive picture of national policies and problems.

These problems arise out of the essential nature of our economic system—a system in which freedom and flexibility are held precious; a system inwhich command can never take the place of assent; but a system in which,nonetheless, group interests have become so strong that their apathy ordefiance could imperil the whole national effort.

Many steps have been taken, during the past year, to face up to thisproblem of unity as it arises out of the relationship between a free people, afree enterprise system, and a free government in a time of emergency.No one would claim that the solutions thus far attempted have yet beenentirely satisfactory. But in this connection, the National Advisory Boardon Mobilization Policy represents a prime vehicle and a great forward step.This Board has made a good beginning, and may become even more effectivewith further improved staffing and agenda.

But this problem cannot be solved simply by the creation of moremachinery; it requires that the will to solve it exist in the minds and heartsof men both inside government and outside government. It depends uponthe common consciousness that we are confronted by world dangers whichmake the things that can hold us together infinitely more important thanthose that might tear us apart.

45


II. Detailed Developments During 1951

TIKE March in the old adage, the economic year 1951 came in a•^ lion and went out a lamb. The inflation that raged at the beginningof 1951 was replaced near the end of the first quarter by stability of suchpersistence that the causes and probable duration of "the lull" became aforemost topic of speculation among economists and businessmen.

Broadly speaking, the dominant trends of the year were the rise inGovernment buying for the security program and the change in the paceof consumer buying, which surged to a crest in the first quarter, thenabated, and remained relatively stable during the rest of the year. Inthe first months of 1951, private demand for goods reinforced an ascendingGovernment demand to bring inflation; later, it counteracted an expandingGovernment demand to help bring stability.

The bad news from Korea in the first weeks following the interventionby China caused consumers to continue buying at a high rate after theclose of the Christmas season. Though retail sales dropped from 14.8billion dollars in December 1950 to 12.2 billion in January and to 11.2billion in February, this was less than the usual seasonal decline.At seasonally adjusted annual rates, retail sales rose 8.5 percent from thefourth quarter of 1950 to the first quarter of 1951. Manufacturers andmerchants took an exceedingly optimistic view of prospective marketdemand, and the former expanded their output while the latter floodedtheir suppliers with new orders. The increase in Government purchasesfor national security programs combined with the heavier buying in civilianmarkets to extend and in some cases to speed the rapid rise in prices thathad begun in 1950.

The situation was reversed in the second quarter. Retail sales were3 percent greater than in the first quarter, but this was much less thanthe normal increase for those months. On a seasonally adjusted basis,retail sales were 6.5 percent lower in the second quarter than in the firstquarter. The inflow of many kinds of merchandise ordered in theoptimistic mood of the first quarter piled up in the inventories of merchantsand in the warehouses of manufacturers, to hang over the market for theremainder of the year.

During the second half of 1951, retail sales (seasonally adjusted) werenot much above the second quarter level. National security expenditurescontinued to rise, though more slowly than in the first half of the year, butprivate investment fell off, principally because of a lower rate of inventory


accumulation. Prices remained fairly stable and total output, after remain-ing steady in the third quarter, rose moderately in the fourth. The lull thathad begun near the end of the first quarter persisted through the secondhalf of the year.

The first months of active inflation were marked by some financialfactors which are believed by many people to reduce inflationary pressures,while the 9 months of relative quiet were characterized by several factorswhich similarly are believed to generate inflationary pressures. There wasa record Government cash surplus in the first quarter of 1951 and an ac-companying decline in the privately-held money supply. Outstanding con-sumer credit, after rising rapidly through December, fell to a lesser degreein the first quarter of 1951. On the other hand, during the months ofstability, there was a Government cash deficit which rose steeply fromquarter to quarter, the money supply climbed more sharply than in the sameperiod of 1950, and, after midyear, consumer credit and loans of commer-cial banks resumed their expansion. In the case of these series, the year1951 demonstrated the hazards of interpreting short-range developments inthe economy as a whole, through the use of a limited number of indicators,many of which are likely to reflect seasonal movements.

Some important financial factors showed a different pattern. Totalbank loans increased more than twice as much during the 9 months fromJuly 1, 1950, to March 31, 1951, as during the following 9 months. Duringthe former period, long-term Government securities found a ready marketwithout risk of loss in the Federal Reserve banks, which was not true duringthe latter period. Heavy tax increases passed in 1950 became fully effectivein 1951, and further increases were hanging over the heads of consumersand businesses through most of 1951. The Revenue Act of 1951, passedin October, applied higher rates to 1951 corporate income, and imposedincreased withholding and excise tax rates which became effective Novem-ber 1, 1951. Moreover, the lags in the impact of the financial factors mustnot be overlooked in interpreting their effects on inflationary pressure.

In general, 1951 was a year of some surprises and, in a sense, of someparadoxes. We shall try in this Part to set down the facts of the year'seconomic record. In Part III, we shall consider the principal economicproblems which will confront the Nation in the year ahead as a resultof the combination of these facts and of our broad policy objectives.

THE BASIC SECURITY BuiLD-Up

During the past 12 months, the annual rate of expenditure for the majornational security programs—both domestic and international—increasedby more than 20 billion dollars, reaching a rate of 45 billion dollars in thefourth quarter. Currently, the national security programs are taking about14 percent of gross national product, compared with 8 percent a year ago.(See chart 6.)

47


CHART 6

NATIONAL SECURITY EXPENDITURESFOR GOODS AND SERVICES IN 1951 PRICES

During 1951, the annual rate of national security expendituresincreased by about 20 billion dollars. The build-up of ourmilitary establishment and military aid to other countriesaccounted for more than 85 percent of total Security expenditures.

BILLIONS OF DOLLARS*

25 50

I9604th Qtr.

19512nd Otr.

19514th Qtr.^

TOTAL SECURITY .EXPENDITURES

DEFENSE DEPARTMENTAND MDAP

FOREIGN^ ATOMIC^OTHERAID ENERGY

* SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.\J PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

The rate of expansion of the security programs slackened toward the endof 1951. During the last quarter, security expenditures are estimated tohave increased only 3 billion dollars, at an annual rate, compared with anaverage increase of 6 billion dollars in each of the previous three quarters.Since the middle of the year, foreign economic aid expenditures have notincreased, and there has been a considerable reduction in stockpiling expend-itures. The decline in stockpiling expenditures reflected not only a generalreduction in purchases for the stockpile, but also an actual suspension ofpurchases of some strategic materials, a reduction in the availability ofsome that come from foreign areas, and sharply rising domestic require-ments for defense production and expansion of industrial capacity.

During the first half of last year, military expenditures, including ex-penditures for foreign military aid, increased steadily and rapidly, partlyas a result of the large increases in military pay and purchases of soft goodsassociated with rapid expansion in the size of the armed forces. In thesecond half, as the composition of the program shifted more towards ex-penditures on hard goods and military construction, expansion in totalspending was necessarily slower. At the present time, about half of totalmilitary outlays are for hard goods and military construction.


While deliveries of military hard goods and military construction put inplace increased by about 250 percent from the fourth quarter of 1950 to thefourth quarter of 1951, the increase in actual military production duringthe period was somewhat greater. It was to be expected that, during theearlier phase of the program, expansion of military production pipelineswould be larger than the increase in actual deliveries. Deliveries of typesof military equipment which are easier to produce—like ammunition,weapons, and vehicles—increased enormously over the levels of the autumnof 1950. On the other hand, the gain in aircraft deliveries, which willaccount for about 25 percent of the military production program, wasmore moderate.

As will be indicated in Part III, future increases in security expenditureswill be very largely for military hard goods, especially for items which aremore difficult to produce.

PRODUCTION AND EMPLOYMENT

Production

Total output of the economy, measured by gross national product ad-justed for changes in prices, rose about 5 percent from the fourth quarterof 1950 to the fourth quarter of 1951. The bulk of the increase occurred inthe first half of the year; in the second half, aggregate output was nearlystable. For the year as a whole, total national output was 8 percent above1950, and the rise in the private sector of the economy was 7 percent. (Seechart 7 and appendix tables B-2 and B-3.)

Industrial production. Industrial production fluctuated within a narrowrange through most of 1951. The index, estimated at 218 in December1951, was at about the same level as a year earlier. (See chart 7 andappendix table B-16.) This relative stability of total industrial productionfor the past year resulted from differing trends in the defense and consumergoods sectors of the economy. Defense and munitions output continued toincrease. Aircraft manufacture, railroad equipment production, and ship-building activity rose on the average by about 50 percent from January toNovember. Machinery output climbed during most of 1951, and by No-vember was 7 percent above the beginning of the year.

Output of both durable and nondurable consumer goods decreased afterthe first quarter of the year. Consumer durable goods output dropped byabout one-third from March to November, partly in response to cutbacks inmaterials, partly in response to the decline in consumer demand. Passengercar production fell from an annual rate of 6.4 million units in the firstquarter to a rate of 4.4 million in the last quarter. The rate had been 6.7million in the fourth quarter of 1950, and 4.6 million in the same quarter of1949. Output of major appliances, such as washing machines, refrigerators,

49


CHART 7

PRODUCTIONTotal output of goods and services continued to climb in thefirst half of 1951, but leveled off in the second half.Total industrial production was somewhat lower in the second halfas the continued advance of producers1 durable equipment andmunitions was more than offset by declines in the consumers'sector of durable and nondurable manufactures.

120 —

TOTAL PRODUCTION2nd Qtr. 1950 = 100^

TOTAL PRODUCTION OFGOODS AND SERVICES^/

2nd Qtr. 3rd Qtr. 4th Qtr.

1950

st Qtr. 2nd Qtr. 3rd Qtr. 4th Qtr.

INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTIONJUNE 1950

I 15 -

110 -

105 -

100

95J J A S 0

1950JL/ INDEXES BASED ON SEASONALLY ADJUSTED DATA.2/ INDEX BASED ON GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCT IN 1951 PRICES.3/ PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS, ANDBOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM.

100

95


stoves, and vacuum cleaners, suffered particularly sharp declines, and theproduction of radios and television sets fell steeply after February.

Total production of nondurable goods industries declined graduallyduring most of the year. By November, production was 7 percent belowJanuary. The textile industry, in particular, greatly curtailed output dur-ing the second half of the year. Even the production of chemical products,which had risen continuously since early 1950, reached a plateau towardthe end of 1951.

Minerals output moved irregularly higher during the year to a new recordin October, largely because of the rising production of crude petroleum.The latter was at an all-time high in October, and then tapered off some-what as production allowed in the Texas fields was cut. Bituminous coaloutput rose substantially in the latter part of the year, as exports to Europeincreased.

Production of electric power, which is not included in the industrialproduction index, reached record levels in 1951, and averaged 13 percentabove the previous year.

The year's developments in the construction industry are summarized inthe discussion of investment activity during 1951.

Agricultural production. Despite adverse developments in the fallmonths in the outturn of some crops, notably cotton and corn, agriculturalproduction in 1951 maintained the high level of recent years. (See appen-dix table B-16.) High-level agricultural output enabled us to meet theexpanded demands for food and fiber of a military force which more thandoubled in the past year, to increase shipments of food to friendly foreigncountries, and to raise average food consumption in this country slightlyabove the pre-Korean level.

The 1951 production record is all the more impressive in view of thehandicaps of drought and floods, and a continuation of the long-run declinein agricultural employment, as some farm workers shifted to defense indus-tries. There were also shortages of some materials, particularly fertilizers.

Current estimates for cotton indicate a crop of 15.3 million bales in 1951,53 percent larger than in 1950. Expected domestic and foreign demandfor cotton in relation to total available supplies point to little, if any, build-up in the present relatively low cotton stocks. Record supplies of fats andoils are available. But production of feed grains and concentrates indicatesthat supplies for the 1951-52 feeding year will be about 5 percent smallerthan for 1950-51, when carryover stocks were being reduced.

Poultry and egg production in 1951 was nearly 7 percent higher thanin 1950, and hog slaughter was up about 8 percent. Cattle slaughter wasrelatively small in 1951, partly because producers expanded their breedingherds. The number of cattle on farms in early 1952 was at record levels,several million head above a year earlier. Reduced feed supplies and a


continued high output of livestock and livestock products point to a furthercut in reserve stocks of feed grains during the 1951-52 feeding year.

Services. Personal expenditures for services, in constant prices, roseabout 3 percent above 1950, a smaller increase than that recorded in anyother recent year. (See appendix tables B-2 and B-3.)

Employment

The total labor force, civilian and military, increased from about 64.7million in December 1950 to more than 66 million in December 1951. Butbecause of the growth in the armed forces, the civilian labor force increasedonly slightly during the same period—from 62.5 million to 62.7 million.Total civilian employment rose from 60.3 million in December 1950 to 61.0million in December 1951. Over the year, total civilian employment aver-aged about 1 million higher in 1951 than in 1950. (See chart 8 and appen-dix table B-ll.)

While the long-run decline in agricultural employment continued, non-agricultural employment during 1951 averaged about 1.5 million above1950, with each month of the year outstripping the same month of the pre-vious year; but the margin became generally smaller as the year progressed.December employment in nonagricultural activities was 54.6 million, com-pared with 54.1 million a year earlier.

The number of employees in manufacturing in 1951 averaged 15.9million, the highest since World War II. The shifting pattern towardincreased defense activity was evidenced by the fact that employment indurable goods industries was 280,000 higher in November 1951 than a year"earlier, while employment in the nondurable goods field was about 180,000lower. (See appendix table B-l2.) The increase since Korea of about 3.5million persons engaged directly or indirectly in defense work was made pos-sible primarily through the shifting of workers from nondefense work, andalso through a considerable absorption of unemployed persons.

About 5.5 million persons are now engaged directly or indirectly in de-fense production, excluding work on privately-financed facilities construc-tion. Of this total about 750,000 are in aircraft, private shipyards, andordnance; the rest are employed in Federal defense agencies, or workin mining, in the production or transportation of metals, machine tools,machinery, scientific instruments, chemicals, or rubber products, or in otheractivities needed for supplying the armed forces. These adjustments inemployment were made while we continued to maintain our civilian econ-omy at a high level. Material shortages have, in some instances, restrictedthe output of certain specific goods, but so far, lack of manpower has notplayed a significant part in holding down civilian output. In fact, layoffsin many consumer goods industries in the latter part of 1951 were thehighest recorded for that time of the year since 1945.

The workweek, which had averaged more than 41 hours for total manu-facturing in the last half of 1950, dropped slightly during the first half of

52


CHART 8

CIVILIAN LABOR FORCE

The civilian labor force in 1951 was almost as large as in I960,.despite the growth of the armed forces. Total employment averaged61 million, or an increase of I million compared with the previousyear. Agricultural employment, continuing its long-run decline^ decreasedabout ]/2 million, while nonagricultural employment rose by 1̂ million.

MILLIONS OF PERSONS^70

MILLIONS OF PERSONS*70

20

10

30

20

10

J F M A M J J A S O N D

1949J F M A M J J A S O N D

1951

Unemployment for the year averaged about 2 million — a decreaseof about \% million, or 40 percent, from the I960 average.

10

«,p,-

«,--

/vs


1949

PE RCI

EINNT

EMOF

PLc

0>Vlt

'MJA

ENN

TLA 30 R

rm


1950

FO RC r

TIT illJ F M A M J J A S O N D

1951

10

*I4 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER

SOURCE-' DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

53


1951, and, after the vacation months, leveled off at about 405/2 hours.For the year as a whole, the workweek averaged slightly higher in 1951than in 1950. Many plants in the durable goods area, particularly in themachinery and metalworking groups, were on a 48-hour week. Curtail-ment in nondurable goods production reduced the workweek in that sectorslightly more than 1 hour from November 1950 to November 1951. (Seeappendix table B-13.)

Unemployment. Unemployment decreased from about 2.2 million per-sons, or 3.6 percent of the civilian labor force, at the end of 1950 to 1.7million, or about 2.7 percent, at the close of 1951. (See chart 8 andappendix table B-l 1.)

Important changes have occurred in the duration of unemployment.Over the year the number who had been seeking work 15 weeks or moredeclined more than 40 percent, from 410,000 to 230,000.

The national averages obscure somewhat the unemployment which hasdeveloped in some areas as a result of the shift from civilian to defenseproduction. In some geographical areas, the increase in defense outputhas failed to provide enough employment to offset the declines resultingfrom the defense program. In Michigan, for example, the number ofpersons drawing unemployment compensation in November 1951 was nearly21/2 times that in November 1950. In Detroit, the impact of material andproduction regulations and a slackening in automobile demand have carriedto the point where, in the Nation's largest durable goods producing center,somewhat more than 100,000 people are reported out of jobs.

In November 1951, despite the low level of unemployment nationally,there were 15 major labor market areas, as well as 5 minor ones, which werecharacterized as areas of substantial labor surpluses. Some of our largermetropolitan centers such as New York and Providence are included inthis group. Few, if any, of these 15 areas have been pushed into thissurplus labor category by the controls required by the defense program;many, in fact, are communities in which unemployment has been a problemfor some time. Defense production in these places is either relatively unim-portant or has been insufficient to absorb the labor surpluses which havedeveloped as a result of long-standing economic problems.

Among the States where unemployment has been growing are Michigan,Wisconsin, Massachusetts, Tennessee, Georgia, North Carolina, and RhodeIsland. Cutbacks in orders for such consumers' goods as textiles, apparel,shoes, and jewelry aggravated the persisting unemployment problems in suchlocal areas as Lawrence, Lowell, Manchester, Providence, and Brockton.

Work stoppages. During 1951, less than one-quarter of one percent oftotal estimated working time was lost by strikes. Total man-days of laborlost through work stoppages during this period were lower than in any otherpostwar year.

54


A work stoppage on major railroads of the country began near the end ofJanuary when several hundred yard workers took "sick leave". Eventuallythe stoppage involved about 70,000 workers in the industry. The lastworkers returned to work about February 10. Steel production was af-fected by a work stoppage at various locations of the Tennessee Coal, Ironand Railroad Company in Alabama, which lasted from February 22 toMarch 6, and idled 18,000 workers at its peak.

Another significant labor stoppage in the first part of 1951 was in the tex-tile industry. Between mid-February and late April, 70,000 membersof the Textile Workers Union (CIO) engaged in strikes of varying dura-tions at some 160 woolen and worsted mills, mostly in New England andthe Middle Atlantic states.

On August 27, there was a serious work stoppage curtailing copper pro-duction. It involved an estimated 40,000 workers, mostly members of theMine, Mill, and Smelter Workers Union. On August 31, about 10,000 ofthese workers returned to their jobs after a settlement was reached with theKennecott Copper Corporation. Following an injunction issued underFederal labor laws ordering a return to work and a resumption of collec-tive bargaining, settlements also took place with three other major copperproducers.

PRICES, WAGES, AND PROFITS

Prices

During most of 1951, prices were relatively stable, with wholesale pricesshowing a moderate decline, and consumers' prices rising slowly. Thispattern of price movements was in striking contrast to the violent waves ofgeneral price increases which marked the second half of 1950 and early1951, and which were finally curbed only after the imposition of the gen-eral price and wage freeze late in January.

Since the General Ceiling Price Regulation was issued, consumers' priceshave advanced 2.6 percent; wholesale prices have declined 2.9 percent; andthe index of 28 "sensitive" primary market commodities has shown a largedrop of 15.7 percent. But consumers' prices are 10.8 percent higher thanat the Korean outbreak, wholesale prices are 13.4 percent higher, and theprices of primary commodities, 23.2 percent higher. (See charts 9 and 11,also appendix tables B-22 and B-23.)

Wholesale prices under controls. Wholesale prices have gone throughthree periods since the general freeze. (See table 1.) First, they continuedto rise for a short time after price controls were imposed, but much moremoderately than in the period immediately preceding control. The risewas primarily concentrated among those agricultural and food prices leftuncontrolled for legal or technical reasons. The rise in these prices vir-tually ended in February.

55


CHART 9

WHOLESALE PRICESAverage wholesale prices declined during the spring andsummer of 1951 and at the end of the year were moderatelylower than at the time of the general price freeze.

INDEX. JUNE 1950 «IOO125

120 —

INDEX, JUNE 1950 » 100125

— 120

105 —

100

- 105

100A M J J A S

195!

-^PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

SOURCE: DEPARTMENT OF LABOR (EXCEPT AS NOTED).

In the middle of the second quarter, as excessive inventories developed, aselective drop began in wholesale prices which continued until autumn.The markets particularly affected were those closely tied to consumer de-mand, notably textiles, hides and leathers, and some farm products. Infla-tionary pressures continued heavy in markets where the expanding securityprogram exerted a strong pull. (See chart 10 and appendix table B-23.)

By the beginning of the fourth quarter, the period of major price declineswas over, as inventories had been brought more closely in line with sales.Subsequently, there was only a moderate stiffening in price trends.

In December, wholesale farm prices were 4.1 percent lower than at thetime of the general freeze. The declines began in late spring and con-tinued through the summer. They were caused by the expectations ofvery good crops, the sagging demand for such commodities as cotton andwool, seasonal declines in fresh fruits and vegetables, and the relaxationof general inflationary pressures. But by early autumn, farm prices beganto strengthen again as crops proved to be smaller than expected. Particu-larly noteworthy was the recovery of cotton prices, which brought them attimes close to the ceilings. The lagging demand for textiles, however,prevented a full return to ceiling levels.


TABLE 1. Changes in wholesale prices

Commodity group

All commodities ... . -Farm products _

Grains .Livestock . ._ ...

Foods . ._. ... ....Meats 1

Other than farm products and foodsHides and leather productsTextile products „ _ . ..Fuel and lighting materialsMetals and metal products > _Building materials. . .Chemicals and allied productsHousefumishmg goods . ._ .. _Miscellaneous,., _ .^ .^^« U ^ _ J ___...

I

Korean out-break to

General CeilingPrice

Regulation »

4-16.7+22.1+13 4+20 5+15 7+13.8+15 5+30 4+32 4+4.1+9 4

+12.9+28 6+19.4+24.4

5ercentage chang

General CeilingPrice Regula-

tion toDecember 1951 1

-2 9-4.1+2 9

—11 7— i

—3.2—2 6

—18 4—11 3

+.8+1 8—1.4—6 5—1 9+.5

8

Korean out-break to

December 1951 >

+13 4+17.1+16 7+6 4

+15 7+10 2+12 6+6 5

+17 5+5 0

+11 4+11 2+20 3+17 1+25.0

i June 1950 data used for computing changes since the Korean outbreak and February 1951 data forchanges since the Genera) Ceiling Price Regulation. The latter most nearly reflect the level at the timeof the general price freeze injate January.

Source: Department of Labor. (See appendix table B-23.)

Beef cattle prices continued strong through most of the period. Theabolition of slaughtering quotas created considerable difficulty for thecontrol of beef prices during late summer and early fall when marketingscontinued small as farmers further built up their cattle herds. There wasgreat pressure for the elimination of all controls on beef, which may havecontributed to the unusually small marketings of beef cattle. Prices ofsome grades of cattle rose at times to levels considerably above those whichreflected the retail beef ceilings. However, by November the seasonalincrease in marketings became heavier than usual, leading to alleviationof the supply situation and to a moderate decline in cattle prices.

Hog prices, which were strong during the first half of 1951, becameweaker beginning in late summer as marketings increased seasonally. How-ever, the total decline in the autumn was a little less than usual in percent-age terms, and prices at their seasonal low in December were about the sameas a year before.

The parity ratio reached a post-Korean peak of 113 in February, and thendeclined to a 1951 low of 103 in September. This drop reflected primarilychanges in prices received by farmers, as prices paid by farmers fluctuatedwithin a very narrow range after April. The ensuing strengthening of farmprices resulted in a rise in the parity ratio to 107 in December, which wasslightly lower than a year earlier. In June 1950, the ratio was,97. (Seeappendix table B-24.)

57


CHART 10

WHOLESALE PRICES OF INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTSIndustrial prices showed mixed trends in 1951. Metals and metalproducts were strong because of the impact of the growing securityprogram. Sagging consumer demand and excessive inventoriescaused declines, particularly in soft goods.

INDEX, JUNE 1950 = 100 INDEX, JUNE 1950=100

140 I ' | 140

130

120

110

100

CHEMICALS ANDALLIED PRODUCTS **V.

..**•* BUILDING *•••

MATERIALS

I I I 1

•FUEL AND LIGHTING MATERIALS

i l l I I I I I I I -I I

130

120

no

100J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S 0 N DJ

I960 1951INDEX, JUNE 1950 = 100

140

130

120 —

110 —

INDEX, JUNE 1950 = 100

140

— 130

— 120

100 100J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D

I960 1951

* ALL COMMODITIES OTHER THAN FARM PRODUCTS AND FOODS.

j/ PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

SOURCE: DEPARTMENT OF LABOR (EXCEPT AS NOTED).


Unlike farm and industrial prices, wholesale food prices were virtuallyunchanged at the end of the year, compared with their level at the timeof the general freeze. After mid-February they fluctuated irregularlywithin a narrow range, with compensating price movements, largely sea-sonal, in different groups of foods. (See chart 9.)

During the same period, industrial prices declined 2.6 percent. (Seechart 10.) The drop was highly selective. Many prices fell below ceilings,some drastically, while at the same time many other prices strained at theceilings. The declines affected large areas where problems of "excessive"inventories developed in the spring. The sharpest declines were in com-modities like cotton, hides, rubber, tin, wool, and tallow, in which there hadbeen great speculative price increases immediately after Korea. The pricedecline in most commodities in this group was concentrated in the springand summer. By autumn, the downward movement had more or less spentitself and some minor upturns in prices took place.

The textile and the hides and leather products groups showed the largestaverage declines from the general freeze to the end of 1951, the formerdropping 11.3 percent and the latter, 18.4 percent. Within these sub-groups, the declines, like the earlier rises, were greatest at the raw materiallevels, and least at the final stages of fabrication. Thus, hides registered thelargest decline and shoes the least; cotton grey goods the most, and cottonclothing the least.

Other industrial products in which there were substantial price declineswere chemicals, which fell 6.5 percent after the general freeze, mainlyas a result of a sharp drop in the prices of fats and oils following steep risesprior to the freeze. Prices of industrial chemicals, fertilizer materials, anddrugs and pharmaceuticals were firm, or advanced.

Both metals and metal products, and fuels and lighting, accounting formore than 40 percent of the industrial products group, advanced after thegeneral freeze, the former by 1.8 percent and the latter by 0.8 percent. Themetals and metal products group is particularly subject to the impactof the expanding security program. The large demand for fuel contributedto strength in the prices of petroleum and other fuels. Since these groupsare subject to price control, little upward movement was recorded, exceptto reflect permitted adjustments in ceiling prices, as in the cases of auto-mobiles, and lead and zinc. (See appendix table B-23.)

Consumers3 prices under controls. The trend of consumers' prices fol-lowing the general freeze was quite unlike that of wholesale prices. Afterthe general freeze, the consumers' price index continued to rise untilMay, then leveled off, and remained virtually unchanged until September,when it began a new rise.

The greater strength of consumers' prices during this period, comparedwith wholesale prices, is accounted for by a number of factors. For manycommodities, winter clothing, for example, it normally takes a considerable

59977891—52 ~5


TABLE 2. Changes in consumers' prices

Item

All items

Food . --ApparelRentFuel electricity and refrigerationHousefurnishingsMiscellaneous - -

I

Korean out-break to Gen-eral Ceiling

Price Regula-tion i

+8 0

+11.3+9.4+2.4+3.5

+13.5+5.6

3ercentage chang

General Ceil-ing Price Reg-ulation to No-vember 1951 1

+2 6

2+2.4+2.8+3.7+ 6+.5

+3.2

e

Korean out-break to No-vember 1951 *

+10 8

2+13. 9+12 5+6.1+4 1

+14.1+8.9

1 June 1950 data used for computing changes since the Korean outbreak and February 1951 data for changessince the General Ceiling Price Regulation. The latter most nearly reflect the level at the time of thegeneral price freeze in late January.

2 A preliminary survey indicates that food prices advanced by 0.2 percent from November 15 to Decem-ber.15.

Source: Department of Labor. (See appendix table B-22.)

time for price increases at wholesale to show up at retail. Part of thestrength of the index was due to the rise in food prices, as consumers main-tained a high demand for what are basically nonpostponable purchases.The consumers' price index includes many items over which controls arelacking or are only partial, thus permitting further price increases. In addi-tion, part of the increase in the index was due to the new excise taxes.

All major components in the index have continued to advance since theinauguration of price controls, with the largest increase, 3.7 percent, occur-ring in rents, which are subject only to partial control. (See table 2 andchart 11.) The tempo of increases in rents, which have been rising steadilyduring the postwar period, has been sharply stepped up in the last year anda half, as more and more areas have been exempted from controls, andmore liberal rent adjustments have been required by law. In addition,the increased demand for housing under the impetus of the defense pro-gram has played an important role in many areas. Progress has been made,however, in returning areas to rent control under the new law.

Prices of the miscellaneous group of goods and services have increased3.2 percent since the imposition of the General Ceiling Price Regulation.More than 1 percent of the rise came in November, following the imposi-tion of increased Federal excise taxes which became effective in that month.

The 2.8 percent rise in apparel prices—the major part of which occurredin September—reflected the accumulated effect of the cost increases sincethe year before in the pricing of the new lines of fall merchandise.

Retail food prices have been generally strong throughout the period Feb-ruary to November 1951, with only minor dips. The rise in retail meatprices has been slightly greater than the average rise in food prices, amount-

60


CHART 11

CONSUMERS' PRICESConsumers1 prices were relatively stable for several months afterFebruary 1951, but in September they began a new rise.INDEX, JUNE (950 = 100120

1 1 5 -

110 —

105 -

100

95 I I I I i i I

SOURCE: DEPARTMENT OF LABOR.

INDEX, JUNE 1950 = 100120

- 1 1 5

- MO

I J I i I I I I l I l I 95J J A S O N O J F M A M J J A S O N D

- 105

100

ing to 2.7 percent, compared with 2.4 percent for all foods, and 2.6 percentfor the consumers' price index.

Wages

The upward creep in wage rates was one of the most important factorsresponsible for the increased total labor income in 1951. In manufacturingindustries, average hourly earnings rose 11 cents, from $1.51 in November1950 to $1.62 in November 1951. Workers in the durable goods manu-facturing industries received average hourly wages of $1.70 in November1951, an increase of 12 cents, or about 7 percent, from November 1950.The rise in the nondurable goods sector was smaller, from $1.42 in Novem-ber 1950 to $1.50 in November 1951. (See chart 12 and appendix tableB-14.)

Hourly earnings in manufacturing exclusive of overtime pay rose 10 centsor about 7 percent from November 1950 to November 1951, somewhat lessthan the rise in gross pay. From February 1951, the first month of opera-tion of the v/age stabilization program, to November, gross hourly earningsrose 6 cents, or 4 percent. Straight-time hourly rates also increased by6 cents, or 4 percent.

Average weekly earnings in manufacturing rose by less than hourlyrates, since average hours of work were lower in November 1951 than in the

61


CHART 12

AVERAGE EARNINGSIN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES

Average' hourly earnings rose slowly throughout 1951, butwhen adjusted for pr ice changes were fa i r ly constant. Therewas a smaller rise in average week l y earnings, due to aslight decline during the year in the workweek.

1.70 - - 1.70

1,50 — — - 1.50

1.30 - — 1.30

70.00

60.00

50.00

AVERAGE WEEKLY EARNINGS

.CURRENT PRICES

DURABLE GOODS

NONDURABLE GOODS _

I 1 I I t t

CONSTANT PRICES

.CURRENT PRICES

I i

70.00

60.00

50.00

i "TJ J A S O N O J F M A M J J A S O N D

1950 1951u

EARNINGS JN CURRENT PRICES DIVIDED BY CONSUMERS' PRICE INDEX ON BASE JUNE 1950-100.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

62


same month of 1950. In all manufacturing industries, average weeklywages rose by about $3.02, or 5 percent, to a level of $65.25 in the 12 monthsbeginning November 1950. In the durable goods sector, weekly earningsadvanced by $4.08, while the rise in nondurable goods industries was$1.50. (See appendix table B-15.) It has been estimated that averageweekly earnings of clerical and professional workers, as distinct from wageearners, rose around 6 percent in the 12-month period.

Wage negotiations. During the year, wage negotiations were condi-tioned by the wage stabilization program, which affected practically everycontract signed in 1951.

As a necessary prelude to the development of a wage stabilization pro-gram, the Wage Stabilization Board froze wages on January 26, 1951. Justprior to this freeze an unusually large number of settlements took place.Many new contracts were negotiated at that time through mutual consent,since the terms of existing contracts did not contain wage reopening pro-visions effective in January. Many deferred increases negotiated in 1950also became effective in that month. In addition, there were numerousinstances of consent to the immediate payment of increases which werescheduled to become effective later in 1951.

The freeze was relaxed on January 30, by a regulation which authorizedincreases that were to become effective before February 10, when calledfor by agreements antedating the freeze. The bituminous coal and anthra-cite agreements, which raised wages $1.60 a day, fell within this category.In the 4 or 5 weeks following the freeze order, wage settlements were few.

With the removal of the freeze and the initial development of Boardpolicy, wage settlements became more numerous. These settlements rep-resented mainly a completion of pre-stabilization wage movements and ne-gotiations interrupted by the freeze. As a result, wage increases were agreedupon or put into effect for more workers during March than in any of thepreceding 12 months. A wage settlement, which contained a cost-of-livingescalator clause, and which affected about 1 million railroad workers, wasreached on March 1. Announcement of the BLS consumers' price indexfor January brought cost-of-living wage increases for more than a millionworkers covered by contracts with automatic escalator clauses. Many ofthe settlements negotiated during this period, particularly in the textileindustry, provided for general increases and supplementary benefits in ex-cess of the limit allowable without prior approval of the Wage StabilizationBoard. In other instances, employers voluntarily raised wage rates oflarge groups of workers to the maximum permitted without specific Gov-ernment authorization.

In May, the Wage Stabilization Board, in a decision that was the fore-runner of the Board policy of gearing wage stabilization to changes in the

63


cost of living, allowed the meat packing workers, who had received anincrease of 11 cents in 1950, an additional increase of 9 cents. The Boardheld that it would not be fair to penalize the parties because, in their pre-vious contract, they had decided to use a reopening clause rather than aformalized escalator clause as a protection against higher living costs. Lateran additional amount averaging 2 cents an hour was allowed, to increasethe differentials among job classes. In June, a wage increase of 15 centswas approved for the Atlantic Coast shipbuilding workers, on the groundthat wage rates in shipbuilding were abnormally low in the base periodwhich WSB had included in its general adjustment formula.

Many settlements later in the year provided for wage increases to offsetthe rise in the cost of living, as well as for fringe benefits. Among the morenoteworthy settlements in the second half of the year were those in the paper,glass, electrical, rubber, nonferrous mining and smelting, and food indus-tries. Contracts also were signed covering many workers in transportation,communications, and construction. In addition, wage increases weregranted most Federal Government workers and many State and local gov-ernment employees.

At the year's end, a most significant contract negotiation was takingplace between the steel industry employers and the steel workers union.The CIO Steelworkers Wage Policy Committee presented a 22-point setof proposals covering some 1 million workers. Key bargaining points in-cluded a "substantial wage increase, a guaranteed annual wage, a unionshop, a 'drastic' revision of the incentive system, time and one-half forSaturday work and double time for Sunday, as such, 8 paid holidays and amore liberal vacation program." On December 22, after the parties hadfailed to reach an agreement, the case was referred by the President to theWage Stabilization Board.

Profits

Corporate book profits before taxes in 1951 were the highest on record,reaching an estimated total of 44.8 billion dollars. In 1950, the previouspeak year, corporate book profits before taxes amounted to 41.4 billion.(See chart 13 and appendix table B-32.)

The profits trend, however, changed drastically in the course of 1951.After reaching a postwar peak of 51.8 billion (annual rate) in the firstquarter of 1951, corporate profits before taxes declined sharply, reaching alevel of 40 billion in the third quarter. Lower levels of sales and prices inmany industries, as well as the upcreep of costs, accounted for the change.In the fourth quarter, as sales increased somewhat and prices firmed slightly,corporate profits before taxes, according to preliminary indications, roseto an annual rate of approximately 42 billion dollars.

Corporate profits after taxes were an estimated 18.1 billion dollars in1951, compared with 22.8 billion in 1950, most of the reduction being aresult of higher tax rates. In 1951, the combined Federal, State, and local


taxes on profits took about 60 percent of profits before taxes, compared withabout 45 percent in 1950. The level of corporate profits after taxes wasexceeded in only 3 previous years, 1947, 1948, and 1950.

Although corporate profits as a whole were substantially lower at theend of 1951 than at the beginning, there were significant differences amongindustries. (See appendix tables B-33 through B-36.) Petroleum refin-ing, and printing and publishing (except newspapers) showed, before taxes,a higher rate of return on sales in the third quarter than in the first. Profitsof the following industries dropped moderately during the same period:food, tobacco, furniture, chemicals, leather and leather products, stone, clayand glass, nonferrous metals, iron and steel, machinery (except electrical),transportation equipment, instruments, and motor vehicles and parts.

CHART 13

CORPORATE PROFITS

Profits before tax were in 1951 at an all-time high, but in the latterpart of the year fell substantially. Profits after tax for the year 1951were reduced below the 1950 level because of higher tax. rates.

BILLIONS OF DOLLARS

60BILLIONS OF DOLLARS

60

10 -

- 20

- 10

1951

SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.

]/ NO ALLOWANCE FOR INVENTORY VALUATION ADJUSTMENT.

2/ PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

SOURCE: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (EXCEPT AS NOTED).


Steep declines were reported by corporations producing textiles, apparel,and lumber and wood products, where inventories were particularly ex-cessive.

The decline in profits during 1951 affected both large and small firms.However, the largest manufacturing firms, those with assets of 100 milliondollars or more, reported a smaller decline in their profit-sales ratio (beforetaxes) than did those with assets of $250,000 or less.

CREDIT AND MONEY SUPPLY

CreditMost forms of private credit expanded during 1951, though at a lower

rate than in 1950. Total loans of commercial banks, which had jumped9.2 billion dollars or 21 percent in 1950, rose about 6 billion or 12 percentduring the past 12 months. The difference was largely accounted for bythe behavior of nonbusiness loans. While commercial and industrial loansof banks rose close to 5 billion dollars during 1951, about the same as in1950, loans of all other kinds, such as consumer and real estate loans, ex-panded approximately 1.5 billion in 1951, compared with 4.4 billion theyear before. (See chart 14 and appendix table B-27.) A major factorthat sustained the growth of commercial and industrial loans, while theexpansion of most other classes of bank loans slowed down considerably, wasthe rising demand for credit to finance defense-supporting activities. Ap-proximately 40 percent of the increase in outstanding business loans duringthe second half of 1951, as reported by banks in leading cities, representedborrowing by firms engaged in defense or defense-related production. Muchof the rest of the increase in commercial and industrial loans during thisperiod was seasonal.

Commercial bank holdings of U. S. Government securities showed littlechange during 1951, while the drop during 1950 had been 5.0 billion. In-vestments in other securities rose by nearly 1 billion during 1951, comparedwith 2.2 billion in 1950. The combined effect of changes in the three majorcomponents of commercial bank earning assets was to lift total loans andinvestments about 7 billion dollars or 6 percent during 1951. The rise intotal earning assets of banks in 1950 had been 6.5 billion or 5.3 percent.

Outstanding consumer instalment credit declined 0.6 billion dollarsduring the first 4 months of 1951, and then rose slowly, but at the end ofthe year it was still below the December 1950 level. During 1950, consumerinstalment credit had grown by 2.6 billion or 24 percent, with nearly halfof the increase occurring in the third quarter. (See appendix table B-26.)

Farm mortgages held by all groups of investors rose approximately 0.5billion dollars or 8 percent during 1951, which was about as much asin 1950, while total nonfarm mortgages of $20,000 or less increased about

66


CHART 14

BANK LOANS AND INVESTMENTS

The increase in total bank loans was only about two-thirds of the1950 increase, although commercial and industrial loansexpanded nearly as much in 1951 as in the previous year.

BILLIONS OF DOLLARS150

125 -

100


25 25


1949 1950END OF MONTH

J F M A M J J A S O N D ^

1951

50

25COMMERCIAL AND

INDUSTRIAL LOANS (GROSS) -i/

\


1949

I /i * • i 0

50

25

J F M A M J J A S O N D ^

1951J F M A M J J A S O N O

1950

END OF MONTH

JL/ VALUATION RESERVES INCLUDED IN GROSS LOANS; EXCLUDED FROM NET.ZJ PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

SOURCE: BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM (EXCEPT AS NOTED).


6.5 billion dollars or 15 percent during 1951, compared with 7.8 billionor 20 percent in 1950.

Money supply

The privately-held money supply (deposits adjusted and currency) ex-panded nearly 9 billion dollars or about 5 percent during 1951, comparedwith 7.1 billion or 4.2 percent in 1950. (See table 3.) The rise in the lastthree quarters of 1951 exceeded substantially that of the comparable periodin the previous year. (See chart 15 and appendix table B-28.)

After declining 4.4 billion dollars in the first quarter of 1951, or morethan half again as much as in the same months of 1950, largely because

CHART 15

MONEY SUPPLYThe privately-held money supply, after a seasonal contraction inthe first quarter of 1951, rose at an accelerating rate during thenext three quarters. The growth for the year was considerablylarger than in I960.

BILLIC

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

SOURC

)NS OF DOLLARS BILLIONS OFDO

TOTAL DEPOSITS AND CURRENCY

TOTAL EX

-

DEMAND DEPOSITS

TIME DEPOSITS

CURRENCY OUTSIDE*^k

*— O— O--O- O O — Q--O— O— O-O"-*0— <

U.S. GOVERNMENT I


1949

LIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF EE: BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF

XCLUD1NG U. S. GOVERM(PRIVATELY-HELD MONEY SUP

ADJUSTED

BANKS

JEPOSITS

J F M A M J J A S O N O

I960END OF MONTH

CONOMIC ADVISERS.FHE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTE

**"*

"* N_ii.i»»" •""•*"' —

rtENT DEPOSITSPLY)

-

-

K-S>_ >̂-<>-O-O-̂ ^O-X)-̂ -̂ -<^

J F M A M J J A S O N D -1951

M (EXCEPT AS NOTED).

LLARS

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

' 25

0!/

68


of the surplus of Treasury cash receipts, the money supply moved upwardin each succeeding month.

TABLE 3.—Factors changing the volume of the privately-held money supply *

[Billions of dollars]

Factors

Loans of commercial and mutual savingsbanks

Securities of U. S. Government held by bank-ing system 3 .

Securities of State and local governments heldby commercial and mutual savings banks. .

Treasury deposits *Monetary gold stock _ _ _ _Other factors, net

Net change in privately-held depositsand currency 8 -

1QXQ

total

-H.4-.1

+1.2—.5+.21.5

+.7

Total

+10.8

-3.6

+2.1+ 4

—1.7— 9

+7.1

1950

Firsthalf

+2.5

—1.7

+1.0

—.2—.7

+.2

Secondhalf

+8.4

-2.0

+1.1+1 1—1.5

— l

+7 0

Total 2

+7.9

+1.8

+1.0— 2—.1

—1 6

+8 8

1951

Firsthalf

+3 5

—2 0

+.4—3 0— 1 0

— 1

—2 2

Secondhalf 2

+4.4

+3 8

+.6+2 8+ 9

—1 5

+11 0

i Includes State and local government deposits.* Estimates based on incomplete data; second half by Council of Economic Advisers.3 Includes commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and Federal Reserve banks.* A decrease in Treasury deposits is denoted by a positive figure, and an increase by a negative figure.

In the case of other specific factors the reverse is true.8 See appendix table B-29 for aggregate money supply and its components!

NOTE.— Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding. Signs preceding figures in columnsIndicate effect on the money supply.

Source: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (except as noted) :

The monetary expansion of more than 13 billion dollars in the past9 months reflected (1) the growth of the loans and investments of thebanking system, including mutual savings banks, (2) the drawing down ofU. S. Government deposits to meet part of the cash deficit, and (3) to alesser extent, the reappearance, beginning in the third quarter, of net goldimports after more than a year and a half during which the United Stateshad lost gold to other nations.

THE FLOW OF GOODS AND PURCHASING POWER

Personal income, consumption expenditures, and saving

Personal income. Personal income has gained quarter by quarter sinceKorea, but the rate of increase was slower in 1951. (See chart 16 and ap-pendix table B-7.) One important component of consumer income, unin-corporated business and professional income, reached a peak in the firstquarter of last year. Labor income advanced less and less rapidly as themomentum of increases in wage rates slackened, the average factory work-week was reduced, and employment gains were only moderate. Farmincome, which declined sharply from 1948 to 1950, continued upward fromthe postwar low reached in the second quarter of 1950. In the fourthquarter of 1951, personal income attained an annual rate of 258 billiondollars. This was more than 40 billion above the pre-Korean level; but


CHART 16

PERSONAL INCOME, SPENDING,AND SAVINGConsumption expenditures in the second half of 1951remained below the f irst quarter peak despite thecontinued rise in income. Saving rose to 10 percent ofdisposable income.BILLIONS OF DOLLARS*300

250 -

200 -

150 -

BILLIONS OF DOLLARS*300

-250

— 200

- 150

100 -? — 100

10 NET SAVINGAS PERCENT OF DISPOSABLE INCOME

•SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.

•^PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.


70


only 14 billion of the increase took place in the second half of the 18-month period.

Tax increases since Korea have slowed down gains in spendable income.Personal tax liabilities rose from 19.5 billion (annual rate) in the secondquarter of 1950 to about 30 billion in the fourth quarter of 1951. Never-theless, personal disposal income rose by more than 30 billion dollarsor 15 percent over the period. Total disposable incomes in real terms havegained by about 5 percent since Korea, but the sharp price rises in Decem-ber 1950 and January 1951 caused a temporary drop in real income. Itwas not until the third quarter of 1951 that total consumer purchasingpower regained the level of the fourth quarter of 1950. On a per capitabasis, real disposable income did not regain the level of the fourth quarterof 1950. (See chart 17 and appendix table B-10.)

Although, in general, gains in income have more than kept pace with thecost of living, they have been unevenly distributed throughout the popula-tion. Since Korea, farm incomes have risen somewhat more than thoseof other groups, compensating for the decline that extended through the

CHART 17

PER CAPITA DISPOSABLE INCOMEPer capi ta disposable income in constant prices rosevery sl ightly during 1951, but in the final quarter of theyear was still below the peak reached in the last quarterof I960.DOLLARS*

1,600

1,200 —

800

400 —

1951 PRICESCURRENT PRICES

I960

mDOLLARS*

1,600

1,200

800

400

1951* SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.i/PRELlMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.


first half of 1950, while annuitants and other fixed-income recipients have,of course, become worse off. Average hourly earnings of workers in durablegoods manufacturing industries increased by 18 cents between June 1950and November 1951, compared with 14 cents in nondurable goods industries.After adjustment for price increases and trends in average weekly hours(but not allowing for higher taxes) > real earnings of workers in nondurablegoods manufacturing in November 1951 were slightly below June 1950,while real earnings of workers in durable goods manufacturing weremoderately above. Average weekly earnings in the construction industryrose more than those in manufacturing, while those in trade and servicesrose much less and fell behind the rise in living costs. The gains in incomeof a large proportion of Government workers were commensurate withthose of workers in private industry.

Consumption expenditures. After the December 1950-February 1951buying wave, total consumption expenditures declined abruptly, falling atthe seasonally adjusted annual rate of 6.5 billion dollars, or 3 percent, fromthe first to the second quarter. Since then they have moved up slightly, but

CHART 18

PERSONAL CONSUMPTION EXPENDITURESFOR DURABLE GOODSThere was a significant decline in demand for most categoriesof consumer durable goods from the second half of I960 to thesecond half of 1951. Expenditures for passenger cars and majorappliances both dropped almost one-third while all otherdurable goods were 10 percent lower.BILLIONS OF DOLLARS* BILLIONS OF DOLLARS*

20

15

10

ALL OTHERDURABLE GOODS

J I I

MAJOR HOUSEHOLDAPPLIANCES

1 2 3 4 1 2 3

1949 1950* SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.

•J-'PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES.

SOURCE: COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

20

15

10

2 3

1951


have not regained the first quarter level. The decline in demand was con-centrated in durable goods purchases, which fell from the almost unprece-dented annual rate of 31.5 billion dollars in the first quarter (comparedwith 29 billion dollars in 1950 as a whole) to 26 billion dollars in the secondquarter, and remained somewhat below that level for the rest of the year.Sales of automobiles and major appliances declined substantially, as isshown in chart 18. Purchases of nondurable goods, which had moved upas prices rose in 1950, remained fairly constant in 1951, while expendituresfor services continued to expand slowly. (See appendix table B-4.)

The extent of the decline in consumer demand is indicated by the factthat the volume of consumer purchases in the second half of 1951, afteradjustment for price changes, was below the level of the second quarterof 1950, despite an increase of 5 percent in real income. In terms of 1951prices, expenditures for durable goods were lower by 3.5 billion dollars,while outlays for services increased by a somewhat smaller amount. Ex-penditures for nondurable goods remained at about the level of the secondquarter of 1950 despite a population increase of 3 million. (See appendixtable B-3.)

Personal saving. The drop in spending in the second quarter was associ-ated with a rise in the rate of saving from 4 percent of disposable incomein the first quarter—a rate not far below the postwar average—to 9 per-cent. Later in the year, as incomes continued to increase, saving rose toan even higher rate. (See chart 16 and appendix table B-9.)

This rate of saving, the highest reached since World War II, undoubtedlyreflected a combination of factors, some temporary and some of a morepermanent character. The rate appears unusually high in contrast withthat of the rest of the postwar period, during which special reasons, rang-ing from the backlog of demand and purchasing power built up duringthe war to scare buying following Korea, tended to raise spending, especiallyfor durable and semidurable goods.

The increase in the rate of saving in 1951 may have represented primarilythe disappearance of backlog demands, particularly for automobiles, thetemporary saturation of some other markets for durable goods, and thedesire to replenish liquid reserves. Other factors, such as restraints onconsumer credit and resistance to high prices, were also undoubtedly amongthose contributing to this development. Moreover, the price calm of thelast three quarters of 1951 probably helped to moderate the previously highlevel of spending that had been initiated in part by the anticipation of ris-ing prices.

In recent years, there has been a marked preference for tangible forms ofpersonal saving, such as investments in homes and in the assets of unincor-porated businesses, compared with more liquid types of saving. The buy-ing of durable goods, which has many of the characteristics of saving, hasalso been at a high rate. In fact, in the period 1947 through 1950, the in-

73


crease in mortgage, consumer, and personal business debt, in connectionwith investment in tangible forms of saving and consumer durable goods,was greater than the increase in the ownership of such assets as deposits,stocks and bonds, and insurance equities. This tendency was reversed in1951, when total saving expanded. As shown in table 4, the high level ofsaving in the second and third quarters of 1951, compared with the cor-responding period of 1950, largely reflected a rise in liquid saving. Estimatesof the change in personal business debt are not yet available, but consumerdebt rose much less rapidly than in the previous year, while additions tocurrency, deposits, and corporate and other securities were greater.

TABLE 4.—Liquid and total personal saving


Type of saving

Liquid saving:Currency, deposits, and savings and loan sharesPrivate insurance reserves . . _ _ _Securities:

U S. GovernmentState and local government .Corporate and other

Debt liquidation:Mortgage ..OonsiiTTier

Total liquid saving -

Total personal saving s

19

Secondquarter

+0.7+.9

+.5—.1-f.4

-1.7—1.3

—.5

+3.5

50

Thirdquarter

+2 3+1.0

—.4—.2+ 5

—1,9—1.7

—.3

+2.0

19

Secondquarter

+1 1+.9

+.4+1 1

—1.7+.2

+2 0

+6.8

51

Thirdquarter »

+4 5+1 0

—. i

+ 6

—1.4— 1

+4 7

+7.0

i Estimates based on incomplete data.* Includes liquid saving, and personal tangible investment less depreciation, and the increase in farm

end business debt: not adjusted for seasonal variation and therefore cannot be computed from savingdata in appendix table B-9.

NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Sources: Securities and Exchange Commission, and Department of Commerce.

Investment and finance

There were wide swings in the movement of business investment during1951, reflecting in more extreme form the same mixture of strength andweakness which characterized economic events generally. After reachinga peak annual rate of 65.6 billion dollars, or 20 percent of total output inthe second quarter of 1951, gross private domestic investment declined 18percent to 54 billion, or 16 percent of total output, in the fourth quarter.(See chart 19 and appendix table B-5.) Even at this lower level, invest-ment was taking about the same proportion of total output as in such pre-vious peak years as 1948. In spite of the downward trend in the secondhalf, the 59-billion-dollar level of business investment for 1951 as a wholewas higher than for any previous year, both in real and money terms and asa proportion of total output.

The peaking of total investment in the second quarter of 1951 reflectedan extremely high rate of inventory accumulation, and a continued rise inthe rate of outlays for producers' equipment and nonresidential construe-

74


CHART 19

BUSINESS INVESTMENT

Investment in producers'durable equipment continued to riserapidly through 1951, but private construction and inventoryaccumulation both dropped in the second half of the year.


70


70

- 30

TOTAL GROSS PRIVATEDOMESTIC INVESTMENT tofc^

- 20

- 10

-10

* SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.J/ PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES .BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

SOURCE : DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE (EXCEPT AS NOTED).

-10

75

977891—52 0


tion. Residential construction meanwhile was receding from the recordlevel reached in the latter part of 1950. (See chart 22.)

The decline in total business investment during the second half of 1951was due primarily to two factors. The more important was the extremelysharp drop in the rate of inventory accumulation, as many industries tooksteps to bring production and inventories in line with the decline in con-sumer demand which developed early in the spring. The second factor,which was becoming increasingly significant toward the end of the year, wascutbacks in commercial and some other categories of construction, effectedprimarily by controls over materials.

Plant and equipment. During 1951, business investment in plant andequipment rose to record levels, placing a major strain on the supply ofscarce materials. (See appendix table B-19.) The expansion in basicareas was stimulated and encouraged by Government action to ensure aproductive capacity capable of meeting a growing demand for defense andrelated output. As the year progressed, it became necessary and possibleto shift the emphasis toward the more urgently needed types of expansion,and to reach decisions on specific goals for the expansion of key industries.

Through most of 1951, business expenditures for new plant and equip-ment continued the rapid rise that had begun in the spring of 1950. Bythe fourth quarter of 1951, private nonfarm plant and equipment outlayswere running 18 percent higher than in the same quarter of 1950, and17 percent above the pre-1951 peak reached in the fourth quarter of 1948.(See appendix table B-19.) In terms of physical volume, the increasefrom the fourth quarter of 1948 was probably about half that much.

This unprecedented surge of investment in new productive facilitiesreflected in some measure the stimulus of defense buying, and Governmentinducements such as accelerated tax amortization. The largest increasesduring 1951 were in the industrial and utility fields, and particularly in theaircraft and primary metals industries. (See charts 20 and 21.)

But it is noteworthy that the investment boom of 1950-51 was too broad,and began too early, to be explained wholly or even primarily as the directresult of military procurement or Government aids. The basic factors werethe growth in civilian demand until near the end of the first quarter of 1951,the general absence of surplus productive capacity even before Korea, readyavailability of funds during most of the period, an outlook for increasingdemands and shortages of materials and equipment, and the encouragementgiven by excess profits tax provisions to the debt financing of new investment.

In the latter part of 1951, increasing demands on scarce materials andequipment for military goods and top-priority industrial expansion pro-grams made it impossible to continue other types of business constructionand equipment investment at the record rates which had been attained. Bythe fourth quarter, plant and equipment outlays in the commercial, commu-nications, and miscellaneous field were 13 percent below the level of a year

76


earlier. The decline was 7 percent in the textile industries, and 14 percentin the food and beverage industries. (See chart 21 and appendix tableB-19.)

The more urgent types of expansion were given the right of way bypriorities on the necessary materials and equipment; by various forms ofGovernment financial assistance; by allocations of several critical ma-terials; and in some instances by controlled scheduling of output and dis-tribution of key component items. Financial aids or inducements havebeen supplied where necessary, in the form of Government loans, loanguarantees, purchase contracts, and certificates of rapid amortization offacilities for tax purposes.

The accomplishments of 1951, in terms of expansion of productive ca-pacity, were impressive by any standard. In a private survey made latein 1950, manufacturers reported plans for a 9 percent expansion in totalcapacity in 1951, and a considerably greater expansion in certain defense-related lines such as machinery, transport equipment, and chemicals. Theactual plant and equipment outlays of 1951 suggest that these anticipationswere probably not wide of the mark.

The expansion achieved in certain types of basic industrial facilitiesrelated to defense is shown in table 5.

TABLE 5.—Expansion of capacity or output of selected industries

Industry or product

Capacity expansion during 1951:Electric utilitiesPetroleum refining „ . . „ _ - , ,Steel ingotsPig iron . . _ _Coke (byproduct ovens)Motor trucks and tractors * 2

Railroad freight cars 2

Railroad locomotives 8

Percent-age

increase

104422622

Industry or product

Capacity expansion during 1951— Con.Cotton duck

Output expansion, 1950 to 1951:Aluminum 3

ChlorineZinc«_ .NewsprintIVToIybdp.rmrn 3

Percent-age

increase

45

1618g8

34

* Excludes vehicles for military use.* Based on increase in number of units; does not take account of increased average ton-mile capability

per unit.8 Domestic primary production.* Domestic primary production plus secondary recovery.Source: Defense Production Administration.

Since a large part of the facilities investment of 1951 went into projectsnot completed within the year, value of work put in place is a better crite-rion of accomplishment during the year. Table 6 measures in those termsthe progress made on the major programs covered by tax amortization.

For projects assisted by tax amortization, which will entail in all about11.5 billion dollars of investment on the basis of the certificates alreadyapproved, work was about 35 percent in place at the end of September, andat that time was expected to be about 46 percent in place by the end of

77


CHART 20

NEW PLANT AND EQUIPMENT OUTLAYSIN SELECTED DURABLE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES

The major durable goods industries invested in plant andequipment at a rising rate through 1950 and 1951.

BILLIONS OF DOLLARS

10.0RATIO SCALE BILLIONS OF DOLLARS

ANNUAL RATES, NOT ADJUSTED FOR SEASONAL VARIATION*

TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT.EXCLUDING AUTOMOBILES^/

* SEASONAL INFLUENCES TEND TO RAISE OUTLAYS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER AND LOWER THEM IN THE FIRST.

J/ INCLUDES FABRICATED METALS, STONE,CLAY, AND GLASS, PROFESSIONAL AND SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS-, LUMBER-,FURNlTUREj ORDNANCEv AND MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURESjNOT SHOWN ON CHART.

jy POINTS FOR FIRST THREE QUARTERS OF I960 ARE AS FOLLOWS'. .048, .072, .084.

J/ ANTICIPATED EXPENDITURES REPORTED BY BUSINESS DURING LATE OCTOBER AND NOVEMBER 1951.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

78


CHART 21

NEW PLANT AND EQUIPMENT OUTLAYSIN SELECTED NONDURABLE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES

The chemicals and petroleum and coal products industriescontinued to invest in plant and equipment at a rising ratethrough 1951. In other major nondurable lines, investmentdeclined in the latter part of the year.BILLIONS OF DOLLARS RATIO SCALE BILLIONS OF DOLLARS

MISCELLANEOUS .NONDURABLE GOODS17

1952

* SEASONAL INFLUENCES TEND TO RAISE OUTLAYS IN THE FOURTH QUARTER ANO LOWER THEM IN THE FIRST.

•ÎNCLUDES PAPER ANO RUBBER.NOT SHOWN ON CHART.

ÎNCLUDES TOBACCOi APPAREL-, LEATHER; PRINTING AND PUBLISHING.

•ÂNTICIPATED EXPENDITURES REPORTED 8V BUSINESS DURING LATE OCTOBER AND NOVEMBER 1951.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE AND SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

79


the year. The actual year-end figure, however, may have been somewhatlower in view of the severe shortage of structural steel and some othervital construction materials and equipment items in the fourth quarter.Work put in place during the third quarter was, for similar reasons, about17 percent less than had been anticipated at midyear.

In the case of some expansion programs, such as iron and steel andsynthetic fibers, the "proposed investment" shown in table 6 comprises thebulk of that now planned over the next 2 years. Other important privateinvestment programs are covered only to a minor extent or not at all by taxamortization. This applies, for example, to oil and gas wells and pipe lines,electric power, agricultural equipment, and mining facilities generally.Moreover, in both electric power and the munitions industries, direct publicinvestment plays an important part in addition to private investment.

TABLE 6.—Progress on facilities projects aided by tax amortization

Industry

All industries . - ---

Iron and steelRailroads _Chemicals (excluding synthetic fibers)Petroleum refiningAircraft, ordnance^ and accessoriesElectric light and power _ _ .Aluminum (primary refining)Machinery _ _Pulp, paper, and allied productsWelded and heavy riveted pipeSynthetic f i b e r s - _ _ _ _ _ _Great Lakes transportationCoke and byproducts _ _ _ _All other _ _ _

Necessity certificatesapproved through No-vember 30, 1951

Proposedinvestment 3

(millionsof dollars)

MO, 768

2,4301,1431,098

87275069361556851418513010898

1,564

Tax amorti-zation

(millionsof dollars)

6,945

1,700810631575514306421371271113667976

1,012

Status of projects (percent-age of proposed invest-ment in place at dateshown).*

Sept. 30, 1951

35

2867303234411637262111282641

Dec. 31, 1951 a

46

3883413849502752342819403554

i Status reports cover only projects approved through September 30,1951.* Figures are in most cases not directly comparable with those shown in table 14, partly on account of

differences in industry classification and partly because (as noted in the text) not all projects are covered bytax amortization certificates.8 Advance estimates reported as of September 30.4 In addition to this total amount, certificates, for which the amount of tax amortization to be allowed wasstill undetermined, were issued on projects entailing 715 million dollars of proposed investment, distributedby major industry groups as follows (in millions of dollars): railroads 196, chemicals (including syntheticfibers) 126, primary metals 85, mining 81, machinery 67, pulp, paper, etc., 38, and all other 122.

Source: Defense Production Administration.

Construction. A record value of total new construction was put inplace in 1951—29.9 billion dollars. Although this was 7 percent morethan in 1950, the physical volume of construction was about the same in the2 years. (See chart 22 and appendix table B-18.) Less essential con-struction, especially recreational, commercial, and private residential, wascut back, while defense, industrial, and public utility construction increased

80


CHART 22

CONSTRUCTIONExpenditures for private nonfarm residential construction droppedsharply in 1951, while private industrial and utility rose. Totalprivate construction outlays in 1951 were about the same as in1950, while public construction increased 27 percent.

BILLI

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

DNS OF DOLLARS* BILLIONS OF DOLL

— TOTAL PRIVATE CONSTRUCTION

V — l>l

1 1

—

<•«**"* ^» » """j .

ALL OTHER PR

1 i 1

1 2 9 4

1948

r '

' . ,VATE

1 1 1

1 2 3 4

1949

SPRIVA

RESIDENTIAL

TOTAL PUBLICCONSTRUCTION

V^,.*-

••— \APRIVATE INDUSTRI

AND UTILITIES1 1 1

1 2 3 4

1950

r̂ ^̂•̂ *»rsNONFARM)

^^-

AL

r i i1 2 3 4

.ARS*

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

1951

•K SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.

SOURCE: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE.

sharply during the year. Beginning in September, the value of total newconstruction on a seasonally adjusted basis has been less than in corre-sponding months of 1950.

The shift to military, industrial, and defense-related construction ingeneral continued during 1951. Construction projects of these typesreceived priority in the allotment of controlled materials under the Con-trolled Materials Plan. From December 1950 to December 1951, mili-tary and naval construction increased by more than six times on a sea-sonally adjusted basis, while private industrial construction increased 12percent. For 1951 as a whole, however, private industrial construction wasabout 85 percent above 1950.

The largest and most consistently sustained decreases in constructionexpenditures, on a seasonally adjusted basis, were for new private residential,commercial, and recreational building. Partly as a result of credit controls,private nonfarm residential construction fell after September 1950, withonly two significant interruptions. From a 1951 high in February of 13.0

81


billion dollars (seasonally adjusted annual rate), residential constructionhad declined almost one-quarter by December, to 9.9 billion. The numberof new nonfarm housing units started in 1951, including about 71,000 publichousing units, amounted to about 1.1 million, a drop of about 22 percentfrom the all-time high of close to 1.4 million in 1950. Although seasonaldeclines followed a temporary upturn in September, a relatively high levelof starts was maintained through the last quarter, caused partly by the easingof credit regulations. Sustained demand, and a generally adequate supplyof materials, were also factors of importance.

Significant decreases were effected in less essential construction cate-gories such as warehouses, office and loft buildings, stores, restaurants, andgarages, and other nonresidential buildings. This reduction was achievedby a variety of specific limitation orders and by credit restraints, and, be-ginning in the fourth quarter of 1951, by drastic cutbacks in allotments ofcontrolled materials.

Total public construction, seasonally adjusted, though higher for eachmonth in 1951 compared with the corresponding month of 1950, showeda slight upward trend during most of the year, with increases in military andnaval, residential, and industrial construction more than offsetting decreases,principally in highways and conservation and development projects. (Seediscussion under Government Fiscal Operations.) In November, the vol-ume of public construction turned up significantly, lifting the year's total toabout 27 percent above 1950.

Nonfarm inventories. The year 1951 was a period of unprecedentedinventory accumulation. (See appendix tables B-3 and B-5.) But evenmore noteworthy were the tremendous fluctuations within the year, with anunusually high rate of accumulation being reached in the first half of 1951.By the end of the year, the rate of inventory accumulation had droppeddrastically. On the other hand, the needs of the expanding security pro-gram led to a continuous build-up of inventories in the industries primarilyconcerned with defense activity.

During 1951, the accumulation of nonfarm inventories was about 8 bil-lion dollars, the highest rate on record. This compares with 3.6 billion in1950 and 6.3 billion in 1946, the previous record. The rate of inventoryaccumulation, on a seasonally adjusted annual basis, was 9 billion dollars inthe first quarter of 1951, then soared to the unprecedented level of 14.8billion in the second quarter, dropped to around 5 billion in the third quarter,and declined further to 3 billion in the fourth quarter.

The rapid rise of total inventories in the first half of 1951, and the evenmore rapid fall in the rate of accumulation in the second half, representedbasically the over-anticipation by manufacturers and sellers of the levelof consumer demand and the subsequent steps taken to adjust to actualsales levels.

There was, after midyear, a major divergence in trend between retailinventories and those in manufacturing. (See appendix tables B-20 and

82


B-21.) Retail inventories, after rising in the first half of 1951, began toturn down, and by the end of the year were at about the same level as atthe beginning. The problem of "excess" inventories was particularly acutein the case of retailers' stocks of durable goods and apparel, where veryheavy ordering by retailers had taken place to avoid anticipated shortageswhich did not materialize.

Manufacturers' inventories, on the other hand, continued to rise duringthe second half of the year, but at a much slower rate than during the firsthalf. The increase in manufacturers' inventories occurred primarily inthe expanding defense industries. Inventories of nondurable goods re-mained stable during the second half of the year, while inventories ofdurable goods continued to expand.

CHART 23

SOURCES AND USES OF CORPORATE FUNDSFrom 1950 to I95l,there was a large increase in corporateoutlays for plant and equipment and inventories. Externalfinancing was more important in the past year than in i960.

BILLIONS OF DOLLARS0 5 10 15 20 25

SOURCES

RETAINEDEARNINGS

DEPRECIATIONRESERVES

OTHER SOURCES(EXTERNAL)

USES

PLANT ANDEQUIPMENTOUTLAYS

CHANGE ININVENTORIES

OTHER USES

I I I I

1950.

1950

J/ PROFITS ESTIMATES FOR THIRD AND FOURTH QUARTERS 1951 BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

NOTE: EXCLUDES FINANCIAL CORPORATIONS.

SOURCE: DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE ESTIMATES BASED ON SECURITIES AND EXCHANGECOMMISSION AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA (EXCEPT AS NOTED).


At the end of 1951, the inventory-sales ratio was at about the levelsprevailing during 1949, the previous postwar high, but it was below prewarlevels. In manufacturing, the ratio expanded through the first threequarters and then declined slightly. In retailing, the rise was concentratedin the first half of the year. The ratio declined in the second half, asretailers were successful in reducing their inventories.

Corporate finance. The financing of business expansion did not giverise to major problems during 1951. As already noted, Government in-ducements through tax amortization, loans, and aids such as loan guar-antees, helped to expedite some more urgently needed projects, but coveredin all only a minor fraction of capital investment requirements.

Despite a large decline in their earnings after taxes, nonfinancial corpo-rations' total use of funds in 1951 for fixed and working capital was about40 billion dollars, as large as during 1950, and 10 billion dollars larger thanin any other postwar year. (See chart 23 and appendix table B-37.) Cor-porate outlays for plant and equipment were about 6 billion dollars greaterthan in 1950. There were sharp declines in the rate of increase in customeraccounts and acquisitions of liquid assets. For the year as a whole, thebook value of corporate inventories showed a slightly greater increase thanduring 1950, but by the end of the year inventory accumulation hadbecome very small.

About 40 percent of total uses of funds was internally financed, a smallerproportion than in any of the other postwar years. As a result of highcorporate taxes and large dividend disbursements, retained corporateearnings declined to about two-thirds of the level of 1950. Approximately60 percent of total corporate profits was accounted for by tax liabilities,and about 50 percent of profits after taxes was paid out in dividends.Corporate depreciation allowances expanded about 1.2 billion dollars above1950, increased somewhat by rapid amortization as an inducement to certaintypes of expansion.

A record total of 24 billion dollars was obtained from external sourcesof funds, including the corporations' own reserves of about 8.5 billionfor Federal income taxes. Increases in bank loans and mortgage loanswere moderately larger than during 1950; net new issues of stocks andbonds exceeded the 1950 total by 60 percent. The huge increase in bondissues, which occurred despite significant increases in interest rates, wasmainly for the financing of capacity expansion in the utilities, and in theiron and steel, nonferrous metals, machinery, and chemical industries.

International transactions

In 1951, the expansion of defense and private demand in other countriesof the free world, supported by increased military aid from the UnitedStates, brought about an expansion of United States exports of goods and


CHART 24

EXPORTS AND IMPORTSOF GOODS AND SERVICES

Since early 1951, rising1 exports and slackening importshave increased the United States export surplus.


25

20

15

10

EXPORTS OF GOODSAND SERVICES1'

I I II 2 3

1947

^IMPORTS OF GOODSAND SERVICES-1'

I I II

J I 12 3

19492 3

1948*ANNUAL RATES.•^INCLUDES INCOME ON INVESTMENTS.

^PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC AOVISERSs



25

20

15

10

2 3I960

2 3

1951

services to a peacetime record of more than 20 billion dollars. Imports ofgoods and services reached a new high during the year, despite a largedecline in the quantity of commodity imports during the second andthird quarters which accompanied the lull in private demand. The risein exports of goods and services during the year exceeded that in imports,and the United States export surplus, which had fallen to an annual rate of1.5 billion dollars in the second half of 1950 under the impact of the sharppost-Korean rise of merchandise imports, increased to one of approximately6.5 billion dollars in the second half of 1951. (See chart 24 and table 7.)

United States exports. Total exports of goods and services in 1951 wereabout 40 percent above the 1950 level, with commodity and service itemsboth running higher. (See appendix tables B-38 and B-39.) The largevolume of commodity exports in 1951 reflected the high demand for goodsin virtually all foreign countries resulting from the rearmament programsabroad, the high incomes of the raw-material-producing countries, and


TABLE 7. United States exports and imports of goods and services[Billions of dollars]

Period

19501951 »

Annual rates:1950— First half

Second half _. _ .

1951 — First quarterSecond quarter .Third quarterFourth quarter a

Exports ofgoods andservices *

14.420.2

13 615.3

17.521.120 321.9

Imports ofgoods andservices 1

12.115.2

10 513.8

15.715.814.314.9

Surplus ofexports

2.35.0

3.11.5

1.86.46.07.0

i Includes income on foreign investments.* Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.

Source: Department of Commerce (except as noted).

accelerated programs of economic expansion in underdeveloped areas.Recorded commodity exports reached a peak value of 14.9 billion dollars,compared with 10.3 billion dollars in 1950, as a result mainly of increasedquantities of goods shipped and, to a lesser extent, higher prices for ex-ports. (See appendix tables B-41 and B-42.) Exports financed under theMutual Defense Assistance Program in 1951 nearly tripled their 1950 levelof 500 million dollars, and exports excluding MDAP shipments rose from9.7 billion dollars to approximately 13.8 billion dollars.

All economic classes of exports increased above their 1950 levels in dollarvalue, with exports of coal and wheat, for example, doubling not only invalue, but in quantity as well. Exports of semi-manufactured goods andfinished manufactures were more than 50 percent above their 1950 dollarvalues, judging from data for the first 10 months of 1951. Approximatelythree-fourths of the increase in the value of exports of finished manu-factures represented larger quantities; the remainder represented higherprices. Despite domestic scarcities, exports of machinery in 1951 weremore than 30 percent greater in dollar value than in the previous year.The value of agricultural machinery exports was 29 percent above the1950 level, construction machinery 40 percent higher, and mining equip-ment exports were up by more than 38 percent.

United States imports. Purchases of both goods and services abroad in-creased above their 1950 levels, despite a large decline in commodity im-ports in the second and third quarters of 1951. (See appendix tables B-38,B-43, and B-44.) These imports in the year as a whole were 11.2 billiondollars, compared with 8.9 billion in 1950. There was also an increase inGovernment purchases of goods and services abroad in connection withthe defense program and the war in Korea, with Government expendi-tures for services abroad rising rapidly.

The impact of the Korean outbreak on United States commodity importsbegan to weaken after the first quarter of 1951. Total commodity im-

86


ports, after rising to an all-time high in March, declined steeply from Aprilthrough September, and increased somewhat in the final quarter. Thedecline was almost entirely due to smaller quantities of goods entering thecountry. Average unit values of imports continued to rise through June,and have since declined only slightly. Although spot prices of world-traded materials had begun to slip after the first quarter, the decline wasnot reflected in unit values until the third quarter because of the lag betweenthe placing of orders and deliveries. In addition to seasonal movements,the fall in imports reflected in part the leveling off of general consumer andbusiness buying which characterized the United States economy, and inpart the availability of ample inventories of imported commodities whichhad been accumulated during the second half of 1950 and the first quarter of1951 in a wave of anticipatory buying. Although the decline in importsoccurred in all commodity categories and from all areas, it was largestboth in dollars and in percentage terms in crude foodstuffs, imports of whichdropped 48 percent. Imports of crude materials declined 24 percent dur-ing the same period.

This substantial 6-month decline in total imports illustrates, among otherthings, the extreme short-run sensitivity of our imports to domestic businessactivity and to the level of inventories of imported commodities.

Imports in 1951 of certain scarce basic materials, including tin, lead,and zinc, were considerably below their 1950 levels, as table 8 shows.In the cases of lead and zinc, the decline was due mainly to foreignprices being higher than the domestic ceilings. The decline in tin im-ports began in late 1950, but its continuation in 1951 reflected thedecision of the Government early in March, when prices were about$1.80 a pound, to suspend tin purchases until prices were more reasonable.After the United States withdrew from the market, tin prices fell; butsince July, when they were as low as $1.00 on the London market, theyhave gradually risen. Despite the decline of imports during 1951, tinconsumption in the United States was maintained at about its 1950 level.As a result, industrial stocks were reduced, and by the end of the year theywere at very low levels.

TABLE 8.—United States imports of selected metals[Thousands of short tons, annual rates]

Period

1949 - .

1950— First halfSecond half _ . _

1951— First halfSecond half * . _

Copper

569

701510

532582

Lead

409

429677

215215

Tin

110

113129

7759

Zinc

285

342470

368314

i Estimates based on data available through October.Source: Department of Commerce.

Imports of copper in 1951, although at a lower level than during thefirst half of 1950, were fairly well maintained in the face of tremendousworld demand.

87


Foreign aid and other financing of export surplus. In 1950, the UnitedStates export surplus of goods and services was smaller than foreign aid ex-penditures, and foreign countries were able to accumulate gold and dollarreserves. In 1951, aggregate foreign aid rose only slightly above 1950levels and, at approximately 4.6 billion dollars, was less than the exportsurplus. (See appendix table B-40.) Foreign countries as a whole accu-mulated gold and dollar assets in the first part of the year, but in the secondhalf, losses by the United Kingdom, France, and a few other countriesoutweighed continued accumulation elsewhere.

Although private capital exports declined below their level in 1950, whenthey had been inflated by a speculative movement in the third quarter,reinvestment of undistributed earnings from direct investments abroad,which are not counted as part of capital outflow, probably increased in1951. Direct investment of United States capital abroad, which had de-clined in 1950, dropped further in 1951. Much of the decline in directinvestment is accounted for by reduced investment in foreign petroleumproperties, resulting from the fact that facilities necessary to meet the esti-mated requirements of the near future have been completed. Despite themeasures to encourage foreign investment noted in Part III of this Review,there has been little reduction of the basic obstacles to United States invest-ment abroad.

Government fiscal operations

There was a marked shift in the budgetary position of the Federal Gov-ernment during calendar 1951. Early in the year, at the time of the heavyincome tax payments, a large surplus was accumulated in the conventionalbudget accounts. Thereafter, the seasonal decline in receipts and thesteadily rising trend of expenditures for national security programs causeda sizable budget deficit.

For the year as a whole, Federal expenditures aggregated 56.8 billiondollars, and net budget receipts 53.5 billion. Both totals represented sub-stantial increases above the preceding year. Only in the wartime years1942-1945 were expenditures higher than in 1951, while last year's budgetreceipts were by far the highest in the Nation's history.

The budget deficit of 3.4 billion dollars in calendar 1951 compares withthe deficit of 400 million dollars in 1950. The increase in the public debtwas from 256.7 billion dollars at the end of 1950 to 259.4 billion at theclose of 1951. A reconciliation of these changes with trust accounts andother transactions, and with changes in the General Fund balance is shownin table 9.

The trend of the total Federal debt is illustrated in chart 25. The risein budget receipts permitted some debt retirement in late 1950 and early1951. In fact, not until October 1951 did the total public debt rise sig-nificantly above the amount outstanding at the end of June 1950. Ex-clusive of the amounts held by U. S. Government agencies and trust funds,

88


TABLE 9.—Summary of Federal fiscal operations


Item

Budget accounts:Net receipts1 ._ _E xpenditures

Surplus, or deficit (— )

Trust accounts, clearing account, and other transactions, excess ofreceipts, or expenditures ( — )

Investments of Government agencies and trust accounts in publicdebt securities (net), excess of investments (—)

Total

Net increase, or decrease (— ) in public debtNet increase (— ) or decrease in General Fund balance

Total..

Public debt 8

General Fund balance 3

Calendaryear 1950

37.838.3

— 4

.4

(2)_

-.4.4_

256.74.2

Calendar year 1951

Total

53.556.8

-3.4

4.1

-3.4

-2.6

27?"-.1

2.6

259.44.3

Firsthalf

29.725.6

4.1

2.5

-2.0

4.6

-1.5-3.1

-4.6

255.27.4

Secondhalf

23.831.3

-7.5

1.6

-1.4

-7.3

4.23.1

7.3

259.44.3

i Gross receipts less appropriations to Federal Old-Age and Survivors Insurance Trust Fund and refundsof receipts.

8 Less than 50 million dollars.»End of period.Note:—Public debt excludes guaranteed obligations, which total less than 50 million dollars.Source: Treasury Department.

the debt was lower at the end of 1951 than at.mid-1950. (See appendixtables B-29 and B-30.)

Public debt operations. In addition to a moderate amount of new bor-rowing during 1951, the Treasury engaged in a substantial volume ofrefinancing, the greater part of both operations falling within the secondhalf of the calendar year. All new marketable issues were short-term, aswere the marketable issues offered in exchange for maturing or calledmarketable obligations. New money was obtained from the public byincreasing the volume of 3-month Treasury bills, by floating two issuesof a new type of Treasury bill, the tax anticipation series, and by issuinga new series of nonmarketable Treasury savings notes, made more attractiveby interest rates in line with those on other short-term issues.

Public debt transactions of special significance in furthering the policyof keeping the debt outside the banking system were the offer in March oflong-term nonmarketable convertible bonds in exchange for two series oflong-term marketable bonds, and the optional extension of maturing SeriesE savings bonds. Of the 19.7 billion dollars long-term bonds to whichthe exchange offer applied, 13.6 billion were turned in for the new non-marketables. Under legislation approved in March, holders of maturingSeries E bonds were given the privilege of holding the bonds another 10years, during which they would earn an over-all rate of return equal tothat of the first period of ownership, or of exchanging them for Series G


CHART 25

THE PUBLIC DEBT

At the end of 1951, Government debt held outside Governmentinvestment occounts was unchanged from a year ago. The increasein the holdings of these accounts equaled the rise in the total debt.

BILLIO275

250

225

200

0

NS OF DOLLARS BILLIONS OF 00

END OF QUARTER

- TOTAL PUBLIC DEE

-

TOTAL EXCLUDING ^DEBT HELD BY ^U.S. GOVERNMENT

— INVESTMENT ACCOUNTS

I I I1 2 3 4

I960CALENDA

#s

-

!r- — ~

i i i1 2 3 4

1951R YEARS

LLARS275

250

225

200

0

i/ OBLIGATIONS ISSUED OR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT

SOURCE: TREASURY DEPARTMENT

bonds. These options were made available in order to minimize the volumeof cash redemptions.

Most new Treasury borrowing during 1951 was at rising rates of interest.For example, the average yield on new issues of 3-month Treasury bills,which had been 1.22 percent for 1950 as a whole, was 1.40 percent in thefirst quarter of 1951 and climbed to 1.65 percent by the fourth quarter. Theapproximate yield to maturity on the new Treasury savings notes was raisedto 1.88 percent, compared with 1.40 percent on the previous series. (Seeappendix table B-31.)

Consolidated cash accounts. On a consolidated cash basis, there wasa surplus of 1.2 billion dollars in the calendar year 1951. As shown inchart 26, which is in terms of seasonally adjusted annual rates, the largeexcess of cash receipts over cash payments in the first half of the year wasreplaced by a cash deficit in the second half.

The difference between the surplus in the consolidated cash accountssummarized in table 10, and the calendar year deficit in the conven-tional budget accounts given in table 9, is largely accounted for bynet cash receipts in the Federal Old-Age and Survivors Insurance and


TABLE 10.—Government cash receipts from and payments to the public

[Billions of dollars, seasonally adjusted annual rates]

Receipt or payment

Federal Government:Cash receipts _ ._ . ! .Cash payments. .

Federal cash surplus, or deficit (— )

State'and local governments:Cash receipts . . _ . _ _ - _ . .Cash payments. _ . .

State and local cash surplus, or deficit (— )

Total government:Cash receipts _. ._Cash payments

Total cash surplus, or deficit (— ) ..

Calendaryear1950

42.442.0

.4

18.419.3

-.9

60.861.3

-.5

Calendar year 1951

Total i

59.358.0

1.2

20.020.4

-.4

79.378.4

.8

First half

58.651.4

7.2

19.720.2

-.5

78.371.6

6.7

Secondhain

60.064.7

-4.7

20.220.6

-.4

80.285.3

-5.1

i Estimates based on incomplete data.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: See appendix table A-5.

other trust funds. Most of the payroll taxes, for example, are appropriateddirectly to the OASI Trust Fund and are excluded from net budget receipts.

All of the important sources of receipts shared in the rise from 1950to 1951. Not only has the tax base grown, as a result of the marked busi-ness expansion and the price rise, but substantially higher tax rates havebecome effective. Three major revenue bills, estimated to yield a combinedtotal of about 15 billion dollars in a full year of operation, were enactedbetween September 1950 and October 1951. In addition, the tax base forOASI was broadened as of January 1, 1951.

TABLE 11.—Federal cash payments to the public by function


Function

Total cash payments

Military services . _ __..International security and foreign relationsVeterans' services and benefitsSocial security, welfare, and health - . _Agriculture and agricultural resourcesInterestOtherDeductions from Federal employees' salaries for retirement-Clearing account for outstanding checks and telegraphic

reports

Calendaryear1950

42.0

13.54.08.93.31.34.37.1-.4

-.1

Calendar year 1951

Total i

58.0

30.64.86.04.4.9

4.27.4-.4

.1

Firsthalf

51.4

25.45.05.94.3.7

4.16.3-.4

-.1

Secondhalf*

64.7

sTi4.66.14.51.04.38.5-.4

.3


977891—52-


A functional breakdown of Federal cash payments is presented in table11, in terms of seasonally adjusted annual rates. Apart from the increasesfor the military services and the international programs, which are dis-cussed below, the major changes in expenditures from 1950 to 1951 werethe reductions of about one-third in payments for veterans' services andbenefits and of more than one-third in agricultural programs, and theincrease of about one-third in social security and related programs. Thelatter increase was associated in large part with the liberalization of benefitsprovided by the 1950 amendments to the Social Security Act. The "other"category in the table includes such programs as atomic energy and DefenseProduction Act activities, which expanded in 1951.

In the special classification of Federal cash payments by type of recipientand transaction, presented in table 12, the major change from 1950 to 1951

TABLE 12.—Federal cash payments to the public by type of recipient and transaction[Billions of dollars, seasonally adjusted annual rates]

Classification of payment

Direct cash payments for goods and services, excluding militaryservices:

To individuals for services rendered _To business and foreign countries for goods and services

Loans and transfer payments to individuals.Loans, investments, subsidies, and other transfers to business

and agricultureLoans and transfer payments to foreign countries and interna-

tional institutions . _ _ _Military services, cash payments for goods and services _ _Clearing account for outstanding checks and telegraphioreports.

Total Federal cash payments to the public

Calendaryear1950

3.53.3

13.5

4.8

3.813.2-.1

42.0

Calendar year 1951

Total »

3.73.4

11.3

4.6

4.630.3

.1

58.0

Firsthalf

3.52.8

10.7

4.3

4.825.2-.1

51.4

Secondhalf*

3.94.0

11.9

4.9

4.335.4

.3

64.7


is shown to be in payments for goods and services for the military. Loansand transfer payments to individuals declined, largely because of lowerdividend payments to veterans holding National Service Life Insurance,while loans and transfers to foreign countries and international institutionsincreased.

Further tabulations of Government financial transactions will be foundin appendix A, in connection with the supporting tables for the Nation'sEconomic Budget.

Major national security programs. Cash expenditures for the militaryservices advanced from 13.5 billion dollars in 1950 to 30.6 billion dollarsin 1951. This increase was larger than the rise in total cash payments inthis period. In the second half of 1951, payments for the military serviceswere about 40 percent larger than in the first half. Outlays for the inter-national programs increased to 4.8 billion dollars in 1951, but they weresomewhat lower in the second half of the year than in the first half.


CHART 26

FEDERAL CASH RECEIPTS FROM

AND PAYMENTS TO THE PUBLICSteadi ly rising cash payments in 1951 turned the surplusin the f i rs t half of the year into a deficit in the second half.


50

25


I CASH RECEIPTS«CASH PAYMENTS

1st HALF 2nd HALF

1950

50

25

CALENDAR YEARS•* SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.

SOURCES'- TREASURY DEPARTMENT AND BUREAU OF THE BUDGET.

I st HALF End HALF

1951

The category of "major security programs" includes, in addition to theprograms mentioned above, these other programs which are not shownseparately in table 11; atomic energy, maritime, civil defense, economicstabilization, and Defense Production Act activities. In the aggregate,these programs came to 1.9 billion dollars in 1951, bringing the total for allof the major security programs to 37.3 billion dollars.

These expenditure data are somewhat different from the estimates in thenational income and product accounts of the value of current productionbeing absorbed by the security programs. (See appendix table B-l.) Thedifference is explainable partly by the lag of Federal payments behinddeliveries of goods and services, and partly by the fact that Federal expendi-tures are not always for currently produced goods and services but some-times instead represent transfer payments or purchases of land or of exist-ing facilities or equipment.

Major nonmilitary construction programs. Movements in total seasonallyadjusted expenditures for public construction (excluding military and navalconstruction, but including State and local as well as other Federal con-

93


struction) showed mixed tendencies during 1951; in contrast, total pri-vate construction expenditures fell continuously after the first quarter.This contrast partly reflected greater inherent difficulties in reversing thetrend of many large-scale public projects, and partly the important rolewhich some of these public programs must play in sustaining the economy'sstrength in the "long pull" defense period. Table 13, which shows specifiedtypes of new public construction expenditures in 1951 prices for selectedyears since 1939, sets the 1951 record in better perspective.

During the past 2 years, public construction of the developmental typehas increased, but by less than would have occurred had there been nomobilization program. The increases from 1950 to 1951 were for schoolconstruction and for housing, much of it in defense areas. Both were

TABLE 13.—New public construction expenditures for major development programs[Millions of dollars, 1951 prices]

Program

Total

Education . _ _ . . . - _Health _._ _Development of natural resourcesTransportation _ _Housing ._ __ _ _ - .

1939

i 5, 637

i 1, 184335

1 1 093* 2, 871

154

1943

2,752

13090

530584

1,418

1948

3,773

653240743

1,964173

1950

5,728

1,205504960

2,688371

1951

5,771

1,486496884

2,305600

i Includes Works Progress Administration projects, adjusted for probable lower productivity.NOTE.—Construction expenditures by Federal, State, and local governments are included.Source: Department of Labor.

almost entirely State and local programs. Decreases took place in trans-portation (principally highways) and in natural resources development,It is significant that for neither of these did the postwar peak of expendi-tures in 1950 reach the 1939 level in real terms.

State and local finance. Receipts of State and local governments in-creased by about 1.6 billion dollars, or 9 percent, from 1950 to 1951.Most of the major sources of revenue shared in the increase which, whilereflecting in some degree recent adoptions of new taxes or higher rates,was attributable for the most part to the prevailing high level of economicactivity. The increase in the total spending of these governmental unitsfrom 1950 to 1951 was less than the growth in receipts. The combinedState-local deficit was reduced from 900 million dollars to 400 million in1951. (See table 10.)

Despite record revenues, increases in tax rates were more general than re-ductions among State and local governments in 1951. Caution was alsoshown in undertaking programs which would involve new expenditures,although the increase of population, creation of new suburban areas, popu-lation shifts associated with defense activities, and other factors placedState and local authorities under strong pressure to extend and improvegovernmental services. To some extent, of course, the higher level ofexpenditures in 1951 merely reflects increases in prices and wage rates.

94


III. Central Problems for 1952

ADVANCING THE SECURITY BUILD-UP

A<J" over-all measure of progress in the security program is the virtualdoubling, from the end of 1950 to the end of 1951, of total security

expenditures for goods and services, which reached an annual rate of 45billion dollars in the fourth quarter of 1951. Military expenditures duringthe past 6 months have increased by the amount contemplated in thefiscal 1952 budget. We are still a long way, however, from achieving ourbasic security objectives of building up the military and economic strengthof the free world as a whole. Major difficulties have been encountered,for example, in getting our military production program under way. Thesedifficulties involve chiefly the machine tool and other bottle-necks, anddesign, engineering and production problems associated with the decisionto produce exceedingly complex equipment of the most advanced design,rather than to concentrate on large-scale production of types already in use.

The proposed build-up

The security program now being submitted by the President calls for afurther increase in total security expenditures for goods and services fromthe present annual rate of 45 billion dollars to a rate of almost 65 billiondollars by the end of 1952. Under present plans, the maximum rate ofexpenditures under this program would be slightly higher, and would prob-ably be reached late in 1953. Besides a large further increase in expendi-tures for the military production programs which will supply UnitedStates forces and meet our North Atlantic Treaty commitments, an in-crease is planned in the atomic energy and civil defense programs. Eco-nomic assistance to other free nations—needed to help some of them carryout their mobilization programs and to help them strengthen their econo-mies—is expected to be continued at approximately the present reducedlevels of expenditure. More than 85 percent of total security expendituresin 1952 will be spent on the military establishment of this country andon military goods for our Allies.

Although the 20-billion-dollar increase in the annual rate of securityexpenditures expected during the next 12 months is about equal to theincrease achieved from the fourth quarter of 1950 to the fourth quarterof 1951, its character will be substantially different. (See chart 27.)Nearly all of the projected increase is represented by expenditures onmilitary hard goods and military construction, while about three-fifths

95


CHART 27

THE SECURITY PROGRAMEXPENDITURES FOR GOODS AND SERVICES IN 1951 PRICES

During 1952, the annual rate of security expenditures is expectedto increase to a level about 20 billion dollars above the fourthquarter of 1951. Most of the increase will be for military goodsand construction.BILLIONS OF DOLLARS*75

50

25


TOTAL SECURITY^EXPENDITURES

OTHER SECURITYPROGRAMS -̂

MILITARY GOODS AND.CONSTRUCTION !/

50

25

4th Qtr.

I9604th Q1r.

I95I4th Qtr.

I9522nd Qtr.

I953

* SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES.

U INCLUDES MILITARY PERSONNEL COSTS AND OTHER SALARY EXPENDITURES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE,ATOMIC ENERGY PROGRAM, STOCKPILING, AND FOREIGN ECONOMIC I NONMILITARY) AID.

^IHARO AND SOFT GOODS AND CONSTRUCTION FOR U.S. AND NATO FORCES.SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE, BUREAU OF THE BUDGET, AND

COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

of the increase during the past 12 months occurred in these categories.The military production program calls for a doubling of hard goods deliv-eries and military construction within a year, with an increasing portionrepresented by aircraft and other relatively hard-to-produce types of mili-tary equipment. Equipping the military forces as now planned will requiresome further increase in deliveries of military equipment in 1953, and main-tenance of a high rate of deliveries for a year or more. Deliveries of someitems will begin to decline fairly soon, as requirements are met, while deliv-eries of other items will continue to increase through the period.

Achievement of this expansion would increase the proportion of thetotal national output taken for security purposes from nearly 14 percentin the fourth quarter of 1951 to more than 18 percent in the correspondingperiod of this year. For the year 1952 as a whole, between 17 and 18 per-cent of total output would be devoted to security. Indicative of the concen-


trated impact of the program, more than half of the national security outputof goods and services will come from the metalworking and constructionindustries, though they account for only a little more than a quarter of thenational output as a whole.

Plans for the security program in the longer run are necessarily flexible.The size and composition of forces, the extent of the build-up of warreserves, and the rates of replacement of materiel all affect the longer-run cost of the program. As a rough guide, however, it has beenassumed that the total maintenance cost of forces now planned, plus theatomic energy program, would be in the general range of 40 to 50 billiondollars annually, until a firmer outlook for peace is established. In theperspective of the probable size of the economy of the middle 1950's, a pro-gram of this general magnitude would not place us under an intolerableeconomic strain. Such a program would take roughly one-eighth of thetotal national output we could expect to have, with reasonably full use ofour resources. With success in meeting current objectives for capacityexpansion, most of the now serious materials problems would become rela-tively unimportant. The expected steel capacity of over 120 million tons,and an aluminum supply of over 2 million tons, would take care of sustaineddefense requirements and reasonably satisfy other needs associated with amaximum employment economy. In the case of copper and some alloymetals, our needs would have to be met in part by further development ofsubstitutes.

Speed of the build-up

The question has frequently been raised whether economic policy decisionshave interfered with the defense program, by providing too much civilianproduction at the expense of munitions and military equipment. Someconfusion has been introduced into this question by the failure to distinguishbetween (a) the intended size of the defense program and (b) thedifficulties which arise in trying to carry out a program of given size onschedule. On the score of intended size, the Council does not believe thatthe current defense program has been or should be determined primarilyby consideration of how much is left over for civilian uses, though theeffect of the program on our ability to become economically stronger deservesimportant consideration. As we have many times said, a security programeven larger than that now under way—if found to be necessary on othergrounds—would be well within the economic capacity of the country, eventhough it would raise economic problems of substantial import.

It does not appear that the security program thus far undertaken hasbeen slowed down by insufficient cutbacks in civilian use. It seems clearthat, for the most part, materials and manpower have been availablefor military production when needed. It also appears that there havebeen certain bottlenecks and shortages which could not have been appre-ciably alleviated by earlier or more drastic civilian cutbacks. The mobiliza-

97


tion officials have been wise in avoiding unnecessary dislocations by notreducing civilian utilization of productive resources before the defenseprogram was ready to take up the slack.

Moreover, it may have been entirely wise not to have carried the militaryprogram forward substantially faster by sacrificing the opportunity of con-stantly improving the quality of fighting equipment. The Council doesnot attempt to evaluate such issues of military strategy. We can only pointout that, if a faster military build-up becomes necessary on security grounds,its accomplishment would be impossible without more extensive civiliancutbacks closely synchronized with the defense program.

In any event, strenuous efforts will be required to achieve the objectivesnow set for 1952. Hard work is now under way to overcome the shortageof machine tools, which will affect the aircraft production program for sometime to come, and to relieve the shortage of ferro-alloys, in part throughthe development of substitutes. There is urgent need for firming up mili-tary production schedules and translating over-all requirements into billsof particulars for materials, manpower, and tools.

ALLOCATING SCARCE MATERIALS

The availability of metals

To carry out the security program as now planned, while achievingpresent objectives for expansion of basic capacity, and maintaining otheractivities on a basis consistent with an extended mobilization effort, willrequire some major shifts in the utilization of resources. These shifts areimposed by the shortage of metals, and involve mainly the durable goodssector of the economy, which accounts for about one-quarter of total nationaloutput. In the nondurable goods and services sector, the mobilizationprogram will not require major resource adjustments. The impact on thatsector is discussed at a later point in this Review, mainly in terms of laboravailability and inflationary pressures.

Military requirements for the major metals will increase through mostof 1952, and at their peak will absorb roughly one-fifth of the steel supply,one-third of the copper supply, and about half the supply of aluminum.It is probable, however, that with large increases in supplies, these propor-tions will fall substantially in 1953. Thus the main materials impact, andthe main economic impact, of the military production program probablywill come during the next 12 months.

The upper panel of chart 28 indicates historical and prospective changesin the supplies of copper, steel, and aluminum available, after deductingmilitary and stockpile requirements, for the output of investment goods,consumer durable goods, public and private construction, and other non-military uses. Comparison of 1952 with 1951 indicates a moderate reduc-tion in the availability of steel and copper, and very sharp reductions in theavailability of aluminum, owing to rapidly rising military requirements.


CHART 28

METALS SUPPLY AND REQUIREMENTSFOR CIVILIAN USEIn 1952, there will be moderately less steel and substantiallyless aluminum and copper available for civilian use. This willimpose curtailments in nonmil i tary construction, producers1

durable equipment, and metal-using consumer goods.INDEX, I949s|00

175INDEX, 1949 = 100175

150 -

125 -

- 150

- 125

100 100

1949


I960 1951

60

40

20

NONMILITARY METALS REQUIREMENTS

PROJECTED

1952


CONSUMER DURABLE GOODS {

(METAL-USING) i\

PRODUCERS* DURABLE EQUIPMENT |

60

40

20

1949 1950 1951 1952

SOURCES: DEFENSE PRODUCTION ADMINISTRATION ANDCOUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

99


These reductions would leave the steel supply available for nonmilitaryuses some 15 percent above the 1949 level, and not much under the level ofthe last 2 years. However, military requirements will impinge much moreseverely on particular types of steel, notably high-alloy steels.

Comparing 1952 with 1951, supplies of copper available for civilian userswill be reduced by about 5 to 10 percent, and of aluminum about 25 per-cent; the exact reductions depending in part on whether it is decided thatstockpiling can be resumed and, if so, at what rate. Available supplies ofcopper will be reduced nearly to the 1949 level, while aluminum suppliesfor civilian use will decline about one-third below the 1949 level. Part ofthese reductions, however, had already occurred by the fourth quarter of1951. It must be emphasized that, although these figures are based onthe best current estimates of total supplies and military requirements, anyof a number of factors could alter them appreciably.

Beginning in 1953, continuing large increases in supplies are expected toresult in a moderate increase in the availability of steel for nonmilitaryuses, and a substantial increase in aluminum. Some improvement in thecopper position also appears possible. A major factor in determining howrapidly consumer durable goods and other types of restricted output can risewill be the extent to which steel and aluminum are substituted for copper.For the near term, the very tight aluminum supply will limit the latter typeof substitution.

Major required adjustments

There is no one formula for apportioning limited material supplies.Even after military production objectives have been determined, there iswide range for judgment in determining a rational pattern of metals use.If the maintenance of short-term economic stability were to be givenoverriding priority, materials allocations policy would attempt to maximizethe availability of metals for consumer output at the expense of their usefor investment. This policy would probably prolong the period of metalsshortages and comprehensive direct controls. On the other hand, theattempt to overcome basic shortages of materials, power and transport atthe earliest possible date would require drastic reductions in the use ofmetals for consumer output and for the construction of schools, hospitals,and other types of investment of high utility.

Although it is not possible to present in detail the adjustments which thereduced availability of materials will impose, their general nature andimplications may be indicated. The lower panel of chart 28 indicates thechanges that have occurred since 1949 and the change in prospect for1952 in the dollar volume (measured in terms of constant prices) of themajor nonmilitary metal-using activities. Chart 29 compares the estimateddistribution of steel uses in 1952 with the actual distribution in 1950 and1951. The projected estimates in these charts are consistent with the

100


CHART 29

USES OF STEELLess steel will be available for nonmilitary use in 1952. Thereduction will mainly a f fect automobiles, household appliances,and some types of construction,MILLIONS OF TONS' MILLIONS OF TONS

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

MISCELLANEOUS-

— ADDITIONS TOINVENTORY "

EXPORT -MILITARY

10 -

TOTAL USESOF STEEL S

CONSTRUCTION-*-

PRODUCERS*DURABLEEQUIPMENT, —EXCLUDINGAUTOMOBILES

CONSUMERDURABLE GOODS,INCLUDING ALL_,AUTOMOBILES ""

PROJECTED

I960 1951

SOURCE: DEFENSE PRODUCTION ADMINISTRATION.

1952

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

101


materials supply picture, as described above, and witK present allocationpolicies.

These charts indicate that between 1950—the peak year of nonmilitaryuses in metals—and 1951, there was only a moderate reduction in nonmili-tary uses of metals, concentrated mainly in consumer durable goods and inresidential construction. The decline in residential construction has savedcopper, but not an important amount of steel. Steel used in consumerdurable goods, including automobiles, declined about 15 percent, while othermajor uses were maintained or expanded.. Steel used in producers' durableequipment increased by about a third. This expanded use and the mainte-nance of total construction, despite cuts in particular types of construction,were in part associated with increasing investment in the major industrialexpansion programs.

The much larger decline in the availability of metals in prospect for 1952will force curtailments in all these metal-using activities. A reduction ofmore than 20 percent in total output of consumer supplies—housing, auto-mobiles, and appliances—from the 1951 level is indicated by the materialsallocations for the first quarter of 1952. Some further reduction in thesemetal allocations is planned for the second quarter. This makes allowancefor considerable conservation and change in types of goods bought, sincethe percentage reduction in the permitted use of copper and aluminum isgreater than the projected cut in consumer outlays. In view of the expectedincrease in programmed investment, discussed in the next section, the maxi-mum reduction in expenditures on producers' durable equipment may benot more than 10 to 15 percent. In addition, it will be necessary to reducetotal private and public nondefense construction (other than residential)about 15 percent below the 1951 level, and some types by much more, evenif copper is used sparingly. Steel used in nonmilitary construction will notdecline by as much as the over-all dollar volume of such construction, be-cause of the shift toward industrial construction which uses relatively moresteel. Sufficient steel supplies should be available to permit an increase insteel used for maintenance and repair. The much more restricted avail-ability of copper and aluminum might even operate to prevent a fullutilization of steel capacity in 1952.

Major problems in materials allocation

The allocation process moved ahead on schedule in the second half of1951, to the stage of comprehensive quarterly allocation of steel, copper,and aluminum under the Controlled Materials Plan; and additional ma-terials, components, and equipment items were subjected to other formsof allocation or use restriction. The use of this machinery for the achieve-ment of a highly selective pattern of materials use raises some problems.

The Controlled Materials Plan, as originally instituted, provided noway to insure that the producers of common-use products and components,having gotten their allotments of materials^ would supply defense con-

102


tractors and subcontractors in preference to less essential users. Through-out the latter part of 1951, there was increasing difficulty in getting essentialcomponents and equipment for military production and high priority in-vestment projects, despite the fact that components and equipmentmanufacturers were producing at record rates. The National Produc-tion Authority is now attacking this problem, primarily by spot expedit-ing actions to move urgently needed component and equipment orders tothe front of the producers' production and delivery schedules. For sometypes of equipment, where necessary and feasible, this approach will eventu-ally involve complete control over producers' schedules.

This line of action can usefully supplement the basic operation of advanceplanning for production of equipment and components to meet the needsof scheduled military and industrial expansion programs, so that allotmentsof materials can be geared to the future rather than the past.

Effective control of inventory accumulation is another problem. Thereis evidence that many producers' inventories of scarce materials are sub-stantially in excess of operating needs. The necessary control techniquesfor dealing with this problem are available, and the problem is one ofenforcement. The production agencies are taking action to locate andredistribute excess inventories. Continual screening of military require-ments also is necessary to insure that inventories are kept to a minimum.

INCREASING PRODUCTION

Production and inflation

It is often taken for granted that increasing production is the naturaleconomic remedy for the inflationary pressure which the defense programproduces. The relation between production and inflation is, however, nota simple one.

The central task in halting inflation is to bring supply and demand intobalance at the prevailing price level. Whether an increase of output actuallywill tend to bring demand and supply into balance at the current price leveldepends on a number of factors.

An increase of production in the form of highly specialized munitions andmilitary equipment may widen the gap between the demand and supply ofother goods. The reason for this possible result is that workers and busi-nesses receive increases in income, as a result of expanded munitions pro-duction. These increases in income normally result in a rise in consumerand business demand for civilian goods, the supply of which has not beenincreased.

A very different case is one in which the increase reflects increased effi-ciency in the production of widely used civilian goods, for example agricul-tural products, which could result in a decline in the price per unit of output.In this case, the increased production may tend to narrow the gap betweendemand and supply, because the supply is increased while private moneyincomes may not rise correspondingly.

103


Another case is one in which the increase in the production of goods(other than specialized military goods) is achieved by increased employ-ment. This has the result of increasing both the market supply of goodsavailable for civilian purchase, and the incomes of consumers and businesses.If not all of the added income is reflected in increased spending, such anincrease in production may be expected to have a net effect of narrowingthe gap between demand and supply, although by only a fraction of theamount by which production is increased. If, however, the additional pro-duction is achieved only by a substantial increase in unit cost, for examplethrough the payment of premium compensation to workers for overtime, theincome added in connection with the production might have a net infla-tionary effect.

One of the chief methods of increasing future production is invest-ment in new productive facilities, and in the modernization of existingfacilities. If such investment is made in those industries where plantcapacity and efficiency limit the increase of production and of productivity,the effect after the new facilities come into use is to increase supply andnarrow the gap between demand and supply. During the period when theinvestment is being made, however, materials and other resources are di-verted from producing consumer goods into the production of capital goods,which of course cannot be consumed, while income payments continue to bemade to workers and other producers. An expansion of production thattakes the form of increased investment thus would increase inflationarypressure during the period before the new facilities were brought intoproductive use.

The fact that some kinds of increases in production create inflationarypressures should not be interpreted as indicating that such increases musttherefore be postponed or abandoned. Certain types of output must beexpanded despite the fact that they add to inflationary pressures. Thus,military production is undertaken for imperative reasons which do notpermit its abandonment for the sake of lessening inflationary pressures.Similarly, the expansion of the industrial mobilization base may be so im-portant that any immediate inflationary pressures which might be producedmay have to be accepted. The inflationary impact of such programs, none-theless, is a reason for subjecting them to controls which will guide the expan-sion of production into the most essential lines, and for adopting otherstabilization measures to limit demand. An expanding supply of consumergoods is likely to improve consumer acceptance of such restrictions as areneeded. Clearly, an expansion of total production, if it is well balanced,makes a major contribution toward the expansion of our economic strength.

Factors limiting increase of total production

Given adequate demand for goods, the problem of increasing productionis essentially one of overcoming certain physical limiting factors. Withrespect to most nondurable goods and services, actual output during the

104


coming year undoubtedly will depend mainly on the intensity of demand.In several of the soft goods industries, the available labor force, plant capac-ity, and materials would permit increases of production. With respect tomany consumer and producer durable goods, however, the availability ofraw materials—especially metals—is the limiting factor determining possibleincreases in output. Expanding metals output is largely a problem of pro-ductive capacity, including electric generating capacity. Limitations on thesupply of manpower, with a few special exceptions, have not interferedwith the growth of production, and the prospect is that the supply of laborcan be increased to meet the expanding need, at least over the next 12months.

Increasing the supply of raw materials

The most immediate restraint on production, both in the United Statesand throughout the free world, continues to be the limited supply of certainraw materials. Comparing 1951 with 1950, the free world output of manyimportant raw materials showed large gains. (See appendix table B-17.)Increasing the free world supply of certain raw materials, however, con-tinues to be a major problem.

Encouragement of private investment in raw materials production abroadrequires reasonable protection of such investment and of fair profits real-izable in dollars. Conversely, countries that engage in needed expansionwant assurance that neither shortages nor price inflation in the UnitedStates will undercut their own efforts to expand production. In someinstances, investments are needed in such ancillary facilities as a trans-portation system. For example, the effective exploitation of Labrador andQuebec iron ore will depend largely on the early completion of the St.Lawrence seaway project.

Pricing and related devices for encouraging production of essential metalsand minerals deserve continued judicious use. First, guaranteed floor pricesin long-term procurement contracts are now being used, and can be ex-tended where necessary. Floor price guarantees help to increase domesticand foreign supplies of raw materials, by eliminating the risk of a post-emergency price decline to levels which would make additional produc-tion and investment unprofitable. Second, where the costs of domestic orforeign marginal mines producing essential scarce minerals exceed UnitedStates price ceilings, the use of premium prices or their equivalent wouldbe desirable in cases where protection from abuses cart be assured. Pre-miums should be limited in time and amount, and should apply only to thehigh-cost portion of output. The same policy is appropriate to encouragenew development projects. Third, a program to increase supplies of cer-tain minerals and metals by adjusting price ceilings is appropriate whereother methods less likely to impair price stabilization objectives are noteffective. Recent ceiling price changes for lead and zinc represented anincrease to domestic producers, and should tend to increase domestic sup-

105


plies. These price changes, however, have not yet resulted in significantimprovements in imports. Fourth, removal of the existing United Statestariff on lead, zinc, and certain other metals would be desirable, where thisaction would encourage imports or would ease the pressure on domesticprices.

Technological research and related efforts to conserve materials in shortsupply by simplifying designs, using more plentiful substitutes, or salvagingand re-using materials, can help in increasing total production, and in eas-ing allocation and production problems. Specific suggestions have alreadybeen worked out in the construction industry for effecting substantial sav-ings in the use of structural steel, through the substitution of reinforcedconcrete and masonry or wood construction. Substantial savings of copperare planned in the electrical, automotive, and other industries by the sub-stitution of aluminum as it becomes more plentiful.

Longer-range requirements for raw materials, and the best methods ofmeeting them from sources in the United States and the free world gen-erally, have been under intensive study by the President's Materials PolicyCommission for the past year. The report of this Commission will soonbe completed.

Enlarging the labor supplyAvailability of raw materials is the limiting factor in determining the

possible increase of output in the durable goods sector of the economy.The manpower needs for this sector, involving the defense program, con-stitute a priority which should be met. Defense and defense-related pro-duction will require about 2l/$ million more workers in the fourth quarter of1952 than in the fourth quarter of 1951.

Some of these essential workers will be provided by cutbacks in the outputof civilian durable goods and nondefense construction. Allowing also forsome lengthening of working hours, and a modest increase in productivity,it seems that an increase in total civilian employment of about 15/3 millionwould be required to service the primary defense effort, and to provide anadequate labor force for such increases in production in other sectors ofthe economy as might be expected in the light of probable increases inincomes and demand. The small possible addition of workers throughfurther reducing unemployment is about counterbalanced by the probablewithdrawal of manpower to enlarge the armed forces.

Judging from previous experience, a net increase of about 1J/3 millionin total civilian employment during 1952 is well within our capabilities.An annual increase in the labor force of about 1 million has been usualsince the war, even without such active recruitment as will occur, at leastin a few industries, during the coming year.

Though there is no general manpower shortage nor any near-term prospectof one, some localized labor shortages do exist. In November 1951, 6 of the174 major labor market areas in the United States either had, or were

106


expected shortly to have, labor shortages which threatened to impede essen-tial activities. Another 60 areas were listed as having a "balanced" laborsupply; in some of these, the labor market will tighten as the pace of defenseproduction is stepped up.

In addition to localized manpower shortages, there are some urgentproblems arising from scarcities of workers with particular skills, such asthose in the fields of engineering, design, and machinery operation, whichrequire considerable training to develop. The Government is stressing theimportance of more adequate training programs, and is assisting employers,schools, and labor to improve and expand such programs. When shortagesof highly skilled metal workers threatened seriously to hamper machinetool production, the industry was given priority in recruitment of laborthrough the Employment Service. Special consideration also was givento machine tool workers who were liable to call by Selective Service or asreserves by the Department of Defense. The Department of Labor andthe Selective Service System are developing a joint policy which will pro-vide more deferments for apprentices in skilled trades. In addition, everyeffort should be made to expand the number of "on-the-job" trainees.Full use should also be made of vocational education in public schools,which contributes importantly to the supply of skilled and semi-skilledworkers.

Preventable illnesses and accidents, on and off the job, can be reducedby strengthening public health, medical care, safety, and "related programs.Strengthening of the existing Federal-State vocational rehabilitation systemcould, over the years, return to the labor force hundreds of thousands ofworkers who are already trained and experienced.

In addition to specific labor shortages in industry, there are increasingevidences of farm labor shortage. The steps being taken to meet this short-age include more extensive use of persons not normally in the labor force,community participation in emergency situations, fuller exchange of laborbetween farmers and between States, better housing facilities, and improvedinformational, health, and welfare services for migrant workers.

Part of the solution for manpower problems lies in placing facilities expan-sions and contracts in areas where there are ample labor supplies, thusreducing the need for migration. To ensure that manpower considerationsare given adequate attention in placing defense contracts, the Departmentof Defense has developed a plan under which no such contract will beplaced in a labor shortage area without prior consultation with the Employ-ment Service.

But not all defense operations can be carried on in areas of adequate laborsupply. The lack of housing and community facilities is the greatestobstacle to recruiting sufficient workers where it is necessary to bring themin from other localities. By mid-January 1952, some 140 local areas hadbeen classified as critical from the point of view of insufficient housing andcommunity facilities and services to accommodate persons migrating to

107977891—52 8


military installations and defense plants. The number of such areas isexpected to increase substantially during 1952. Special assistance providedby the Defense Housing and Community Facilities and Services Act has beenextended to some 65,000 private housing units in these areas. Althoughthe bulk of future need will continue to be met by private construction,larger appropriations for publicly financed defense housing will be requiredfor those types of housing and in those places where private enterprise can-not be expected to meet the need. Additional aid to critical areas foressential community facilities and services should also be provided.

Guiding investmentThe necessary shifts in resource use outlined above will involve some

further major changes in the pattern of private and public investment.To meet war preparedness objectives, and to work toward the substantialelimination of basic shortages by 1954—when, so far as can now be judged,military production will have passed its peak and be on the way toward asubstantially lower maintenance level—investment in Government-aidedindustrial expansion programs will have to increase further. As tentativelyplanned, these programs will expand from a level of around 14 billiondollars in 1951 to about 15l/z billion a year over the next 2 years. (See table14.) In addition, essential developmental investment, including that forschools, hospitals, highways, and natural resources, will probably amountto roughly 5 billion dollars in each of the next 2 years.

Reduced availability of materials is expected to force a reduction, com-paring 1952 with 1951, of at least one-quarter in all other types of publicand private investment. Though part of this decline in the rate of outlayshad occurred by the end of 1951, full adjustment to such a pattern cannot beaccomplished all at once, because of the necessity of completing a substan-tial volume of construction now under way.

Programmed expansion of productive capacity. The basic expansion pro-grams are an important part of an economic strategy for a long period of par-tial mobilization. They contemplate, in addition to meeting the top priorityneeds of the military, the provision of an enlarged base of additional ca-pacity—not only as a reservoir of quick strength in the event of war, but alsoas the long-range solution to the problem of adequate supply in all majorsectors of the economy while maintaining a large security program.

The bulk of the investment in such programs is private, though publicly-owned facilities constitute a major share of the program for expansion ofmunitions facilities, and a quarter to a third of the electric power program.The Federal Government has supported the private programs, however,with various forms of financial assistance, in addition to giving them pref-erence over other investment in the allocation of scarce materials.

The full industrial build-up program necessary for meeting mobiliza-tion objectives extends well beyond 1952. The progress made during 1951,the availability of materials and equipment, and such advance scheduling

108


of the programs as has been done, indicate for 1952 and 1953 a continu-ance of very high rates of investment in these priority expansion programsas a group. The projected rates of outlay, as shown for some major pro-grams in table 14, reflect further work on projects now under way, andwork on new projects for which in most instances fairly firm commitmentshave already been made. The actual rate of progress will depend in parton the availability of structural steel and other bottleneck items for con-struction and equipment.

These major expansion programs accounted for one-quarter of totalprivate and public nonmilitary investment in 1951; in 1952 they mayaccount for nearly one-third of the total. They will require in 1952 nearlyhalf the copper and steel used in all nonmilitary investment.

TABLE 14.—Estimated plant and equipment expenditures in selected areas ofprogrammed or Government-aided expansion

[Billions of dollars, 1951 prices]

Program 1

Total

Electric power 3

PetroleumFarm machinery 4 _Metalworking machinery 4 _Trucks and truck trailers 4

Natural gas ._ _ ._ ._ _ _ _ __*Iron and steel (including byproduct coke ovens and iron ore

mining facilities)Railroad equipment *Aluminum _Synthetic fibers

*Taconite (iron ore) concentrates*Nitrogen

1949

10.8

2.62 21.7.4

1.61.1

.65

(5)1

(5)(5)

1950

11.1

2.42.31.6.4

2.01.2

.6

.2

.11

(4)(5)

1951

14.0

2.92.41.61.22.01.3

1.4.6.2.2

(5)

(•)

1952-53 2

15.4

3 82.61.71.71.71.2

1.2.7.3.2.2.1

*Indicates programs for which the Defense Production Administrator has announced objectives. Objec-tives have also been set recently for a number of other programs, not shown in the table and involving forthe most part relatively small investment. These include columbite and tantalite, tungsten ore, chro-mite, cobalt, molybdenum, nickel, sulfur, lead, magnesium, chlorine, hydrofluoric acid, newsprint, lubri-cating oil, phenol, phthalic anhydride, metallurgical manganese ore, zinc, aniline, high-purity oxygen,and naphthalene.1 Most of these "programs" are still only tentative proposals. Figures are in most cases not directlycomparable with those in the first column of table 6, partly on account of differences in industry classificationand partly because not all projects are covered by tax amortization certificates.2 Estimated average annual rate.

3 Includes both private and public power facilities.4 Figures refer to value of proposed output of the type of equipment indicated, and not to expansion offacilities for producing such equipment.

« Less than 50 million dollars.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: Defense Production Administration.

Public investment. Many lines* of public investment outside the directmilitary area play an essential role in the defense build-up. These include,among others, the public electric power program, minerals development,highways, and land, water, and forest conservation. Others are consideredin the next section.

In view of the increased pressure on scarce materials in 1952, stemmingfrom the build-up of the security program and defense-related industrialexpansion, many lines of public investment need to be curtailed still further.But this curtailment will have to be highly selective. This can be achieved

109


by a combination of materials allocation and careful Federal, State, andlocal budgeting. Some cut should be feasible in nonmilitary public con-struction as a whole.

The electric utilities, private and public, are planning to increase capacityby about 30 million kilowatts, or nearly 40 percent, during the next 3 years.Even with this program, power availability is likely to remain a criticalproblem in certain regions where large load increases will occur, such as thealuminum-producing Pacific Northwest and the areas where large newatomic energy plant requirements must be met. Looking farther ahead, theincreasing emphasis on the chemical, electrometallurgical, and other largepower-using industries indicates a continuing rapid growth of power re-quirements. Power development by public agencies needs to play an impor-tant part in meeting them, particularly where Federal multi-purpose riverdevelopments can provide large additions to power capacity along withother desirable results. Hydroelectric projects already begun should becompleted rapidly. New projects serving defense and other essential re-quirements which should be undertaken are the St. Lawrence seaway andpower project and the Niagara River redevelopment, to furnish 1/2 to 2million kilowatts of capacity to users in the northeastern part of the country;and also several projects in the Pacific Northwest.

Basic resource survey, research, and experimental programs, as well assome actual land, water, forest, range, and mineral conservation and devel-opment projects, need to be strengthened, since these provide the under-pinning for long-range production increases. For the immediate periodahead, those activities less essential for defense will have to be postponed,but such postponement cannot long be continued without sacrifice to longerterm security and production objectives.

Although the atomic energy program is now directed primarily towardthe production of weapons, the possibilities for future peacetime use ofatomic energy and isotopes have not been forgotten. Several private util-ities and other companies, with the cooperation of the United States AtomicEnergy Commission, are investigating the technical and cost characteristicsof the joint production of materials for weapons and electric power forgeneral use. Fortunately, almost all of the fissionable material being pro-duced, as well as a portion of the investment now being undertaken by theAtomic Energy Commission, will be useful for peaceful purposes when theworld situation no longer requires that they be kept available for defense.

The rate of maintenance of the highway system has for the past decadeaveraged far less than would be required to keep it in even reasonablyadequate condition in the face of the phenomenally rapid growth of traffic.Although some reduction in highway expenditures has to be made in theimmediate future, higher levels of construction and maintenance activityshould be resumed as quickly as possible. The Federal highway aid programshould be extended promptly, to avoid any lapse when the present programexpires.

no


Restrictions on nonessential investment. The impact of materials restric-tions on business investment has only recently been felt. But late in 1951,as the supply of metals and equipment tightened and as direct controls overconstruction were made effective, the rate of investment in some less essen-tial types of construction and equipment began a sharp decline. (Seecharts 21 and 22.)

In 1952, with the national security programs sure to absorb resources at agreatly increased rate, and the likelihood that the high priority industrialexpansion programs will take at least as much as in 1951, it is evident thatother types of investment must be brought well below 1951 levels.

Private housing construction, for example, will have to be cut, probablyby at least 20 percent. In the commercial and nondefense-related indus-trial categories, very few new construction starts are currently being ap-proved, and most of the current construction activity of those types repre-sents merely the completion of projects already well under way. A con-tinuance of this rigid restriction on new starts through 1952 would bring the•volume of commercial construction by the end of the year down to perhapshalf its current level, which is in turn well below that of a year ago. Such arigorous policy, however, is not contemplated. As projects under way arecompleted in 1952, it will be feasible and desirable to permit new start?where most needed (e. g., in areas of rapidly increasing employment), whileat the same time keeping the level of construction activity and the use ofscarce materials below present levels in commercial, nonpriority industrial,and miscellaneous construction.

Business investment in machinery and other producers' durable equip-ment is currently accounting for a much larger dollar outlay than all privateconstruction combined, and also absorbs larger amounts of scarce metals.(See charts 19 and 28.) The rate of output of equipment is controlled byallotments of controlled materials to equipment producers; but effectivecontrol to assure the direction of equipment to uses of greatest urgency re-quires further development.

Dispersal. One important problem related to achievement of securityobjectives is industrial dispersal. In previous Reviews, the Council hasrecommended two general types of dispersal: first, avoidance of over-concentration of industrial facilities within particular industrial and labormarket areas, and, second, within the framework of the whole economy,a regional decentralization of industry which looks toward further develop-ment of cores of economic strength in the less developed large regions ofthe country. The President has already directed that applications for aidfor industrial expansion as well as the allocation of critical materials forconstruction purposes be reviewed with an eye to dispersing essential defenseactivities within given labor market areas. More work needs to be donetoward specifying precise standards for governing this kind of dispersal,and seeing that it is balanced with an adequate dispersal of housing and

III


community facilities and services. Under this policy, the principal instru-ment of dispersal must remain the location of new facilities. But over thecourse of a decade, assuming a high level of investment in new plants,possibly one-third of the present total value of industrial plant could belocated according to dispersal standards.

Less headway has been made toward building up diversified and inter-related centers of industrial strength in various larger regions of the country,such as the Far West and the Southeast. Here again, the need is to establishworkable standards to guide private firms and Government agencies in theselection of sites for new essential industrial operations.

Increasing agricultural production

Increased agricultural production, up to the limit of available acreage,and with special increases in feed crops, is contemplated in the Departmentof Agriculture's goal for 1952. The recent high level of farm output, about40 percent above the 1935-39 average, has been a major restraint on in-flation. Further gains are necessary to meet domestic consumption, exports,and storable reserves. Price support programs again will be used for thispurpose.

The existing farm price support legislation for basic commodities, includ-ing wheat, corn, and cotton, was written during 1948 and 1949. It wasintended to cushion producers against abnormal drops in prices which mightresult from production in excess of market demand. It was feared that largecarry-overs would hang over the market and depress prices; also, that theywould lead to excessive losses from price support operations and alienatepublic support for the farm program as a whole. Therefore, the 1949 legis-lation provided for a reduction in price support levels when stocks were large,in order to stimulate consumption and to hold down production.

The present situation is quite different from that envisaged in 1948 and1949. The Secretary of Agriculture has asked farmers for maximum pro-duction of several of the basic commodities. Our reserves of wheat, corn,and cotton are all at lower levels than can be considered safe or desirable.Yet under existing legislation, if farmers succeed in increasing productionsufficiently to build up reserves to safe or desirable levels, they could be penal-ized by having their support prices reduced from 90 percent to as low as 75percent of the effective parity. This possibility may act as a deterrent tomaximum production of basic commodities by raising concern in the mindsof many farmers lest the Government, after enlisting them in an all-outproduction drive, might leave them worse off as a result of their patriotismand hard work. Support prices for corn, wheat, cotton, and dairy productsat 90 percent of parity have already been announced.

In addition, wider and more effective use of fertilizer is necessary.Expansion programs for nitrogen and other fertilizers should be expedited,and adequate quantities of farm machinery provided. Newly irrigated

112


land coming into production this year will contribute to the 1952 increasein output.

Over-all production objective for 1952In 1952, the primary production objective is to boost the annual rate of

output for defense by about 20 billion dollars—most of it in military hardgoods items and military construction. About half of this should representadditional production; about half would be diverted from civilian durablegoods production and construction. (See chart 30.)

CHART 30

GROSS NATIONAL PRODUCTEXPENDITURES IN 1951 PRICES

The increase in security expenditures during 1952 is expected to belarger than the hoped-for growth in total output.BILLIONS OF DOLLARS*400

300

300

100


OBJECTIVE

TOTAL

PERSONAL —*•CONSUMPTIONEXPENDITURES

"~ GROSSPRIVATE >DOMESTIC ̂INVESTMENT

GOVERNMENT foTHER —*PURCHASES - JGOODS AND } NATIONAL . .SERVICES INSECURITY """*

300

200

100

4th Qtr.I960

4th Qtr.1951

4th Qtr.1952

* SEASONALLY ADJUSTED ANNUAL RATES. FOREIGN INVESTMENT NOT SHOWN ON CHART SINCE AMOUNTS ARERELATIVELY VERY SMALL.

SOURCE: COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

By the methods discussed above, it should be feasible within the year tolift the annual rate of total output, for defense and civilian purposes com-bined, by at least 5 percent, or about 15 to 20 billion dollars. About two-thirds of this increase, or at least 10 billion dollars, should be a net gainin the area of durable goods, including construction.


These 1952 production figures, it should be emphasized, are not a fore-cast. They only set forth desirable and feasible objectives. Enlargementof defense production and total production in 1952 depends primarily onthe vigor and initiative of producers and workers. It depends upon theeffectiveness and cohesion of the whole economic mobilization effort. Itdepends also on the success of the policies designed to remove roadblocks.

MINIMIZING BUSINESS DISLOCATION

Minimizing local unemployment and geographical dislocations

Although the national total of unemployment remained at a low levelthroughout 1951, a number of areas have serious unemployment problems.Many of these areas concentrate on one or two major types of industrialactivity; for example, textiles in Lawrence, Massachusetts, and coal miningin Scranton and Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. The defense production pro-gram has not had much impact on such areas. Without a substantialincrease in demand for the products of these areas, a continuance of theproblems confronting them is likely. While in some instances war con-tracts can be let in these areas, little surplus labor can be absorbed by thismethod. A number of new plants are being located in isolated communitieswhere a labor force is practically nonexistent, so that we can expect, beforevery long, some migration of the unemployed from areas of labor surplus tothese new locations.

Steps are now being taken to compile a directory of existing unused facili-ties which could be used for defense production. In addition, long-rangeestimates of manpower requirements and resources are in process of beingdeveloped. With such information at hand, we can expect greater successin placing contracts in areas where the labor supply is available, thus reduc-ing unemployment, and at the same time helping to avoid the geographicdislocation problems discussed above.

A special type of defense unemployment, which has become acute insome metal-using centers, has resulted from a discrepancy between expand-ing defense and contracting civilian work. Certain industrial areas, such asDetroit, have been hard hit by this development. Despite the efforts whichthe Government is making, the unemployment problem in some of theseareas will unfortunately continue in 1952.

To alleviate this problem, the Director of Defense Mobilization isappointing an interdepartmental committee of production, procurement,and manpower agencies to assist in dovetailing civilian industry cutbackswith defense expansion on an area and industry basis. In line withapproved military requirements, the Department of Defense has been tryingto place more defense contracts in Detroit, with some success in terms ofthe number of contracts, but the dollar value of such contracts has shownsome decline. Every effort should be made by the industries in this areato do as much of their own work as possible in Detroit. For example, some

114


of the automobile production now being carried on in tight labor areasmight be drawn back into plants in labor surplus areas.

New defense plants, procurement contracts, and military installationsare affecting larger regions of the country, and should be related to thebroader regional economic potentialities and problems if major geographicdislocations are to be avoided. Several Federal agencies are making goodheadway in the programming of natural resources development, which isbasic to economic growth, in a number of larger river basins and otherregions. The Council hopes that it is contributing to this end by sponsoringa series of regional economic studies which, while not conceived originally asdefense projects nor primarily focused on defense needs, have given a gooddeal of attention to them since Korea. With the cooperation of the JointCommittee on the Economic Report, studies relating to the South and NewEngland have been completed. Another is now under way in the South-west. Prepared independently by highly qualified economists and otherswho live in those regions, these studies indicate specific ways in which thepresent defense program may affect underlying economic problems of theregions, and look beyond the immediate program to the problems whichwill arise during and after the transition to the later maintenance phase ofthe defense effort.

Utilization of small business

In view of the large growth in defense output during 1951, some dislo-cation of business, and particularly of small concerns, might have beenexpected. Actually, business viewed as a whole showed little evidence ofdistress; and not all of the distress that appeared resulted from the mobili-zation effort.

In lines of business where the limiting factor was materials supply, themildness of the over-all impact of the defense program in 1951 was dueto a combination of factors. Stocks of needed materials and componentswere high at the beginning of the year. Many producers showed remark-able ingenuity in stretching their reduced allotments of critical materialsby redesigning their products. Finally, so long as it was feasible, it wasGovernment policy to allot sufficient materials to each industry, even tothose producing clearly nonessential goods, to keep it going until defenseorders began to take up the slack. Provision was made for exceptionalallotments to individual producers in hardship cases.

But a mobilization effort necessarily creates serious problems for smallbusiness as a class. Small business firms are more vulnerable to materialshortages than larger firms, because their profitability is generally moreseverely affected by reductions in their operations, their output more nar-rowly specialized, and their financial position weaker. The industries inwhich a mobilization effort calls for major increases in output and capacityare, in large part, those in which small-scale production is the exception


rather than the rule; and in general, the facilities of small firms are lesseasily adapted to defense production.

The increased stringency of materials supply in 1952 will intensify theneed for many firms, particularly smaller ones, either to get into defenseproduction or to redesign their products in such a way as to make muchless use of scarce materials. It will no longer be possible on so extensivea scale to allot such materials to nonessential production in cases where theonly justification is that it permits a firm to continue operations.

Quite aside from the need to alleviate distressed conditions caused bymaterial cutbacks, it is obviously in the national interest that there bea greater diffusion of defense production in our industrial structure. Itis advantageous to spread arms production experience. Small plants havea production potential which should be preserved against the day whenit would be needed to support total mobilization. Production bottlenecksmay be eliminated by a more effective utilization of small manufacturingfacilities. Moreover, the mobilization program should not be permitted toimpair competition.

Government assistance to small business, particularly through the servicesof the Department of Commerce, is an activity of long standing which isnow being intensified. In addition, a number of measures have morerecently been taken by the Defense Department and the mobilizationagencies to increase the participation of small business firms in the defenseprogram, and to lessen the impact of material shortages. Information iscirculated on prime and subcontract opportunities. An industry distressprogram has been set up on a regional basis, to identify those firms hardesthit by allocations, assemble information on their capabilities for producingdefense goods, and bring them together with procurement officials andprime contractors. Users of controlled materials in very small quantitiesare permitted self-certification.

The Small Defense Plants Administration was recently created as anindependent agency, to aid in developing ways of using small business con-cerns most effectively in national defense and essential civilian production.It has statutory authority to enter into prime contracts with Governmentprocurement agencies, and to arrange for the performance of such contractsby letting subcontracts to small business concerns. It should be noted, how-ever, that no funds have been appropriated to finance this contracting func-tion. SDPA also has the power to recommend to the ReconstructionFinance Corporation loans to enable small concerns to engage in defenseand essential civilian production. A working arrangement has already beenagreed upon to implement this operation.

Perhaps the most important responsibility of this new agency is that ofdetermining, jointly with the procurement agencies, that it is in the interestof the national defense program to let a specific contract to a small businessconcern. Once this joint determination is made, the contract must be

116


placed with a small concern. If effective procedures are devised by SDPAand the procurement agencies, this should be a concrete way of effectuatingthe frequently expressed policy of Congress that a fair proportion oi Gov*ernment procurement be placed with small business concerns.

SUPPLYING CONSUMER NEEDS

Outlook for consumer goods

With the security program now scheduled, and reasonable increases intotal production, consumer supplies will be adequate to meet essentialneeds in 1952. Since there will be cutbacks in the output of metal-usingdurable goods, any increased demand arising from a higher income total willbe manifested mainly in increased production of nondurable goods andservices.

The output of textiles, food, and many other products can be expandedwithout interfering with the defense program. Judging from peak ratesof output in 1950 and 1951, production of textiles, apparel, shoes, and furni-ture could be raised by over 25 percent from recent levels, and productionof carpets could be doubled. The food outlook also is relatively good and

CHART 31

OUTPUT OF SELECTED CONSUMERDURABLE GOODSMetals allocations for the first quarter of 1952 indicate thatproduction of passenger cars will be reduced 25 to 30 percentbelow the 1951 rate.INDEX, 1947-49 = 100*300

200 -

100

INDEX, 1947-49 = 100*300

— 200

100

*ADJUSTED FOR SEASONAL VARIATION.

-̂ LOWER ESTIMATE OF PASSENGER AUTOMOBILE OUTPUT BASED ON ALLOCATIONS FOR 930,000 UNITS; UPPERESTIMATE ON PERMITTED PRODUCTION OF 1,000,000 UNITS.

SOURCES: BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM, DEFENSE PRODUCTIONADMINISTRATION, NATIONAL PRODUCTION AUTHORITY, AND COUNCIL OF ECONOMICADVISERS.

117


should permit some rise in food consumption, with the largest increases inthe more expensive items such as meats and frozen fruits. The capacity forsynthetic fibers is being increased, which will further supplement the supplyof cotton and wool in 1952 and 1953.

In major metal-using consumer durables, the outlook is quite different.Production of passenger cars in the first quarter of 1952 will be between900,000 and 1 million units, or a little more than half the average quarterlyrate in 1950. Allocations for steel and other metals for use in major house-hold appliances, such as ranges, washers, and refrigerators, and for radioand television sets, are also being reduced to 50 percent or less of the ratein the base period, which in most instances is the first half of 1950. How-ever, absorption of stocks of materials and substitutions will temporarilypermit somewhat higher rates of production. (See charts 4 and 31.)

The projected production levels for appliances and automobiles are notso low in relation to recent demand as the size of the cuts from 1950suggests. Sales of passenger cars and major appliances declined from1950 to the second half of 1951 by between 20 and 25 percent, as shown inchart 18. Nevertheless, the supply of passenger cars is likely to be belowthe level of demand in 1952, while other durable goods will become morescarce as the present ample stocks are worked off.

It is not likely that output of automobiles can be increased much in thesecond and third quarters. It now appears likely that less than 4 millioncars will be produced in 1952, compared with 5.3 million in 1951, and 6.6million in 1950. While this is below the number which would be desirablein order to retire over-age vehicles rapidly, the continuance of even thisrate for the next few years would maintain or somewhat increase the numberof cars in use.

The cutbacks in production of metal-using consumer goods raises prob-lems of maintaining adequate supplies of lower priced lines of merchandise.Manufacturers at present are free to shift to higher priced lines, so long asthey stay within their metals allocations. As materials become scarcer, atendency may develop to concentrate on the high-profit margin items—whjch in general are also the more costly. A shift in production towarda higher proportion of expensive goods not only adds to living costs, butin most cases makes for a less efficient use of materials. Consequently,the production and stabilization agencies are considering measures to beapplied in the event that low priced goods tend to disappear from the market.

Housing

Although 6 million new houses have been produced since the end ofWorld War II, demand remains at a high level because of backlog require-ments, high living standards, and a high rate of family formation. Creditrestrictions introduced in 1950, which were relaxed by Congressional actionin September 1951, plus a stringency of funds for Government-insuredmortgages in the latter part of 1951, helped to reduce the number of starts

118


CHART 32

NEW HOUSING STARTSHousing starts in 1951 were about 15 percent below 1950, buthigher than in any other year on record. A cut of about 20percent is expected for 1952.

MILLIONS OF UNITS

.5 1.0 1.5

1948

1949

I960

I95I17

1952^REQUIREMENT TOMAINTAIN PRESENTHOUSING STANDARD

uESTIMATED.

SOURCES: DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND HOUSING AND HOME FINANCE AGENCY.

of nonfarm housing from 1.4 million in 1950 to about 1.1 million units lastyear. (See chart 32.)

In 1952, a large net migration will be needed to meet the labor require-ments of areas containing defense establishments or military installations.New housing accommodations will be required for a large proportion ofthese workers, and a Federal program for aiding private construction ofabout 200,000 units is in operation. In addition, sufficient defense housingcan be provided only if the Government assists in financing necessarycommunity facilities and actually builds houses in some areas. Besidesthe unusual strains on housing capacity arising from movements of defenseworkers, there is a need for new housing to take care of the 600,000 to700,000 new families which will be formed next year. Although part ofthese families can be housed in units vacated by families moving to defenseareas, it is estimated that, for the economy as a whole, 800,000 to 850,000new nonfarm dwellings would be needed in 1952 merely to maintainpresent housing standards.

It is hoped that this number of units can be produced in 1952. Theoutlook for materials supplies indicates that substantial further economiesin the use of scarce materials in housing construction will be required ifthis goal is to be reached.


Housing construction in 1952 must of necessity fall considerably shortof the annual rate which would meet long-term needs. To replacestructures which are below standards of health and decency, and to housethe growing population, an average of nearly 11/2 million new nonfarmunits a year would be required throughout the 1950's. A large numberof these should be publicly-financed low-rent housing for low income fami-lies. In 1952, even with prospective cuts in total housing, at least 75,000of these units should be built. This would be about the same as in1951, and much less than the average annual rate contemplated by theauthorizing legislation.

An inadequate supply of new housing is part of the price we must payfor national defense. But the economic and social costs of the housingdeficit can be aggravated or mitigated, depending upon the policies adopted.Since addition to the housing supply during the next two years at leastmust be held down to between one-half and two-thirds of the actualneed, it is essential that the bulk of the supply be channeled into areaswhere it is needed most, and that within these areas and elsewhere there beconcentration upon reasonably priced housing coupled with severe limi-tation of luxury housing. In all housing construction, there should bestrenuous efforts to limit the utilization of critical materials, such ascopper, in view of the fact that adequate housing can be provided withavailable substitutes. The proportion of low-cost housing to the total newhousing supply should be appreciably raised above recent performance.This is an obviously desirable requirement for a mobile and contentedlabor supply in a defense emergency. The World War II experience, withappropriate adaptations, provides such well tested techniques for bringingabout these necessary adjustments that they should be speedily effectuatedin the year ahead.

Essential public services

Education. To meet the needs of the very large number of childrenwho will be added to the school population in the next 6 years, some200,000 additional classrooms with adjunct facilities should be constructed.In areas where school needs are due to increased Federal activities, Con-gress has authorized aid to school construction. It is necessary to continueand extend the present program to cover all critical defense areas. No lessurgent is the need for a large increase in the number of teachers trainedfor elementary and secondary schools. In some States, it would be difficultto improve teaching and operating standards of education without adequategeneral Federal aid. At least a start in this direction should now be made.To promote needed higher education, and to correct the inequality ofopportunity in the present draft procedure, an appropriate Federal scholar-ship program appears even more urgent now than when it was previouslyrecommended.

Health. By 1954, the Nation will need an estimated addition of 22,000

120


physicians, 9,000 dentists, and 49,000 nurses beyond those now in sight. Aprogram of Federal aid to medical education, including nursing, is urgentlyrequired if the increase in health personnel is to keep pace with the growthin population, instead of continuing to fall behind it. Federal aid is re-quired to help organize local public health services in those communitieswhich do not have them. Shortages of scarce building materials haveforced a slow-down in the rate of hospital construction despite vigorousconservation measures, but hospital construction should be stepped up again,as soon as extreme pressures of defense construction programs begin tosubside.

Social security and welfare. The integrity and economic purposes ofsocial security and welfare programs should not be cut away by inflationaryrises in the cost of living. Even with an effective anti-inflation program,some adjustments of social security benefits are necessary to preserve theintended effects of the programs. Looking further ahead, other improve-ments are needed to provide protection to meet costs of medical care andloss of earnings due to illness; these and other health problems will bestudied by the President's Commission on the Health Needs of the Nation.

HELPING TO STRENGTHEN OTHER FREE NATIONS

It is our purpose, in the interest of security, to strengthen the individualand collective defenses of the nations of the free world, to encourage pro-duction and the development of their resources, and to facilitate their effec-tive participation in the United Nations system for collective security.Although considerable progress was made toward some of these objectivesin 1951, the economic situation has not improved in all areas of the freeworld, and in some it has deteriorated.

Under the Mutual Security Act of 1951, Congress appropriated for thefiscal year 1952 a total of 7.3 billion dollars of new funds, and reappropriatedmore than 800 million dollars of unobligated funds remaining from the fiscalyear 1951, for aid to foreign countries. As table 15 shows, over 5.9 billion

TABLE 15.—-Foreign aid appropriated under Mutual Security Act of 1951[Millions of dollars]

Area

Total . . _

Europe ...Near East and AfricaAsia and PacificAmerican Republics _ _ _ _

Totalforeign

aid

8 7, 329

» 5, 94155677259

Militaryaid*

5,789

4,81939653538

Economicaid a

1,440

1,02216023721

1 For purchase of finished military equipment, technical military training, and some items consumeddirectly by military forces.

> For purchases of tools, raw materials, equipment, foodstuffs, etc.»Includes 100 million dollars for Spain not allocated between "military" and "economic" aid.NOTE.—Excludes reappropriated funds.

Detail will not necessairly add to totals because of rounding.Source: Public Law 249, 82nd Congress.

121


dollars of the newly appropriated funds were provided for Europe, nearly5 billion dollars for military aid, and slightly over 1 billion dollars for eco-nomic aid. The Mutual Security Act provides for limited transfers of fundsbetween military and economic aid for Europe, as well as for limited trans-fers of funds between areas. It requires that a minimum of 10 percent of theeconomic aid to all areas administered under the terms of the EconomicCooperation Act take the form of loans.

The purposes of the aid provided to Europe, as stated in the Act, are tohelp carry out the plans for defense of the North Atlantic area, while at thesame time maintaining the economic stability of the area. Despite manydifficulties, there is reason to believe that progress toward both objectives willbe achieved. As a result of the re-examination of military goals for thedefense of Europe, and the screening of military requirements which hasjust been completed, considerable progress has been made in reconcilingdefense requirements and economic and political capabilities. Beyond this,attainment of th© objectives in Europe requires the most efficient use of itsproduction and foreign exchange resources.

Western European developments and their appraisal

In Western Europe, the economic expansion stimulated by the outbreak ofwar in Korea continued. Industrial production averaged 10 percent higherin 1951 than in 1950, according to preliminary estimates, as chart 33indicates. The increase in output varied considerably among countries,ranging from 20 percent in Germany and 18 percent in Belgium to 4percent in the United Kingdom. Agricultural production in the currentcrop year appears to be averaging about the same as in the precedingcrop year. The limiting effects of raw material scarcities on industrialoutput were not as restrictive as had been anticipated at the beginningof the year, but all of Western Europe suffered from a shortage of coal,nonferrous metals, and steel-making materials. Western Europe's coalproduction is running about 2 percent less than before the war, whileits industrial production is over 40 percent higher than its prewar level,thus creating an unusually high demand for coal.

The Western European economy as a whole was operating near itscurrently practical capacity in 1951. In some instances where plant ap-peared available, raw materials or labor were not; and where labor seemedavailable, there was a shortage of plant or materials. Strong efforts werebeing made to increase output and capacity further. Germany and Italywere the only countries with substantial pools of unemployed.

High consumer and business purchasing, higher incomes, and high pricesof imported raw materials raised wholesale prices sharply after the Koreanoutbreak until the spring of 1951. These prices then fell somewhat as rawmaterial prices receded, but began to rise again in some countries in thefourth quarter. (See chart 34.) The cost of living in most countries fol-lowed a similar pattern.

122


CHART 33

INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION INWESTERN EUROPEProduction in 1951 surpassed I960 levels, but by a diminishingmargin in recent months.

INDEX, 1938 = 100

150

140

130

120

I 10

100

INDEX, 1938 = 100

150

140

130

120

110

100

TA FOR 1951 PRELIMINARY.-^DA-

NOTE: INCLUDES AUSTRIA, BELGIUM, DENMARK, FRANCE, FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, GREECE, IRELAND,ITALY, NETHERLANDS, NORWAY, SWEDEN, TURKEY, AND UNITED KINGDOM.

SOURCE: ECONOMIC COOPERATION ADMINISTRATION.

The expansion of demand and production, and the rise in prices of rawmaterials imported from non-European sources, caused a serious deteriora-tion in the Western European foreign trade position. Despite the improve-ment in the position of Belgium and Germany by an annual rate of ap-proximately 1 billion dollars, the trade deficit of Western Europe as awhole rose by an annual rate of approximately 3 billion dollars from thesecond half of 1950 to the first half of 1951. In the second half of 1951, itfell slightly, but the trade position of the United Kingdom and France con-tinued to worsen, as shown in table 16.

From 1947 to the year ending June 30, 1951, Western Europe's total pro-duction of goods and services rose by an estimated 28 percent. Althoughthis rise brought production to a level 19 percent above 1938, it did notpermit a significant rise in per capita consumption above the 1938 level.The reason is apparent from table 17, which shows rough estimates of thechanges in output and other sources of supply, and the use made of them.A large part of the rise in production since 1938 has been offset by the lossof income from foreign investments which had to be liquidated during WorldWar II, and by the higher prices of imports in relation to exports. The

123977881—52 9


TABLE 16.—Foreign trade of Western Europe with rest of world

[Billions of dollars, annual rates]

Trade and country

Imports 2. .Exports

Trade balance *

Trade balance by country:Belgium-LuxembourgFranceWestern GermanyUnited KingdomOther countries

1949

-22.318.8

—3.5

.2-.2-.9-.8

-1.8

19

Firsthalf

-20.817.7

—3.1

.2—.1-.5—.5

-2.3

50

Secondhalf

—22.821.8

—1.0

-.2.7

—.5(3)

-1.1

19

Firsthalf

—29.725.7

—3.9

.2

.3

.1-2.0—2.5

51

Secondhalf

-30.927.4

-3.5

.6— .1

.4-3.0-1.5

i Estimates based on incomplete data.8 Imports and trade balances based on f. o. b. imports, estimated by deducting 10 percent from c. i. f. im-

ports.* Less than 50 million dollars.

NOTE.—Minus sign indicates imports or import surplus.Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.

Source: Organization for European Economic Cooperation.

remaining increase since 1938 in the goods and services available for do-mestic use has been devoted to a considerable increase of investment, and toa rise of consumption approximately proportional to the rise in population.

TABLE 17.—Available resources in Western Europe

[1949 prices and average 1949 exchange rates]

Item

Total resources:Available for home use:

Gross national productNet imports of goods and services financed by:

Income from overseas investmentsGrants, borrowing, or liquidation of reserves _.

Adjustment for terms of trade

Total resources available . . _ _

Uses:Gross private domestic and public investment ._Government consumption, including defense _.Private consumption

Total uses of resources

Per capita uses of resources:Gross private domestic and public investmentGovernment consumption, including defensePrivate consumption _ ._

Total per capita uses . _ _. . _ . « .

Calendaryear1938

Calendaryear1947

Year endedJune 30,

1951 i

Billions of dollars

143

31

+2

149

262499

149

133

8

141

272292

141

170

1-3

168

3325

110

168

Dollars

10597

400

603

10384

350

536

12192

404

618

i Estimates based on incomplete data.NOTE.-—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.

Source: Organization for European Economic Cooperation and U. S. Economic Cooperation Adminis-tration.

124


Some of the new burdens which are causing external financial difficul-ties in Europe—particularly in Britain and France—must necessarily ac-company the pursuit of the basic objectives of the free nations. The pastyear saw substantial progress in one of these objectives, the strengthening ofmilitary defenses. In the expansion of Western Europe's own military pro-duction, and in our shipments of finished military equipment, however, theprogress made has been less than was hoped for earlier this year, and theobjective of maintaining economic stability has not been achieved.

To some extent, the present economic difficulties of the Western Europeancountries are temporary. First, they resulted partly from replenishment andaccumulation of inventories, which is not a continuing process. Second,the decrease of imports by the United States, which contributed to a reduc-tion of the sterling area's earnings, will probably not continue much longerand now shows signs of being reversed. Third, the terms of trade of theUnited Kingdom and several of the other large trading countries have re-cently begun to improve. Finally, the speculative outflow of capital fromthe United Kingdom, which has contributed to a 1.5-billion-dollar drainof British gold and dollar reserves during the past 6 months, may stop andperhaps be reversed, as other temporary adverse factors disappear and asremedial measures become effective.

Fundamental problems nevertheless do exist. The most important arethe substantial increases in Western European defense expenditures whichlie immediately ahead, the great difficulty some of these countries are hav-ing in restraining the inflationary pressures which are aggravating theirbalance of payments as well as their price problems, and the difficulty inexpanding coal production to adequate levels.

Military versus economic aid. To provide aid in a way which contributesmost to attaining its purposes, it should be recognized that the distinctionbetween "military" and "economic" aid bears no close relationship to thedistinction between the military and economic objectives of aid. A rigiddistinction between "military" and "economic" aid according to what theaid funds are spent on or what goods are shipped from the United Statesmay, in fact, impede the attainment of the objectives. To the extent thataid must be spent to provide military equipment, and may not be spent oncivilian goods, it limits the choice as to where particular goods may be pro-duced, and thus may decrease efficiency in the use of total aid. The expendi-ture of aid funds on military goods produced in the United States may servean economic purpose, if it relieves the receiving country of some of the needfor increasing its own military production and for curtailing production forcivilian use. Conversely, so-called "economic" aid, which is spent on non-military goods, may serve defense purposes by making possible fuller useof the receiving country's productive capacity, or a greater diversion of itsproduction from civilian goods and exports to military goods than would

125


otherwise occur. Whether the result of the aid is to carry out military oreconomic objectives depends on the policies followed by the receivingcountry in the use of its total resources, which should be based on advanceagreement between ourselves and the receiving country as to specific goalsand methods for achieving them.

United States import barriers. Under the mandatory amendments inSection 104 of the Defense Production Act passed last summer, imports ofcertain specified commodities have been prohibited. Although potentialimports of these commodities are relatively unimportant from the pointof view of the United States market, they are an important potential sourceof dollars for many other countries. These restrictions deprive the pro-ducing countries of opportunities for more rapid progress toward self-support, and the precedent discourages efforts to develop American marketsfor other products. At the same time, they run counter to the very prin-ciples of liberalizing world trade which we have taken the leadership inpressing.

The economically underdeveloped countries

In contrast to the more advanced countries of Western Europe, expansionof military strength is a major problem in only a few of the economicallyunderdeveloped countries. Our major concern in most of these countries isto help them overcome chronic poverty by supporting their economic de-velopment, which must start from low levels and, in some cases, must reversea process of deterioration. In some of them, for example, per capita foodconsumption has not regained even the low prewar levels. The UnitedStates has long been interested in the material progress of the peoples ofthese areas, both because that progress is an end in itself, and because it isone of the most essential elements in the development of stability anddemocracy. In the present state of world tension, this interest has becomean urgent concern.

The major problems differ greatly from country to country, owing todifferences in their geographical positions and political conditions, whichaffect their vulnerability to aggression or subversion, and to differencesin their internal institutions and their basic economic potential. Oursecurity objectives are served not only by the actual economic progress theymake, which is necessarily small year by year, but also by a sense of currentprogress and hope for the future, which our aid, even in its early stages, canhelp to generate and fulfill.

Although our military program, including assistance to countries sharingin the common defense, necessarily entails a heavy burden upon the produc-tive and financial resources of our people, the United States has supportedsound programs for the economic development of underdeveloped coun-tries, and has made significant financial contributions for that purpose.

126


The net new funds made available to underdeveloped countries by theUnited States Government and by the International Bank, which theUnited States actively supports, have increased from the fiscal years 1949to 1951, as table 18 shows. The Congress, in the Mutual Security Act,increased the economic assistance available for these countries, from appro-priated funds, to 418 million dollars for the fiscal year 1952. United Statesassistance to underdeveloped countries in the form of grants helps bridge thegap which frequently exists between such a country's borrowing capacity andthe total investment assistance consistent with carrying out our policyobjectives.

TABLE 18.—Net new funds made available to underdeveloped areas for economicassistance by United States Government and International Bank

[Fiscal years; millions of dollars]

Item

Total

United States grants _. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . __United States creditsInternational Bank credits

1949

446

29147

109

1950

654

184336134

1951

809

142548119

NOTE.—Includes underdeveloped countries in the Near East and Africa (except Turkey), Asia and theFar East, and Latin America. Also includes United States contribution to multilateral technical assist-ance programs and United Nations Belief and Works Agency for Palestine Refugees. Excludes Philip-pine War Damage Claims of 151 million, 136 million, and 87 million dollars in the fiscal years 1949, 1950,and 1951, respectively. Figures in table are net of cancellations.

Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: Department of Commerce and International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.

The Government has also encouraged the investment of private capitalabroad, by negotiating treaties relating to double taxation and other pro-visions affecting foreign investments. Credits for taxes paid abroad havebeen liberalized, and the area of the authority to guarantee certain riskspeculiar to foreign investment has been extended geographically. Provi-sion also has been made to assist the export of capital goods needed in essen-tial projects. In contrast to widely held expectations, actual exports ofmany capital goods to the underdeveloped countries have increased sinceacceleration of the defense program. (See appendix table B-45.)

Although the economic situation in several underdeveloped countries,particularly in the Near and Middle East, became worse in 1951, many suchcountries increased the production of a number of primary products, whichwill help t'hem to finance further development, and also increased the pro-duction of a number of industrial products and of electricity, as table 19shows.

Many countries, moreover, made significant progress during the year ingetting economic development plans under way. Substantial progresswas made in both domestic and regional coordination of development plansby nations of Latin America and South and Southeast Asia. Thesenations also showed recognition of what they must do themselves, and tooka realistic view of the pace at which improvement could be expected.

127


TABLE 19.—Output of selected commodities in certain underdeveloped areas

Commodity and area

Cement:Far East: 4 countries 2

Latin America: 9 countriesCoal:

Far East* 5 countriesLatin America: 3 countries-

Cotton fabrics, woven:India *Latin America: 3 countries

Electricity:Far East* 6 countriesLatin America: 10 coun-

tries.Rice *:

Asia: totalRubber:

Far East* 8 countriesSteel, crude:

IndiaLatin America: 3 countries

Sugar, raw 8:Far East: 9 countries

Tin (metal content) :Far East* 3 countriesBoliviaAfrica* 2 countries

Unit

Thousand metric tons.do

dodo

Million metric tonsdo

Million kwhdo

Million metric tons

Thousand metric tons

.... do _ ..._do

do

.do.... do _ _.

do

1938

1,9541 730

33 0604 040

3 94053

2 8424,655

143

893

985165

7,367

892619

1946

2,1803 172

31 3584 855

3 67092

4 3988,025

(4)

812

1,320616

(4)

163825

1950

3,2605 389

34 9923,852

3 30077

5,95711, 599

139

1,784

1,4641,063

5,887

783223

19511

3,7545,836

36, 8044,948

3,72073

6,88011,916

142

1,854

1,5111,351

6,349

1923620

1 Estimates based on incomplete data.2 Includes in 1938 and 1946 the area that now is Pakistan; excludes it in 1950 and 1951.« Crop years. Data from FAO "State of Food and Agriculture, 1951."* Not available.NOTE.—The output shown for each commodity represents the total of the region from all countries shown

in the source.Source: United Nations Monthly Bulletin of Statistics, December 1951 (except as noted).

Sharing of scarce commoditiesBesides extending financial aid to other free nations, the United States

is helping to secure equitable distribution of scarce commodities, both byactive participation in international arrangements and by its own domesticcontrols. In early 1951, the United States, the United Kingdom, andFrance took the lead in setting up an International Materials Conference topromote increased production and the conservation of scarce materials, andto assure equitable distribution of free world supplies. Beginning with thethird quarter, this Conference recommended allocations for sulfur, tung-sten, and molybdenum. The record for the third quarter indicates thatUnited States exports of sulfur and molybdenum were approximatelyequal to the Conference's recommendations. In the case of tungsten, ouractual imports considerably exceeded our recommended share, but the excesswill be taken into account in future allocations. Beginning with the fourthquarter, allocations were also recommended for nickel, cobalt, copper, andzinc. The Conference has also arranged for emergency allocations of news-print; a small amount of Canadian output originally scheduled for UnitedStates consumption was diverted to a number of countries faced with criticalshortages. Five of the six remaining commodities covered by IMC werefound to be in sufficiently ample supply to make allocations unnecessary, andin the case of wool it was not possible to reach agreement between producersand consumers.

128


CHART 34

WHOLESALE PRICES IN SELECTED COUNTRIES

Wholesale prices have risen more in most foreign countriesthan in the United Sta tes since June 1950, and in many a1951 lull has ended.

INDEX, JUNE 1950 « 100

160

140-

120 -

100

160

140 -

120 -

100

160

140 -

120 -

INDEX, JUNE I960 * 100

160

- 140

100

UNITED STATES

I i I I I I i I I

— 120

100

160

- 140

— 120

100J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D

I960

SOURCE: INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND,

1951

129


This country has also taken unilateral action to facilitate essential exportsof capital goods. In May of 1951, the Director of Defense Mobilization an-nounced a policy of providing adequate exports of scarce supplies by priori-ties or by directives to producers whenever necessary, and stated the types offoreign needs which would be given positive export assistance. Since then,there has been an acceleration of priority assistance and a diversification ofthe methods used to help foreign countries meet their essential needs.

Since shortages of raw materials and capital goods are likely to continuethrough 1952 and, for most commodities, for several years, our allocationdevices should be maintained and in some cases extended and strengthened.The United States should continue the provision of priority assistance forexports of capital goods to friendly countries.

World aspects of inflation and stabilization

The period of price stability which began early in 1951 in the UnitedStates was followed by a slackening of price increases in most other coun-tries, and stability or actual declines of prices in some. Although the situa-tion differs greatly from country to country, there is in general a greatertendency toward inflation in most other countries than in the United States.(See appendix table B-25.) While wholesale prices in the United States roseto a post-Korean peak of 17 percent above June 1950, a rise of 30 percent ormore was experienced in 10 of the European and 10 of the non-Europeancountries for which statistics are available. Generally speaking, the abate-ment of pressures since the post-Korean peak in these countries has been farless than in the United States. In contrast to the United States, wherewholesale prices have risen hardly at all since their April-to-September de-cline, wholesale prices in many other countries started to move up again afteran earlier lull, or have risen almost continuously since June 1950, as chart 34illustrates. Prices in some of the Western European countries have alreadyrisen at a pace that endangers support for necessary defense expansion. InNovember 1951, the wholesale price level in France, for example, was 46percent above June 1950. The world's post-Korean price inflation is addi-tional to a large price rise experienced from the end of the war to the Koreanoutbreak.

The major burden of restraining inflationary pressures in other countriesmust rest upon these countries themselves, but the United States can domuch to help. The most important contribution we can make to a solu-tion of this serious problem, apart from the alleviating effect of our aid,is to control our own domestic inflationary pressures effectively. In thecontext of the world inflationary problem, it is especially important for usto refrain from action which will have an inflationary effect on prices ofinternationally traded commodities—those we export as well as those weimport—for it is chiefly through these commodities that inflationary pres-sures in the United States are communicated to other countries. In thecase of some of the major raw materials, we are contributing to a multi-

ISO


lateral solution of this problem through international allocations. Therole of the Government in purchasing for the stockpile is also important.Although the effect of actual stockpiling operations in the post-Korean riseof raw material prices was much less than was widely believed, it is animportant potential factor in the markets for the stockpiled commodities.When it is necessary to accelerate purchases, this should be done carefullyto avoid violent alternations of heavy purchasing and complete withdrawalfrom the market.

FINANCING THE GOVERNMENT PROGRAM

Savings through budget economies

Intensive efforts have been made by the Congress and the ExecutiveBranch to effect budget economies, both inside and outside the national secu-rity program. Following the President's directive of July 21, 1950, alldepartments and agencies conducted a detailed review of Government pro-grams "for the purpose of modifying them wherever practicable to lessen thedemand upon services, commodities, raw materials, manpower, and facilitieswhich are in competition with those needed for national defense." Suchprograms as highway assistance and Federal aids for housing and com-munity development outside critical defense areas have been restricted toexpenditure levels substantially below those authorized in the basic legisla-tion. General flood control projects and rural electrification and telephoneloan authorizations have been similarly curtailed. Regular procurementof operating supplies and equipment has been held to minimum amounts,and inventories in excess of the lowest practical working levels have beenmade available to the General Services Administration for appropriatedisposition.

Intensive efforts should continue in this direction. However, the non-defense areas do not contain the "fat" often attributed to them. Federalexpenditures for all programs except national security, veterans' benefits,and interest on the national debt will be about 65 percent higher in thecurrent fiscal year than in the fiscal year 1940. In comparison, the indexof wholesale commodity prices is nearly 130 percent higher, and theconsumers' price index almost 90 percent higher. Despite a rapidlyexpanding population and a great increase in the total product of theeconomy, Government programs which are directed toward servicing thegeneral needs of the people and building up our natural resources havebeen held down.

Tax legislation of 1950 and 1951

Three major tax bills have been enacted since the Korean outbreak. Thefirst was initiated almost immediately after the initial involvement in Korea,with the agreement by the Administration and the Congress to convert thepending tax revision bill into a substantial revenue-raising measure. Legis-lative action was completed in sufficient time for higher income tax with-


holding rates to become effective October 1, 1950. The second revenuemeasure, which was the Excess Profits Tax Act of 1950, was passed in thefinal week of the Eighty-first Congress, and affected approximately half of1950 profits. The latest measure was the Revenue Act of 1951, which becamelaw in October. This Act adopted only about half the aggregate tax increaserecommended by the President in January 1951 for individual income,corporate profits, and excise taxes.

In a full year of operation, the post-Korean tax measures will yield anestimated additional 15 billion dollars at 1951 income levels. This repre-sents an increase of almost one-third in the revenue productiveness of theFederal tax system, and is certainly a notable legislative achievement in viewof the high tax rates already in effect in 1950, and the short time duringwhich these successive measures were adopted. On the other hand, theyprovided substantially less revenue than had been requested, and substan-tially less than is needed to keep pace with expenditures.

The revenue legislation of 1950 and 1951 was a major part of the stabiliza-tion program, operating to bring consumer and business demand into closerbalance with available supplies of goods and services. Largely as a resultof the higher tax rates, the proportion of total personal income absorbed byFederal individual income taxes rose from 8 percent (seasonally adjusted)in the second quarter of 1950 to about 11 percent at the end of 1951. Theproportion of total corporate profits absorbed by Federal-corporate incomeand profits taxes advanced from 45 percent to almost 60 percent duringthe same period.

Nature of the financing problem aheadPartly as a consequence of the higher tax rates, and partly as a result of

the inflation of prices and growth of incomes following the adoption of theexpanded security program, the fiscal year which ended June 30, 1951, pro-duced a surplus of 3.5 billion dollars in the conventional budget accounts.The surplus was more than twice this amount on a consolidated cash basis,due to the excess of cash receipts over payments in the various trust accounts.

For the current fiscal year, which began July 1, 1951, budget expendi-tures are expected to total approximately 71 billion dollars. The increaseover last year's total is virtually equal to the expansion in the major nationalsecurity programs. (See chart 35.) Net budget receipts are estimated atalmost 63 billion dollars. The indicated excess of expenditures over budgetreceipt is about 8 billion dollars. A considerable portion of this deficit canbe financed by the excess of cash receipts over expenditures in the trust funds.On a consolidated cash basis, the estimated fiscal year deficit is about 4 billiondollars.

As a result of the expected further increase in national security expendi-tures, the annual rate of total Federal expenditures will rise to between 85and 90 billion dollars by June 30, 1953. For the fiscal year 1953, underexisting revenue legislation, a budget deficit approaching twice the size of the

132


CHART 35

FEDERAL BUDGETThe expansion

EXPENDITURESof expenditures for the major security programs

has approximated the increase in total budget expendituressince 1950.BILLIONS OF DOLLARS40

30

20

10

0

BILLIONS OF DOLLARS

_ TOTAL BUDGETEXPENDITURES

PERCENT80

60

40

•< M A J 0

1•

N

* SEC

. OT H

I R I T Y P R O G R A M

E R P R O G R A M S !

1

5

''

40

30

20

10

n

PERCENT

MAJOR SECURITY EXPENDITURESAS PERCENT

-

mmm ^

1st HALF

OF TOTAL

'*^

BUDGET

/

2 nd HALFI960

/

EXPENDITURES

s*

_

80

60

40

1 *X

1st HALF 2nd HALF 1st HALF1951 1952^

I CALENDAR YEARSJ/ ESTIMATES BASED ON ANTICIPATED BUDGET EXPENDITURES.

SOURCES . TREASURY DEPARTMENT AND BUREAU OF THE BUDGET.

133


current year's budget deficit is indicated. To pay for the projected volumeof expenditures without reliance upon new borrowing from the publicwould thus require large additional revenue legislation, and a heavier totaltax load than has ever before been imposed in the United States.

A large element of uncertainty exists regarding the future developmentof expenditures under the defense program. Our present planning is basedon a program which would build up strength to the required level, and con-tinue the maintenance and modernization of our defensive equipment at thatlevel. This may require expenditures in the fiscal year 1954 at least ashigh as those proposed for fiscal 1953. Thereafter, it is anticipated thatexpenditures will gradually decline to a substantially lower "maintenance"level.

Throughout the defense period, the Council has emphasized that it issound economic and fiscal policy to pay for the national security programthrough taxation. But in view of the decision of the Congress in 1951 notto take all of the tax action requested of it by the President, it is virtuallyimpossible through tax increases to prevent substantial deficits in the calen-dar year 1952, and in the fiscal year 1953. Thus, the action of last year ineffect constituted an abandonment of the pay-as-we-go policy, at least forthe time being. Lost ground cannot be made up overnight.

Consequently, we must now look ahead to the fiscal year 1954 and fol-lowing years, as well as to 1953, in considering appropriate tax legislationfor the calendar year 1952. A considerable time span usually is requiredto accomplish necessary changes in the tax structure and to collect the taxesunder them. Consideration must be given to the effect of the tax biteupon consumers and small and large business enterprises, and upon generalpopular support. The speed of tax increases must allow for these factors,without relinquishing the objective of restoring a balanced budget as rapidlyas ^feasible.

Each year the question of legislation must be reappraised with a view todetermining what specific course of action, in the light of current andprospective conditions, would be most nearly in accord with the longer-run basic policy position. The chief tax policy questions which must beanswered are whether additional taxes should be adopted in 1952 and, if so,whether the amount should be sufficiently large to achieve a balancedbudget in the fiscal years 1953 and 1954.

The Council continues to attach great importance to the principle of thebalanced budget during periods of heavy expenditure and inflationarypressure such as characterize defense mobilization. The Council does notbelieve, however, that the principle of paying the cost of defense expendi-tures out of taxes during the mobilization period requires that sufficient taxesbe proposed or adopted to balance the budget in the peak years 1953 and1954. We believe that it is not imperative to do so, in view of the longer-run budget outlook, and that it would be unwise to attempt to do so, in


view of the size and speed of the tax increases that would now be required—a result in part of the inadequacy of tax legislation last year.

Considering all factors involved, the Council recommends that the imme-diate tax legislation be the completion of the program proposed by thePresident a year ago, including such technical changes as would improvethe equitableness and yield of the Federal revenue system.

The yield of the Revenue Act of 1951 is estimated at 5.4 billion dollars,at calendar year 1951 levels of income, or only about half the amountspecifically proposed by the President. In the case of the individual incomeand corporate taxes, the increases approximated two-thirds of the amountproposed. A considerably smaller proportion of the amount proposed forexcises was enacted. There are, furthermore, various revenue-losing fea-tures in the Act. As stated by the President on signing the bill, "this legis-lation does little to close the loopholes in present tax laws, and in somerespects provides additional means by which wealthy individuals can escapepaying their proper share of the national tax load through such devices asexcessively liberal 'capital gains' provisions, family partnerships, and exces-sive depletion allowances on oil and gas and certain mineral properties."

Misconception arises when there is a failure to distinguish between thereal economic burden of the program, which is measured by the diversion ofresources and supplies from civilian uses, and the financial burden of theprogram as indicated by the level of taxes. The method of financing thesecurity program does not necessarily decrease or increase the real economicburden, and consequently does not directly determine the size of the pro-gram that can be afforded. At any particular time, however, there arelimits beyond which it would be unwise to raise the rates of a specific taxor of taxes in general.

The limit beyond which tax increases become harmful cannot be deter-mined by any figure or ratio which would be applicable to all situations.The limit depends not only on the ratio of taxes to incomes at any oneperiod of time, but also on how rapidly taxes have been increasing in therecent past. It depends also on whether incomes in general are rising, areremaining the same, or are declining. Finally, it depends to no small extenton the recognition by the taxpayer that the money is needed for imperativenational purposes, and that the burden is being distributed in a fair manner.

The Council recognizes that tax rates have risen rapidly during a shortperiod of time, and are so high that their effect on incentives must be care-fully watched. Nevertheless, we do not believe that the economic limit oftaxation has been reached. As we indicated at midyear 1951, we feel thatthe tax objectives stated by the President earlier in the year are well withinthe ability of the taxpayer and the economy to support.

The alternative to relying upon the conventional tax sources for theadditional revenue requirements would be to introduce a new, broad-basetax. One new type of taxation, which could raise substantial amounts ofrevenue, is a general sales tax. Whether imposed in frank manner upon

135


retail sales or disguised as a general manufacturers' excise tax, resort to itwould be a portentous departure from national tax policy which should notbe considered at this time.

Provided the national security programs follow the pattern now indicated,rate increases in existing tax sources and the proposed improvement in thetax structure would be adequate at high levels of employment to yield asurplus in budgets designed to support the ordinary Government functions,plus the cost of the expanded military establishment when it reaches main-tenance levels.

With the additional revenue which might be obtained from carryingthrough the above suggestions, the margin of excess of budget expendituresover receipts would be reduced to about 10 billion dollars a year duringthe period of 1 to 2 years when budget expenditures will be at the peak levelnow contemplated. A considerable portion of this deficit, however, wouldnot result in an addition to the debt held by the public, but would beabsorbed by the excess of some 4 to 5 billion dollars of cash receipts overdisbursements in a number of trust accounts.

The effect of a Government deficit on inflationary pressures is dependentin large degree on the extent to which spending is restrained by methodsother than taxation. Indirect and direct controls help to limit the rise ofincomes. By giving some assurance of price stability, these controls alsoincrease the willingness of consumers to hold their spending to levels ofcurrent need. The tendency of business and consumers not to spend isstrengthened also by cutting down the availability of consumers' and pro-ducers' durable goods, through direct controls imposed on the use of scarcematerials and on the operating rates of industries that consume such mate-rials. In these various ways, spending may be restrained, savings increased,and sources of funds developed as outlets for the Government securitieswhich are issued to finance the deficit. Under conditions expected to pre-vail over the next year or two, when consumer and business spending willbe restrained by various controls, the situation should be favorable for min-imizing the inflationary impact of deficits of moderate size and duration.

State and local government fiscal policies

The present defense economy finds State and local governments withimportant responsibilities, not only for direct participation in defense activi-ties but also for supporting the Federal programs and policies made neces-sary by the defense effort. These governments, for instance, have primaryresponsibility for civil defense and the many financial and operationalproblems which it entails. They must also provide special services, orexpand their normal governmental services, in areas where there is a largepopulation influx because of defense activities. The Federal Government,under the terms of existing or proposed legislation, will help to relieve themore serious instances of defense-imposed burdens.

136


It is of equal importance that State and local finances be conducted insuch a manner that positive support will be given national policies and objec-tives. In the interest of reducing inflationary pressures, any surplusesshould, be used to retire debt, or build up reserves to ease future financialproblems. Continued restraint in borrowing is, of course, essential. Inconnection with the Voluntary Credit Restraint Program, in which theState and local governments are cooperating, criteria have been developedfor appraising the essentiality of State and local bond issues.

Cooperation along these general lines was of great value during WorldWar II. There are many indications that State and local officials are noless aware of their responsibilities today.

MAINTAINING ECONOMIC STABILITY

Outlook for inflationary pressures

The relative price stability during the last 9 months of 1951 reflected threeconditions: first, a series of direct and indirect controls which limitedprices, wages, credit, and the expansion of incomes; second, a voluntary dis-position on the part of consumers to buy more cautiously and to save more;and third, a reduction in inventory buying by business and inventory liquida-tion in some lines of civilian goods. These three conditions interacted uponone another. The controls would not have been as effective in holding theprice line, in the face of rising incomes, without the trend toward increasedvoluntary saving; the increased saving would probably not have been sopronounced if the imposition of controls had not put a brake upon theinflationary spiral which succeeded the Chinese intervention and whichinduced speculative buying; and the controls would not have been so effec-tive, nor consumer and business buying so cautious, if it had not been forthe large inventories accumulated in the previous period. The impact ofrising security expenditures on economic stability in 1952 turns upon thesethree interacting conditions.

Within this year, national security expenditures are again scheduled torise by an annual rate of about 20 billion dollars. More people will bedrawn into the labor force, some will shift to higher paying defense jobs, andsome will work longer hours at premium pay. In addition, some wageadjustments will occur. While increased taxes can take a large bite outof these increases in income, a substantial proportion—perhaps two-thirds—will be added to spendable funds. If the increase in total output duringthe year is at the rate of at least 5 percent, it is estimated that disposableincome within the year would rise by about 15 billion dollars.

The first issue to be considered is how much of this additional income willbe saved and how much spent. If the recent high rate of consumer savingshould continue, the amount of additional buying would only moderatelyexceed the amount of additional civilian supplies that can be made availablewithout hurting defense production. But if consumers or business should

137


again intensify their buying, and if the rate of saving should decline and theuse of credit expand, serious inflationary pressures would result.

The shift in the saving rate, from an average of 5 percent or less to around10 percent during the last three quarters of 1951, reflected some temporaryfactors. These included a reaction to previous buying sprees, to higherprices, and to credit tightening. But it is not unlikely that many Americanfamilies, who during World War II had their first opportunity to build upsome reserves, have become more "saving conscious." Having satisfiedurgent demands for many consumer durables by 1951, they may now beready to replenish their liquid asset reserves, and to attain a higher levelof family and personal security. As shown in chart 36, the increase in thevolume of cash, deposits, and Government bonds has been less than the rise

CHART 36

CHANGES IN PERSONAL ASSETS AND PRICESindividual holdings of liquid assets have increased substantially sincethe end of World War II but their purchasing power has decreasedbecause of the large rise in consumers' prices..

I N D E X , END OF 1945 = 100

160

150 -

140 —

130

120

110

100

END OF YEAR

J N D E X , E N D OF 1945«100

160

CONSUMERS' PRICES

/PRIVATE INSURANCE EQUITIES / ..«vx-i

O

150

140

130

120

110

1001946 1947 1948 1949 1950

J/ INCLUDES CURRENCY AND DEPOSITS, SAVINGS AND LOAN SHARES, AND U.S. GOVERNMENTSECURITIES OTHER THAN TERMINAL LEAVE BONDS.

_2/ PRELIMINARY ESTIMATES BY COUNCIL OF ECONOMIC ADVISERS.

, SOURCE: SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (EXCEPT AS NOTED).

138


in prices since the end of World War II, while the private insurance equitieshave little more than kept pace with prices. Further, the increase inpersonal debt has been greater than the increase in financial assets, such asbonds, stocks, and deposits, during the past several years. A reversal ofthis trend at some time was inevitable, and it came last year with a sig-nificant increase in more liquid forms of savings and a less rapid rise in debt.

Nevertheless, while there are grounds for anticipating a continued highsaving rate, it would be unwarranted to base economic policy on the ex-pectancy that so high a rate as the recent rate or an even higher rate can bemaintained. Even with the continuance and further improvement of theanti-inflationary measures which affected income and saving last year, andwith shortages of major durables, there may be some tendency on the partof consumers to revert to a more normal rate of buying. Also, businessbuying may become more active as a lower ratio of inventories to sales isestablished. Consumers and businesses are going to have ample funds fora rapid increase in buying.

The rate of business investment in plant and equipment is also an im-portant factor bearing on the outlook for inflationary pressures. Suchinvestment was carried on at an unprecedentedly high rate during 1951, andthe plans of businessmen indicate further expansion, at least in the earlypart of 1952. It seems probable that the major factor limiting the size ofbusiness investment will not be the desire of business concerns to expand,but the availability of scarce materials and machine tools. Material short-ages may force business investment in plant and equipment to contractsomewhat by the latter part of 1952. Commercial and residential con-struction also is being reduced.

The outlook now is that there will be some increase in inflationary pres-sures, but that it may be held to a moderate magnitude, even with rapidlyrising defense spending, if the brakes upon inflation which were applied in1951 are not relaxed. But any relaxation would increase the possibilityof another inflationary upsurge, which could be even more serious thanthat of mid-1950 or of a year ago because it would start from tighter con-ditions of supply in many sectors of the economy.

The reasonable success during 1951 in maintaining stability cannot beattributed to any one cause. Tax increases, credit measures, price andwage controls, and the various allocation policies interacted upon oneanother. Each link in the chain was essential.

An outstanding feature of 1951 was that stability was maintained despitethe shift during the course of the year from a Government surplus to a largedeficit. This does not mean that the inflationary pressures would not havebeen much greater if the deficit had not been reduced by the large taxiincreases which took effect. But it does mean that, in addition to thetax measures discussed in the preceding section, a variety of other measuresmust be relied upon to continue their contribution toward over-all stability.

139977891—52 10


Relationship among stabilization measures

However inflation may be defined, there is no dissent from the view thatthe ultimate consequence which gives concern is the increase in prices, andespecially the increase in prices paid by consumers. Economic policy toforestall price increases must include, first of all, measures to restrain forceswhich cause higher prices. These measures, which include tax and generalcredit measures, are sometimes referred to as dealing with the fundamentalcauses of inflation rather than its symptoms. But as a practical matter,the economic situation at times does not permit pushing such measures farenough to do the whole job alone.

In fact, if such measures are pushed too far, they may operate to frustratetheir purpose. Tax policy and general credit policy, as measures tostabilize prices, illustrate this. Each is aimed at limiting some of the causesof price increases, rather than at holding the line on prices when other con-ditions are pushing the market upward. But each has some partiallyoffsetting effect in adding to the upward pressure. Higher taxes reduce thebuying power of consumers and business. In this way they are deflationary.But they also may heighten the demand for higher wages and for largergross business profits, which is an inflationary aspect. General credit policy,as distinguished from selective credit controls, is designed to dampen busi-ness investment generally, and thereby to stabilize prices. But the increasein interest rates, which is either the principal tool of general credit policy oris its normal consequence, is an increase in the cost of capital, and this in-volves an increase in costs of production and may tend to press prices up-ward. Moreover, both tax and credit measures, if pushed too far, may soimpede production as to be self-defeating.

Consequently, in the current situation, it is necessary to turn also tocontrols which will directly prevent the inflationary forces from producingtheir normal effect upon market prices. It is incorrect to say that thesecontrols treat only the symptoms, and not the fundamental causes, of infla-tion. In practical effect, they restrain the growth of inflationary forces,besides helping to hold the price line against such forces. It is seriouslymisleading to think in terms of two distinct categories, one of policies whichwill restrain forces leading to price increases, and the other of policies whichwill hold down price increases despite the upward trend of the market.

Wage control is a good example of a policy which combines these ob-jectives. Wage advances mean higher costs of production, and higher costsof production are a powerful force in raising prices. Wage increases alsoexpand consumer buying power, which is equally potent in its effect uponmarket prices. But wage control, while directed to restraining these forceswhich directly influence prices, is also designed to break an inflationaryspiral already under way, by holding the line on wages which would normallyrise in response to conditions of a tight labor market and a rising cost ofliving.

140


Price control policy, although usually thought of as a measure to preventprice increases which would otherwise be caused by other forces, also has thepurpose of restraining the inflationary spiral itself. The interaction of pricesis obvious. A rise in one price affects many others, and the stabilization ofany one price limits some of the force which is pressing upward the price ofother goods. Price control also has the purpose of limiting the increase inincomes,, which is the normal result of advancing price levels.

Credit policyDuring the first quarter of 1951, several measures to limit the inflationary

expansion of private credit were added to those which had been undertakenin the second half of 1950. These included increases in the reserves requiredof member banks; further steps to check the transfer of Government securi-ties to Federal Reserve banks, and thus to curtail a large source of newlending power for banks and other financial institutions; the inaugurationof the Voluntary Credit Restraint Program; and the tightening of selectivecredit controls requirements.

During the last 9 months of the year, no new measures were initiated totighten credit. In fact, as a result of congressional action, down pay-ments were decreased and maximum maturity periods lengthened in con-nection with loans for consumer durables and for housing. In addition,beginning at the end of September, the Federal Reserve System added about900 million dollars to its holdings of Government obligations, to relieve anacute tightness of credit while the Treasury was engaged in a considerablevolume of new financing and refinancing. During October and November,the Federal Reserve reduced its portfolio of Government securities to aboutthe level which it held early in September.

It seems reasonable to conclude that credit policies, both of a general andselective character, contributed to the relative stability of the last 9 months.However, credit policy should now be adjusted to differences between thesituation in 1951 and that likely for the period ahead. Private credit expan-sion is likely to become a less important inflationary factor, and the rising gapbetween money income and civilian goods a more important one. Businessdemand for loans to finance construction and inventory accumulation willprobably be more greatly curbed by the allocation of materials than earlier inthe defense period. It would be unwise, however, to rely unduly on thisdevelopment and to relax present credit restraints. Credit for some non-business purposes, such as instalment and mortgage credit on houses, mayexpand to compound the problem presented by rising incomes. The sup-ply of private funds for mortgage loans may also increase, as financinginstitutions which invest heavily in mortgages accumulate funds from higherpersonal saving and from repayments of existing loans. In this situation,there may have to be greater reliance on selective credit controls.

In addition, the situation with regard to Treasury financing will change.The deficit in the fiscal year 1953 will be substantial. It will be sound policy

141


for the Treasury to borrow new funds insofar as possible from nonbanksources, to minimize the inflationary potential of the deficit. Greater limi-tations on the opportunities to make private loans because of allocationsof materials, restraints on the demand for credit, and high levels of personalliquid saving may help to provide investors with funds for investment inGovernment securities, to a considerable extent in long-term issues. Itwill be an important goal of economic policy to develop and maintain marketconditions favorable to the flotation of the largest feasible quantity of long-term obligations.

Concern for debt management objectives does not require that generalcredit policy be withdrawn from the struggle against inflation. The tacticsthat are used to curtail the supply of lendable funds may merely have to bemodified to suit new situations; for example, the instrument of reserve re-quirements may have to be relied upon more heavily than in the past. Inorder that credit policy may function more effectively during the nextphase of mobilization, the Council recommends that there should be re-stored to administrative authority a more flexible discretion in the formula-tion of selective credit regulations.

It is also suggested that the Board of Governors of the Federal ReserveSystem be given additional authority over reserve requirements. In theopinion of the Council, higher rese'rve requirements may be a suitablemeans of curbing bank lending in certain specific situations. Increasedreserve requirements can be used to offset bank lending power arisingfrom Federal Reserve purchases of Government securities or from goldimports. One plan for increased authority over reserve requirements,which has been previously recommended by the Council, would permitcertain Government securities to be carried as reserves. If banks werepermitted to carry Government obligations in reserves, there would besome inducement to hold these securities rather than to offer them on themarket, with the possible consequence of the creation of new lending powerthrough Federal Reserve bank purchases.

Separate note by Mr. Clark upon monetary and credit policy

No economic theory relating to the stabilization of the economy is moreimportant than that of general monetary policy, which many believe can ofitself accomplish the stabilization purposes of the Employment Act of 1946,but the usefulness whereof in a strong inflationary movement has been chal-lenged in former reports of the Council of Economic Advisers.

Early in 1950, the Douglas committee regretfully commented that "Ourmonetary history gives little indication as to how effectively we can expectappropriate and vigorous monetary policies to promote stability, for we havenever really tried them." This is not quite accurate. Monetary policy wasused vigorously in 1920, and the resulting "stabilization" was a disaster thefarmers have not yet forgotten. It was used again in 1928-29, and of thatepisode the British expert, Hawtrey, has said, "The dear money policy ac-

142


complished its purpose in the end. It stopped speculation by stoppingprosperity."

We are now able to study efforts to establish the stabilization value ofmonetary policy in our greater economy in which the institution of bankinghas been revolutionized by a great national debt which has multiplied theliquid assets in bank portfolios. The Council of Economic Advisers, which,unlike other Government agencies, has the responsibility of considering allnational economic policies and their effect upon each other, must giveattention to the collateral consequences when it studies our recent experi-ence. In the light of the problems of a defense program which must beintegrated, the following anomalies created by monetary policy stand out.

It has enabled the banks to increase their earnings more than enoughto match the heavy increase in their taxes in 1951. Nearly every otherbusiness and industry found net profits reduced as result of Governmentpolicies under the defense program.

An increase of one-third in the basic commercial interest rate of largerbanks, leading to general increases in other bank interest rates, was hailed asa valuable contribution to economic stability. All other business men arecriticized when they exploit a situation by raising their prices by a muchsmaller percentage.

When restraint must be imposed elsewhere upon the freedom of decision,the Nation imposes positive control, as in forcing young men into militaryservice, in limiting the production of General Motors, and in fixing prices.To limit the expanding activity of banks, we are offering them larger profitsupon the existing level of loans.

The cost of new private capital has been increased and an effort hasbeen made to tighten credit for industry. Vital defense-related industriesmust expand and the Government will have to finance their expansion tothe extent that private capital is inadequate.

The Government is spending large sums to assemble and distributebusiness information in order that businessmen may reduce to the minimumtheir uncertainties about the trend of the economy and may plan moreconfidently. Monetary policy is being based upon the principle that thefinancial world must be kept in great uncertainty about future interest ratesand the availability of credit.

There is general agreement that every effort should be made to placethe Government debt in long-term bonds in nonbank Tiands. The Treas-ury now finds no market for long-terms and its heavy financing has to bein the form of short-term securities eligible for bank portfolios.

When the size of Government expenditures is giving us deep concern,the interest charge on the Government debt is increasing.

If these miscarriages were the unavoidable results of a monetary policywhich is a successful instrument to stabilize the economy, they might beaccepted. I do not believe that monetary policy can be successfully used

143


for that purpose in the kind of economy and institutions which we nowhave. In recent action, that policy has had utterly perverse consequences.

The advance in short-term interest rates in August 1950 was followedby the greatest expansion of business loans in our history.

The increase in long-term rates in March 1951, coming after the pricefreeze in January had taken the steam out of boiling markets and when aseasonal contraction of business borrowing was due, had no effect uponnew business investment.

The more rigorous the use of monetary policy, the more rapid was the in-crease in new investment in plant and equipment, the very channel throughwhich monetary policy, if effective, operates on its way to the final objec-tive of dampening inflationary forces.

And to complete the topsy-turvy picture, the more rapid the growth inmoney supply, creating "more dollars chasing goods," the quieter becamethe consumers' markets. (Conclusion of separate note by Mr. Clark.)

Price controlIn the first stages of price control policy after the general freeze in January

1951, which all recognized could be only temporary, it was necessary to con-centrate upon a large variety of broad-gauged "interim" adjustments toremedy inequities and to bring the price structure into balance. This wasbecause the great upward movement of prices before the freeze had not beenuniform, and had resulted in many advance runners and many laggards.But this process was only to be the prelude to more enduring, more enforce-able "tailored" regulations, i. e., regulations geared to the problems ofindividual industries and commodities.

This work was delayed considerably and complicated by the amend-ments to the Defense Production Act. The amendments weakened thepowers of price control by preventing certain necessary actions and byrequiring a number of adjustments, all of which could only have the effectof raising ceiling prices. After the adjustments required under the law hadbeen carried out, the Office of Price Stabilization was able to push aheadin the autumn with tailored regulations, hinged upon adjustments necessaryto develop a sound and reasonable price structure.

The general policy now should be to hold the price line, while workproceeds vigorously with the issuance of tailored regulations. However,since the new amendments seriously interfere with the effective carryingout of this policy, these amendments should be reviewed and the obstaclesto sound price control eliminated. In addition, the furtherance of thispolicy involves the following tasks.

Narrowing the gap between ceiling and market prices. After the generalfreeze halted the runaway spiral in prices, price controls and the lull in manymarkets resulted in sharp drops in the prices of cotton, wool, fats and oils,hides, and other commodities. When prices fall below ceilings, there arethree alternatives: (1) exempt commodities on a stand-by basis; (2) con-

144


tinue current ceiling prices; or (3) make the ceilings more realistic bylowering them toward the market levels.

In general, it is in the most volatile markets that a substantial gap existsbetween ceiling and market prices. At the time of the general freeze, thesecommodities had advanced excessively, spurred on by a high degree ofspeculation. To maintain these ceiling prices would be to permit the returnof excessively high prices if speculative markets develop. Under these cir-cumstances, and because dangers of general inflation are still present, itwould appear desirable to bring ceilings down to levels much closer to exist-ing market prices, insofar as this is feasible while keeping ceiling prices"generally fair and equitable" as required by law. An effective barrier toany major advance in these wholesale areas would prevent undue pressureagainst retail prices, when markets now weak begin to firm up again. OPShas already taken action of this sort in the cases of glycerin, hides, wool,tallow, soap, detergents, and carpets. Further action is under study withrespect to other commodities.

Stabilization of .consumers3 prices. This is the most difficult task con-fronting the OPS. These prices directly affect the public, and are closelyconnected with the effectiveness of wage stabilization. While part of therecent rise in the consumers' price index reflects seasonal factors, a majorpart results from the lack of adequate control over many items making upthe cost of living. Of the items entering into the consumers' price index,about 17 percent are exempt from price controls by law. These are pri-marily services. In the case of rents, representing another 11 percent, onlypartial controls exist. Only slightly over one-half of the items in the con-sumers' price index are completely under the control of the OPS.

With respect to food prices, the program for controlling beef prices hasbeen weakened by the abolition of slaughtering quotas. Progress has beenmade in developing dollars-and-cents ceilings for a number of food items.Thus, in addition to the beef ceilings, there are dollars-and-cents wholesaleceilings for pork products, lamb, and veal. In the further developmentof simple, enforceable regulations, the OPS is now experimenting in threecities with community dollars-and-cents ceilings covering a wide varietyof grocery items. However, under existing legislation, action to stabilizeretail food prices cannot be completely successful.

Development of pricing standards. With the completion of the"interim" pricing program, the need for standards to guide price controloperations becomes more acute. The kind of standards chosen determinesthe degree to which price control permits escalation of cost increases orrequires absorption. The main formula used to straighten out the distortionsand inequities caused by the general freeze was pre-Korea prices plus speci-fied cost increases up to specified cut-off dates. For the future, to use acost-plus standard would mean continuous escalation of higher costs, andpermit a constantly rising price level.

145


In April, the Director of Economic Stabilization took the first major steptoward the development of permanent standards. He directed the OPS,once the "interim" program was completed, to grant general price increasesto any industry only if its current earnings before taxes fell below 85 percentof its return on net worth in the 3 best years of the period 1946-49. Thepurpose of this directive was to prevent unnecessary price increases byrequiring a reasonable amount of cost absorption and, at the same time,to assure industry of an adequate earnings base. If an increase becamenecessary under this standard, it was not to exceed the amount necessary toassure this minimum rate of earnings.

As this standard applies only when industries seek price relief, two fac-tors have reduced the need for its application. First, the generally highlevel of profits finds most industries earning well above the standard.Second, the "interim" program provided adjustments for industries whichmight otherwise have sought relief under this standard. However, a fewindustries have applied for price relief and their cases are being consideredunder this standard.

The outcome of the current steel case will be a major factor in determin-ing the future of effective price control. It cannot be stated too stronglythat, while effective price control depends upon effective wage stabilization,it also depends upon cost absorption where feasible, instead of automaticescalation of cost increases into price increases.

The problem of standards is not confined to this issue alone. There hasalready been issued a relief standard to provide protection for exceptionallyhigh-cost sellers. There is need for the development of a product standardto govern cases where relief may be in order for an individual product of anindustry, contrasted with all its products. Considerable preliminarywork has been done in developing this standard.

Price control must also be concerned with preventing price ceilings frombecoming an impediment to production in areas vital to defense or essentialcivilian production. In such situations, what is needed is a coordinationof production and price controls. Frequently, the problem is not one ofprice, but of materials, or manpower, or proper use of production controls.But in some cases, price is also a consideration. Price adjustments toencourage production have already been made in the cases of machine toolsand lead and zinc.

Price control over the longer run. A firm price policy does not mean thatprice control should continue indefinitely in every sector of the economyand for every item. If the international situation does not worsen, a risingproduction trend should make it feasible at a later date to reduce substan-tially and progressively the area of coverage of price control. The Councilhas never been impressed with the argument, which seems to prove toomuch, that no prices can be controlled unless all prices are controlled. Afterwe get over the production hump, for the long period ahead we must be

146


prepared and ready to use selective price controls geared to strategic areas.In that situation, we should rely for general stabilization upon other anti-inflation weapons. Except in an emergency period, such as the present,the benefits of general price controls are outweighed by their drawbacks.

Wage stabilization

Wage policy is even more difficult than price policy, because it involvesthe very livelihood of millions of families, who have come to regard periodicwage increases as an index of their progress in an economic society whichthey believe to be strong enough to grant them that progress. Nonetheless,price stabilization cannot be maintained without wage stabilization.

The sound public appreciation that prices and wages must both be sta-bilized if either is to be stabilized has been blurred by the incorrect impres-sion that prices and wages are exactly alike and should be treated exactlythe same. Thus, it is sometimes said that any wage increase must necessitatea price increase; and that where the price line is held absolutely, the wageline must be held absolutely. This is a superficial view. Under conditionsof expanding markets and rising productivity, which has been the long-rangetrend in the American economy, a constant relationship between prices andwages would cause business profits to rise out of line with wage incomes,and would not provide consumer purchasing power sufficient to supportexpanding markets. In a normal peacetime economy, wages should riserelative to prices—by lower prices or higher money wages—when the gen-eral productivity of the economy enlarges. This is fully recognized bybusiness.

This principle, however, is not entirely pertinent to a defense emergency,when a large part of the expanding output is absorbed by the defense pro-gram, and is consequently not available for purchase by consumers. If wageincomes rise as fast or faster than the total of expanding output, while alarge and growing part of this output is bought by the Government, therewill clearly be an inflationary redundancy of consumer buying power, unlesscompensated for by sufficiently higher taxation and a higher rate of saving.Yet entirely to deny productivity increases to wage earners would involvethe greater difficulty of a growing disparity between wages and other formsof income, which are likely in the long run to reflect the productivity andproduction trends of the economy as a whole—and in the long run to movegenerally upward in a defense period. In addition, the flat denial of pro-ductivity increases would remove an important or potentially valuable incen-tive factor.

Consequently, the Council has maintained the position since the com-mencement of the defense emergency that productivity allowances shouldbe included within the framework of a well-rounded wage stabilizationprogram. However, we have urged that these increases should be heldto the likely productivity increases for the economy as a whole—that is, inthe neighborhood of 2 to 3 percent—instead of being allowed to reflect in

147


particular cases a higher rate of productivity increase in particular industries.For the latter course would tend to create a pattern of wage increases underwage stabilization which would necessitate price increases, except amongthose industries or firms where the actual rate of productivity increase ishighest.

Since even the moderate policy of productivity increases here portrayedwould tend to augment the income stream more rapidly than the increasein civilian supplies, such a policy should be accompanied by certain safe-guards. One of these safeguards might be that consideration be given toregard these productivity increases as incentive payments, and to tie themin with efforts on the part both of employers and workers to maximizeactual productivity increases. Another safeguard would result if, in accordwith suggestions which the Council has made before, more systematizedefforts were made to divert necessary wage increases into forms of savingrather than into immediate payments for immediate spending purposes.This we believe to be one of the most neglected areas in the program thus far.For practical reasons, the Council has favored cost-of-living adjustments.These can be consistent with the stabilization program if sufficient effortsare made to hold the price line. The difficult necessity of a sufficientlyflexible wage program to maintain equity, incentives, and industrial peacepoints up the urgency of a sufficiently strong tax, credit, and voluntary sav-ings program to curtail excessive spending.

The Council views with approval the very substantial progress alreadymade by the Wage Stabilization Board toward firming up elements in itswage stabilization program, and urges speed in the work now under way toclose the remaining gaps in wage policy. We have repeatedly stressed thatwage stabilization requires a fairly stable and established wage policy,enunciated generally and adhered to firmly. General policies must ofcourse be administered, and in applying them to particular cases the Boardmust properly be concerned with avoiding hardship and inequities. Yet wehave never believed that a purely pragmatic adjustment of the wage policyto suit the exigencies of each hard case as it arises could result in effectivewage stabilization. A bad wage policy is not better than no wage policy;but a moderately good and firm wage policy is better in the long run thana highly uncertain wage policy would be even if the latter achieved moreperfect results in a few specific cases. This is certainly true from the view-point of general public understanding and support, an overwhelminglyimportant consideration under current conditions.

The problem of longer-range stability

Increasing interest is being manifested in the outlook for the economy, ifand when international difficulties subside and the defense program is cor-respondingly reduced. Even when the defense program levels off at arelatively constant figure, the great build-up now under way in productive

148


facilities will leave us year by year with increasing resources seeking non-defense utilization. While the urgency of dealing with our immediatedefense problems is so great as to demand concentrated attention, it wouldbe a lack of foresight not to give serious thought and study to more distantproblems also. In some respects, immediate policies can take accountof these more distant problems without sacrificing immediate objectives.In any event, concern about the more distant future, implanted in theminds of the producing community, has an important bearing upon thevigor of their commitment toward the defense effort itself. It is thereforedesirable to discuss certain aspects of this issue now.

In the first place, it should be recognized that we are likely to be con-fronted with a new set of problems before the defense period is over. Forexample, unless the international situation worsens, there should be withina year or two an ample supply of steel and some other materials now in shortsupply. This will permit the modification of some of the materials controls.But at that time, with purchasing power so ample and a new backlog ofdemand for durables built up, there may well develop a new phase of infla-tionary pressures from private and public spending which will require somecontainment. This is one of the reasons why there should be continuouslyavailable an ample and flexible assortment of economic tools to be adjustedquickly to changing situations. Particularly, as we look forward to theprogressive relaxation of the direct controls, the tax structure and creditdevices should be brought to a better state of readiness for dealing with newconditions. As restrictions upon materials are released, some credit controlsmay be more needed a year hence than they are now.

We should also be prepared for another contingency. If at the timedefense spending declines, business investment and consumer spendingwere also to decline, the result would be a period of slackness, whichalthough perhaps temporary, might require changes in policies regardingtaxation, controls, and long-range public programs.

While it is now desirable to be better prepared to meet changing economicproblems both within and beyond the defense period, the precise unfoldingof economic events cannot be forecast with enough precision to justify nowthe making of those blueprints for which some are calling. Instead, wemay draw assurance from the knowledge that the general techniques to beused when conditions change are fairly well-known and accepted. Thereis always a need for continuing and intense study of the specific ways inwhich private and public policies can be Applied to cope with changingeconomic conditions.

Another point of interest is the convex n of some parts of the businesscommunity that those programs of rapid expansion, which are now neededto support the defense effort, will result in considerable excess capacity whenthe defense effort levels off on a maintenance basis. Those voicing thisconcern should be mindful that, if we should falter in the current effort,

149


we could lose all. Adjustments, of course, will have to be made. Wecannot expect all economic activities to continue at all times on an equallyhigh level. However, recent experience illustrates the capacity of our eco-nomic system for flexible adjustment to a decline in defense outlays.Although World War II was unfortunately succeeded by the cold war,the annual level of public outlays was reduced by more than 60 billiondollars between 1944 and 1947, and sustained at this lower level until wellinto 1950. With only minor faltering, these years evidenced new highlevels of peacetime production and employment. A rising standard of livingabsorbed quite fully our expanded productive facilities in factory and field.

It is sometimes said that this new postwar experience of avoiding majordislocation for so long a time was due to the great backlog of demand builtup during World War II. Undoubtedly, this was an important factor.But much of the rise in the standard of living, contrasted with the yearsbefore the war, was, for instance, in many services, where obviously there wasno such thing as a backlog. And it is highly probable, although insufficienteconomic analysis has been devoted to this problem, that the high demandfor durables from 1946 until now has been due not mainly to backlogs,but rather to the fact that people always have a wide range of unfilleddesires—if not pressing needs—which they will try to satisfy as soon asthe incomes and productive capacity of the Nation rise sufficiently. Inaddition, a variety of Government programs and private action, as well havecontributed greater stability to incomes, so that it may be easier to main-tain relatively full employment. The current defense effort will be buildingup new backlogs for housing, for other durables, and for some types ofindustrial expansion, which are now being deferred to make way for theexpansion of the industrial mobilization base. There is no reason to acceptthe gloomy hypothesis that we would do a worse job of adjustment whendefense spending declines than we did after World War II, particularlysince the reduction of defense outlays in the future would be far smaller inproportion to the Nation's economy than the reductions which took placebetween 1944 and 1947.

This generally favorable outlook does not mean that long-range problemsare being ignored. As a matter of fact, the current defense build-uprepresents a blending of factors which include consideration of the longer-range future. The size of the military program itself represents somecalculated risks, which weigh the desirability of maximum military strengthagainst the desirability of avoiding excessive dislocations in the generaleconomy. None of the basic expansion programs has gone beyond thecapacity of a reasonably full employment economy to absorb output a fewyears hence, even in the event of a much reduced defense program. Thisconsideration, as well as current shortages of materials, has entered intothe determination of how large these expansion programs should be.

150


One further point should be added. The better the current job is done,the more assurance the economic community will have about the future.Insofar as industrial dislocation is held to a minimum under the currentprogram, industry and labor will share the confidence that greater disloca-tions can be avoided in later years by the same application of prudent,consistent, and timely policies as the need arises.

151


Appendix AStatistical Tables Relating to the Nation's

Economic Budget

CONTENTSPage

A-l. The Nation's Economic Budget, calendar years 1950 and 1951 157A-2. Consumer account, calendar years 1950 and 1951 158A-3. Business account, calendar years 1950 and 1951 158A-4. International account, calendar years 1950 and 1951 159A—5. Government account (Federal, State, and local), calendar years 1950 and

1951. . 160A-6. Federal cash receipts from the public other than borrowing, calendar years

1950 and 1951 161A-7. Federal cash payments to the public by function, calendar years 1950 and

1951 161A-8. Federal cash payments to the public by type of recipient and transaction,

calendar years 1950 and 1951 162

153


The Na t ion ' s Economic Budge t

The Nation's Economic Budget provides a comprehensive view of nationaleconomic activity by major economic groups: consumers, business, govern-ment, and "international." The receipts and expenditures of these groupsand the net addition to or absorption of saving for the calendar year 1950and the first and second halves of 1951 are shown in table A-l.

Column 1 indicates the major flow of receipts or income. Receipts aredivided into two categories: income from current production and receiptsof transfers and interest. The total of incomes from current production(shown in roman type and adjusted for the statistical discrepancy betweentotal receipts and expenditures) equals current output, or the gross nationalproduct.

Expenditures for current output and government transfer payments areshown in column 2. The gross national product comprises only the expendi-tures for current output. Government expenditures for goods and services(i. e., expenditures for current output) plus government transfer paymentsequal government cash payments.

Government cash transfers, on the expenditures side in column 2, areshown as receipts by consumers and by foreign countries and internationalinstitutions in column 1. The sum of these transfer receipts is approxi-mately equal to government transfer payments in the accompanying table.Some discrepancy is due to the use of somewhat different bases for measure-ment of various components of receipts and payments. For example, gov-ernment interest payments are recorded on a cash basis; interest receipts ofconsumers are recorded on a net accrual basis and include interest paid bygovernment corporations. The difference resulting from the two methods ofestimating is included in the adjustment item (line 20).

Column 3 shows the excess of receipts ( - f ) or expenditures ( — ) for thevarious accounts: personal net saving, the government cash surplus ordeficit, the excess of international receipts or investment, and the excessof gross investment over business receipts. The total excess of receipts insome accounts must equal the total excess of expenditures in others, sincenational income and product are conceptually equal. Personal net saving,for example, which represents an excess of receipts, must be matched by anexcess of investment by business or by a government deficit, or both. (Also,the adjustments made in column 1 must be carried over into column 3 inorder to complete the balance between the positive and negative items.)

X55977891—52 11


While the summary table on the Nation's Economic Budget gives a com-prehensive view of recent economic changes, additional detail on receiptsand expenditures is needed for analytical purposes, as is shown in the tablesthat follow. More complete statistics for recent years on national incomeand product and their components can be found in the National IncomeSupplement to the Survey of Current Business, July 1951. Data relating tothe cash budget of the Federal Government are from the Budget of theUnited States.

156


TABLE A—1.—The Nation's Economic Budget, calendar years 1950 and 1951


Economic group

CONSUMERS

1. Disposable income arising fromcurrent production

8. Government transfers and net inter-est payments ..

3 Disposable personal income4! Personal consumption expendi-

tures ----5 Personal saving (-J-)

BUSINESS

6. Retained receipts from currentproduction

7. Gross private domestic invest-ment

8 Excess of investment ( — )

INTERNATIONAL

9 Cash loans abroad10. Net foreign investment- _.11. Excess of receipts (+) or in-

vestment (— ) _

GOVERNMENT (FEDERAL, STATE, ANDLOCAL)

12 Tax payments or liabilitiesIS. Adjustment to cash basis

14. Cash receipts from the public... .15. Purchases of goods and services. _16 Government transfer payments.

17. Cash payments to the public18. Excess of receipts (+) or

payments (— )

ADJUSTMENTS

19. For receipts relating to grossnational product 2 _ ^

80. Other adjustments 3

21. Gross national product

1950

Re-ceipts

185.2

19.0

804.3

29 7

-.1

69 8-9.0

60.8

.......

-2.1+8.9

282.6

Ex-pendi-tures

193.6

48.9

-2.3

42.518 8

61.3

282.6

Excessof re-ceipts(+) or

ex-pendi-tures

~+'ib~7~

JQ 2

+88

— 5

—2 1+8.9

1951, first half

Re-ceipts

202.8

16.4

819 S

27 6

.5

90 5—18.8

78.3

+2 4+10.1

323.4

Ex-pendi-tures

205.0

62.8

-1.4

56.914.7

71.6

323.4


ex-pendi-tures

~+~U~s~

-35.8

+1 7

+6.7

+2.4+10.1

1951, second half 1

Re-ceipts

209. 6

16 6

886 4

33 2

.8

87 4—7.8

80.8

+5.6

330.3

Ex-pendi-tures

203.8

54.8

1.6

70.115 8

85.3

330.3


ex-pendi-tures

"+88'.~6

-81.6

-1.4

-6.1

+5.5

i Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.« These adjustments bring the estimates on the receipts side into agreement with those on the expendi-

tures side of the accounts. They include the statistical discrepancy less "subsidies less current surplus ofgovernment enterprises." The statistical discrepancy represents the difference between the two inde-pendent estimates of gross national product: income received from current output and expenditures forthis output. "Subsidies less current surplus of government enterprises" are included in national income,but not in the gross national product.

3 "Other adjustments" are net and are the amount necessary for balancing the excess of receipts (+) withthe excess of expenditures (—). They are required because some items of government cash payments areeither not recorded in private receipts at all (such as purchases of existing assets), or they are recorded ina different time period from that in which payment is made. Government cash receipts also include someitems not deducted from private incomes, or deducted in a different period.

NOTE.—Items relating to current production of goods and services are shown in roman type. Transferpayments and receipts and other items not included in the gross national product are shown in italics.Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.

Sources: Based on the national income and product statistics of the Department of Commerce and onFederal cash receipts from and payments to the public estimated by the Bureau of the Budget and theTreasury Department. See also footnote 1.


TABLE A-2.—Consumer account, calendar years 1950 and 1951


Receipts or expenditures

Personal income arising from current production of goods and services:Wage and salary receipts and other labor incomeFarm proprietors' income . _B usiness and professional income 2_. _. _ _DividendsPrivate interest and rental incomeBusiness transfer payments _ .

Total — . . . -Plus:

Net interest paid by governmentDividend on National Service Life Insurance -_ ._Other government transfers to individuals

Equals: Total personal incomeLess* Personal tax and nontax payments

Equals: Disposable personal income -. _ _Less* Personal consumption expenditures 3

Equals* Personal net saving (+)

ADDENDUM

Personal income arising from current production . -Less: Personal tax and nontax payments _„ _

Equals* Disposable income arising from current production

1950

146.413.722.39.2

13.4.8

205, 7

4.72.7

11.6

224.720.5

204.3193.6

+10.7

205.720.5

185. 2

Total i

169.817.023.69.5

14.1.8

234.8

4.8.5

11.2

251.328.4

222.8204.4

+18.5

234.828.4

206.4

1951

Firsthalf

166.516.423.89.2

13.8.8

230.5

4.8.3

11.3

247.027.7

219.3205.0

+14.3

230.527.7

202.8

Secondhalf'

173 017 623 49 8

14 2g

238 8

4 8.8

11 0

255 629 2

226 4203 8

+22 6

238 829 2

209 6

1 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.2 Includes adjustment for inventory valuation.-3 For detail, see appendix table B-4.

NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: See table A-l.

TABLE A-3.—Business account, calendar years 1950 and 1951


Receipts or investment

Corporate profits before taxLess* Corporate tax liability 3

Dividend payments

Equals* Corporate undistributed profitsPlus* Capital consumption allowances 3

Corporate inventory valuation adjustment 4

Equals: Retained business receipts from current productionLess: Gross private domestic investment: «

New constructionResidential (nonfarm) _ - _Other private construction

Producers' durable equipmentChange in inventories

Total

Equals* Excess of receipts (+) or investment (— ) .

1950

41.418.69 2

13 621.2

—5.1

29.7

22 112.69 5

22.54 3

48.9

—19 2

Total »

44 826 79 5

8 623 5

—1 7

30 4

22 210 811 427 69 1

58 8

—28 4

1951

Firsthalf

48 629 o9 2

10 422 8

—5 6

27 g

23 211 911 326 613 1

62 8

—35 2

Secondhalf i

41 024 49 8

6 824 22 2

33 2

21 29 8

11 428 65 0

54 8

—21 6

1 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers,2 Federal and State corporate income and excess profits taxes.3 Includes capital consumption allowances on noncorporate capital, including residences.* The adjustment measures the excess of the value of the change in the volume of nonfarm business in-

ventories, valued at average prices during the period, over the change in the book value.* For additional detail, see appendix table B-5.


158


TABLE A-4.—International account, calendar years 1950 and 1951


Receipts or investment

Receipts:U. S. Government cash long-term loans (net)2 - _ _Plus: Cash payments to International Monetary Fund and Inter-

national Bank _ „ _,

Equals: U. S. Government cash transfers on loans (foreign receipts).

Investment:Surplus of exports of goods and services _. .Less: Net unilateral transfers: fi

Government 6 _. . _ _. .Private

Equals: Net foreign investment . _. __ .. __

Excess of receipts (+) or investment (— )

1950

0.28 -.3

-.1

2.3

4.15

-2.3

+2.2

Total »

0.3

(<)

.3

5.0

4.54

.1

+ 2

1951

Firsthalf

0.3

(4)

.3

3.6

4.64

—1.4

+1 7

Secondhalf1

0.2

(4)

.2

6.5

4.4.4

1.6

—1.4

1 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.2 Includes only cash withdrawals under loan agreements. Does not include noncash transactions such

as lend-lease and surplus property credits.3 In 1950, the International Monetary Fund returned 262 million dollars in cash to the U. S. Treasury

in exchange for United States notes.4 Less than 50 million dollars.6 Net unilateral transfers are included with government or private expenditures for goods and services.For example, remittances (gifts) made by American citizens to relatives or charitable groups abroad areincluded with consumer expenditures. Government aid in the form of grants is included in governmentpurchases of goods and services. Thus, net unilateral transfers must be deducted from the export surplusto avoid double counting.6 Unilateral aid included in appendix table A-8 is on a Daily Treasury Statement basis and is gross.


159


TABLE A-5.—Government account (Federal, State, and local), calendar years 1950 and 1951 J


Eeceipts or expenditures

Receipts:Tax and nontax payments or liabilities: 3

FederalState and local _

TotalAdjustment to cash basis *

Cash receipts from the public

Expenditures:Purchases of goods and services:

FederalState and local

Total _

Other Government payments:Transfers to individualsCash interest payments to public 8

Loans to foreign governments and subscriptions to Interna-tional Bank and International Monetary Fund (net)6

All other »

Total

Cash payments to the public

Cash surplus (+) or deficit (— ) . . ...

ADDENDUMFederal:

Cash receiptsCash payments

Surplus (+) or deficit (— ) _

State and local:Cash receiptsCash payments

Surplus (+) or deficit (— )

1950

50 519.3

69.8-9 0

60 8

22.819 7

42.5

14 34.6

—.1

18.8

61.3

-.5

42.442 0

+.4

18.419.3

— 9

Total 2

68 021.0

89.0—9 7

79 3

41.921 6

63.5

11 74.5

.3—1.5

14.9

78.4

+.8

59.358 0

+1.2

20 020.4

— 4

1951

Firsthalf

69 620.9

90.5— 12 2

78 3

35.621 2

56.9

11 64 4

.3-1.6

14.7

71.6

4-6 7

58.651 4

+7.2

19 720.2

— 5

Secondhalf 2

66.421.0

87.4—7.2

80.2

48.221.9

70.1

11.84.6

.2-1.4

15.2

85.3

-5.1

60.064.7

-4.7

20.220.6

— 4

1 This table reconciles cash receipts and payments to the public with estimates of government receiptsand expenditures included in the national income and product accounts. Cash receipts or paymentsrepresent the consolidated cash accounts of the Federal Government, including the trust funds, and State-local governments. All intragovernmental transactions are excluded. The receipts of government cor-porations and the Post Office are offset against expenditures and the net expenditure included as a cashpayment. Grants-in-aid to State and local governments are included as a cash payment of the FederalGovernment and not included as either a receipt or payment of the States or localities.

2 Estimates based on incomplete data.3 Personal and indirect business tax payments, corporation tax liabilities (including excess profits tax

liabilities), and contributions for social insurance.4 Consists of deductions from government employees' salaries for retirement funds, government con-

tributions to retirement funds, National Service Life Insurance and U. S. Government Life Insurancefunds, and excess of personal and corporation tax liabilities over receipts. Cash receipts also include someitems of miscellaneous receipts not included in tax and nontax payments, such as receipts from sales ofsurplus property.

5 Does not agree with net interest paid by government (appendix table A-2) which is on a net accrualbasis and includes interest paid by government corporations.

6 See appendix table A-4, International account.7 Includes all other cash payments less noncash payments for goods and services. Other cash payments

include net payments by government corporations (except capital formation), net prepayments (deliveriesin advance of payments being subtracted), and the excess of checks paid over checks issued. Noncashpurchases of goods and services include deductions from government employees' salaries for retirementfunds and the government contribution to such funds.


160


TABLE A-6.—-Federal cash receiptsfrom the public other than borrowing, calendar years 1'950 and 1951


Source

Direct taxes on individuals . __ _ _ _Direct taxes on corporationsEmployment taxes _ __Excises and customs _ _Deposits by States, unemployment insuranceVeterans' life insurance premiums _OtherLess: Refunds of receipts

Total Federal cash receipts from the public

1950

19.29.93.48.61.2.5

1.7-2.2

42.4

Total i

27.216.54.39.21.5.5

2 2-2.1

59.3

1951

Firsthalf

26.616.54.29.21.4.6

2 1—2. 1

58.6

Secondhalf»

27.816.54.49.21.6.5

2.2-2.1

60.0

i Estimates based on incomplete data.


TABLE A—7.—Federal cash payments to the public by function., calendar years 1950 and 1951


Function

Military services ___International security and foreign relationsVeterans' services and benefits.. _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Social security, welfare, and healthAgriculture and agricultural resourcesInterest _OtherDeduction from Federal employees' salaries for retirementClearing account for outstanding checks and telegraphic reports


1950

13.54.08.93.31.34.37.1-.4

42.0

Total i

30.64 86.04 4.9

4.27.4

— . 4.1

58 0

1951

Firsthalf

25.45.05.94 3.7

4.16.3

— . 4—.1

51.4

Secondhalfi

35.84.66.14.51.04.38.5-.4

.3

64.7

i Estimates based on incomplete data.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: See table A-l.

161


TABLE A~8.—Federal cash payments to the public by type of recipient and transaction, calendaryears 1950 and 1951


Cash payments

Direct cash payments for goods and services, excluding military services: 2

Payments to individuals for services rendered:Civilian wages and salaries (excluding Post Office):

Federal 3Grants- and loans-in-aid for performance of specified

services, net * _ _.

Total

Payments to business for goods and services:Public works:

FederalGrants-in-aid and loans for public works

Other goods and services 5 :Payments to foreign countries and international institutions

for goods and services . _ _ _

Total

Loans and transfer payments to individuals:Social insurance and public assistance:

Federal employees' retirement benefit payments ...Old-age and disability benefit paymentsUnemployment insurance benefit paymentsGrants-in-aid for public assistance

Readjustment benefits, pensions, and other payments to veterans 7.Loans to home owners, netInterest^8 _Other «_ .

Total

Loans, investments, subsidies, and other transfers to business andagriculture:

Farmers:Price support, net (including supply program)International Wheat AgreementOther loans and direct subsidies to farmers _.

Business:Home mortgage purchases from financial institutions .Loans, netDirect subsidy payments

Subsidy arising from the postal deficitInterest 8_-

Total

Loans and transfer payments to foreign countries and internationalinstitutions:

Unilateral transfers:Military aidEconomic aid

LoansSubscriptions to the International Bank and Monetary Fund (net

cash withdrawals) .

Total

Military services — cash payments for goods and services ̂

Clearing account for outstanding checks and telegraphic reports..


1950

2 6

.8

3.5

1 7.6.9

.1

3 3

.31 31.51.17.6"

— .21.3.7

13 5

(6).1.7

.4(6)

(66

3.0

4.8

.43 5.2

-.3

3.8

13.2

-.1

42.0

Total *

2 8

.8

3.7

1 9.6.8

.1

3 4

.32 2.9

1.25.2.1

1.2.2

11 3

—.4.2.7

.5(6)(6)

73.0

4.6

1.62 8.3

(6)

4.6

30.3

.1

58.0

1951

Firsthalf

2 7

.8

3.5

1 8.6.5

(6)

2 8

.32 2.9

1.25.1.1

1.2— 2

10 7

— 7.3.8

.4(6)

CO.6

2.9

4.3

1.33 2.3

(6)

4.8

25.2

—.1

51.4

Secondhalfi

3 0

.9

3 9

2 1.6

1.1

.1

4 0

.32 3

91.25.3

11.3

6

11 9

— l16

5— 1

(«).8

3.0

4.9

1.92 3.2

(6)

4.3

35.4

.3

64.7

See footnotes on following page.

162


1 Estimates based on incomplete data.2 Differs from the national-income concept of "government purchases of goods and services" by exclud-ing, in addition to military services, farm price-support expenditures, and unilateral aid to foreign coun-tries. Grants to States and localities for public works, here included as a Federal expenditure, would beincluded in the national-income accounts as a State and local expenditure. There are other less significantdifferences between the two concepts.3 Excludes payroll deductions for Federal employees' retirement.

* Includes all grants-in-aid and loans to public bodies for purposes other than public works and publicassistance. Includes, in addition, one-third of Federal expenditures for veterans' tuition, books, andsupplies.

* This figure is obtained as a residual by deducting all other expenditures from total cash payments to thepublic. Owing to the fact that data are incomplete for calendar year 1951, the residual is subject to a highmargin of error.6 Less than 50 million dollars.

7 Includes cashing of terminal leave bonds, retired pay of military personnel, and National Service andGovernment Life Insurance refunds and benefits in addition to veterans' pensions and readjustment bene-fits. Includes only one-third of payments for veterans' tuition, books, and supplies.

8 Includes a small amount of interest on tax refunds in addition to interest on the public debt. Interestpaid to business includes over 100 million dollars of interest paid each year by the Federal Government toState and local governments. Interest in appendix table A-2 is net, and is on an accrual rather than acash basis; it includes interest paid by State and local governments and by government corporations.

9 During the period shown, represents in large part some of the transactions of the Federal Home LoanBanks.

10 Excludes retired pay and redemption of Armed Forces Leave Bonds which are included above as pay-ments to veterans.


163


Appendix B

Statistical Tables Relating to Employment,Production, and Purchasing Power

CONTENTS

National income or expenditure: PageB-l. Gross national product or expenditure, 1929-51 167B-2. Gross national product or expenditure in 1939 prices, 1929-51 168B-3. Gross national product or expenditure in 1951 prices, 1929-51 169B-4. Personal consumption expenditures, 1929-51 170B-5. Gross private domestic investment, 1929-51 171B-6. National income by distributive shares, 1929-51 172B-7. Personal income, 1929-51 173B-8. Relation of national income and personal income, 1929-51 174B-9. Disposition of personal income, 1929-51 175B-10. Total and per capita disposable personal income in current and 1951

prices, 1929-51 176Employment and wages:

B—11. Labor force, employment, and unemployment, 1929-51 177B-l 2. Number of wage and salary workers in nonagricultural establishments,

1929-51 178B-l 3. Average weekly hours in selected industries, 1929-51 179B-l4. Average hourly earnings in selected industries, 1929-51 180B-15. Average gross weekly earnings in selected industries, 1929-51 181

Production and business activity:B-l 6. Indexes of industrial and agricultural production, 1929-51 182B-l7. Production of selected commodities in the free world, 1950-51 183B-l8. New construction activity, 1929-51 184B-l 9. Business expenditures for new plant and equipment, 1929-52 185B-20. Inventories and sales in manufacturing and trade, 1939-51 186B-21. Sales, stocks, orders, and receipts at 296 department stores, 1939-51. . 187

Prices:B-22. Consumers' price index, 1929-51 188B-23. Wholesale price index, 1929-51 189B—24. Indexes of prices received and prices paid by farmers, and parity

ratio, 1929-51 190B-25. Percentage increases in wholesale prices and cost of living in the United

States and foreign countries since June 1950 191Credit, money supply, and Federal finance:

B-26. Consumer credit outstanding, 1929-51 192B-27. Loans and investments of all commercial banks, 1929-51 193B-28. Deposits and currency, 1929-51 194B-29. Estimated ownership of Federal obligations, 1939-51 195B-30. U. S. Government debt—volume and kind of obligations, 1929-51 196B-31. Bond yields and interest rates, selected years, 1929-51 197

165


Corporate profits and finance: pageB-32. Profits before and after tax, all private corporations, 1929-51 198B-33. Sales and profits of large manufacturing corporations, 1939-51 199B—34. Relation of profits before and after taxes to stockholders' equity, private

manufacturing corporations, by industry group, 1947—49 averageand 1950-51 200

B—35. Relation of profits before and after taxes to sales, private manufacturingcorporations, by industry group, 1947—49 average and 1950—51.... 201

B—36. Relation of profits before and after taxes to stockholders' equity and tosales, all private manufacturing corporations, by size class, 1947—49average and 1950-51 202

B—37. Sources and uses of corporate funds, 1947—51 203International transactions:

B-38. International transactions of the United States, 1948-51 204B—39. United States exports and imports of goods and services, by area,

1948-51 205B-40. U. S. Government grants, other unilateral transfers, and loans to foreign

countries, 1948-51 206B-41. United States merchandise exports, including reexports, by area,

1936-38 quarterly average and 1947-51 207B—42. Indexes of quantity and unit value of United States domestic merchan-

dise exports, by economic class, 1936—38 quarterly average and1947-51 208

B—43. United States general merchandise imports, by area, 1936—38 quarterlyaverage and 1947-51 209

B-44. Indexes of quantity and unit value of United States merchandise im-ports for consumption, by economic class, 1936—38 quarterly averageand 1947-51 210

B-45. United States exports of selected capital goods to ERP countries andunderdeveloped areas, 1950-51 211

Summary:B-46. Changes in selected economic series since 1939 and 1950 and during

1951 212

166


Statistical Tables Relating to Employment,Production, and Purchasing Power

TABLE B-l.—Gross national product or expenditure, 1929—51


Period

1929..._1930.1931193219331934

193519361937.1938 _1939

19401941. _194219431944....1945._._ _.1946194719481949

19501951 «

1950: First halfSecond half _ _ _ _ _ _ _

1951: First halfSecond half 6

1950: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarterFourth quarter

1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarterFourth quarter6...

Grossnational

prod-uct

103.890.975.958.355.864.972.282.590.284.791.3

101.4126.4161.6194.3213.7215.2211.1233.3259.0257.3282.6326.8

Personal ,consump-

tion ex-pendi-tures 1

78.870.861.249.246.351.956.262.567.164.567.572.182.391.2

102.2111.6123.1146.9165. 6177.9180.2193.6204.4

Grossprivatedomes-tic in-vest-

ment 2

15.810.25.4.9

1.32.86.18.3

11.46.39.9

13.918.310.95.77.7

10.728.730.242.733.048.958.8

Netforeigninvest-ment

0.8.7.2.2.2.4

-.1-.1

.11.1.9

1.51.1-.2

-2.2-2.1-1.4

4.68.91.9.5

-2.3.1

Government purchases of goods and services

Total

8.59.29.28.18.09.89.9

11.711.612.813.113.924.759.788.696.582.830.928.636.643.642.563.5

Federal

Total 3

1.31.41.51.52.03.02.94.54.65.35.26.2

16.952.081.289.074.820.915.821.025.522.841.9

Na-tional

security 4

(5)

(5)(6)(6)(5)(6)

(5)(5)(a)(5)

1.2

2.213.849.479.787.573.818.512.015.518.918.937.8

Other

(5)

35)8)(5)(5)(5)(5)(8)3.94.03.22.71.51.61.02.53.85.66.63.94.1

Stateandlocal

7.27.87.76.65.96.87.06.97.07.57.97.87.87.77.47.58.0

10.012.815.618.119.721.6

Seasonally adjusted annual rates

269.7295.6323.4330.3264.4275.0287.4303.7319.0327.8327.6333.0

186.7200.4205.0203.8184.7188.7202.5198.4208.2201.7202.5205.0

44.053.862.854.840.147.947.360.260.165.655.754.0

-1.6-3.0-1.4

1.6-1.7-1.6-3.2-2.7-2.7O1.22.0

40.744.356.970.141.340.140.847.853.460.468.272.0

21.424.235.648.222.020.921.227.332.439.046.649.8

16.920.932.043.416.717.117.923.928.835.342.044.9

4.63.33.64.85.33.83.23.43.63.64.64.9

19.220.221.221.919.319.219.720.421.121.421.622.2

1 See appendix table B-4 for major components.2 See appendix table B-5 for major components.3 Net of Government sales, which have been deducted from the national security expenditures.4 For 1947-51, "national security" expenditures include the following: military services, international

security and foreign relations, development and control of atomic energy, promotion cf merchant marine,promotion of defense production and economic stabilization, and civil defense. (See The Budget of theUnited States Government for the Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 1953, for items included in each of theseclassifications.) Prior to 1947, the expenditures are based on items formerly classified as "war" by theBureau of the Budget and Treasury Department. For all years, the expenditures exclude Governmentsales and have been adjusted to the concept of purchases of goods and services.

8 Not available.6 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.7 Less than 50 million dollars.

NOTE.—The figures beginning with 1948 are based on the revised series of national income and product ofthe Department of Commerce. For detail, see the National Income Supplement to the Survey of CurrentBusiness, 1951.

Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.


167


TABLE B-2.—Gross national product or expenditure in 1939 prices, 1929-51


Period

1929 .

1930193119321933... .1934

1935. . .193619371938.1939

1940194119421943... .1944

19451946194719481949

195019513

Totalgrossna-

tionalprod-uct

85.9

78.172.361.961.567.9

73.983.987.984.091.3

100.0115.5129.7145.7156.9

153.4138.4138.6143.5143.5

154.3166.5

Personal consumptionexpenditures

Total

62.2

58.656.651.851.154.0

57.262.865.063.967.5

71.376.675.878.081.1

86.395.798.3

100.3102.9

108.7107.5

Dur-able

goods

8.0

6.45.33.93.84.4

5.46.67.05.76.7

7.78.95.75.04.6

5.310.412.312.612.9

15.513.4

Non-dur-able

goods

29.1

27.727.525.224.927.0

28.631.832.933.435.3

37.140.141.342.644.5

47.950.249.549.750.4

51.751.1

Serv-ices

25.1

24.523.922.722.422.6

23.224.425.124.825.5

26.527.628.830.432.0

33.235.236.438.039.6

41.643.0

Gross private domesticinvestment

Total

14.9

10.15.91.11.63.5

6.79.3

11.46.39.9

13.717.19.35.46.6

8.320.319.322.717.8

24.828.1

Newcon-

struc-tion

7.4

5.43.82.11.51.7

2.23.13.83.34.9

5.46.13.31.92.0

2.66.06.98.07.9

9.48.9

Pro-duc-ers'

dur-able

equip-ment

6.1

4.83.31.92.02.7

3.64.85.53.94.6

6.07.24.43.65.1

6.79.9

11.812.611.6

13.215.0

Changein

busi-ness

inven-tories

1.5

-.2-1.1-3.0-1.8-.8

.91.42.1

-1.0.4

2.33.81.6-.1

-1.04.4.6

2.1-1.7

2.24.2

Netfor-eignin-

vest-ment

0.8

.6

.3

.2

.1

.3

-.1-.2

.11.0.9

1.2.7

-.4-2.1-2.2

-1.82.74.81.4.6

Governmentpurchases of goods

and services

Total

7.9

8.79.48.98.7

10.1

10.111.911.412.713.1

13.821.145.064.371.3

60.619.616.119.222.2

20.828.7

Fed-eral

1.3

1.51.61.72.33.1

3.04.94.45.35.2

6.113.838.358.265.4

54.612.88.5

10.913.0

11.018.7

Stateandlocal

6.6

7.37.87.26.47.0

7.17.16.97.47.9

7.77.36.76.16.0

6.06.87.68.29.2

9.810.0

Grosspri-vate

prod-uct2

81.5

73.567.757.456.562.0

67.676.480.976.483.7

92.1106.2116.5125.3133.0

129.7125.6128.8133.7133.2

143.8153.3

1 See Survey of Current Business, January 1951, and the National Income Supplement to the Survey ofCurrent Business, 1951, for explanation of conversion of estimates in current prices to those in 1939 prices.2 Total gross national product less compensation of general government employees.

3 Estimates based on incomplete data; by Council of Economic Advisers.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily^add to totals because of rounding.Source: Department of Commerce (except as noted).

168


TABLE B-3.—Gross national product or expenditure in 1951 prices, 1929-51l


Period

1929

19301931193219331934

193519361937 .19381939

19401941194219431944

1945 .194619471948 . .1949

1950...1951* ..

1950: First halfSecond half

1951: First halfSecond half*

1950: First quarterSecond quarter. _.Third quarterFourth quarter. . .

1951: First quarterSecond quarter. __Third quarterFourth quarter*..

Totalgrossna-

tionalprod-uct

167.2

151.4139.7118.4117.0130.8

142.5163.2170.8163.9179.3

197.3229.6262.4296.6320.0

309.4272.9271.5280.4280.1

301.2326. 8

Personal consump-tion expenditures

3oEH

118.1

111.0107.197.696.5

102.4

108.8120.1124.2122.3129.4

137.0147.6145.5149.3155.3

165.6184.1188.6191.9196.6

207.5204.4

bo0)

1ft

16.3

13.010.88.07.79.0

n.o13.414.211.713.5

15.618.111.510.19.3

10.721.024.925.426.1

31.227.1

m

§>

r2321fc

62.8

59.959.454.454.158.3

61.868.871.172.276.4

80.386.889.492.196.3

103.5108.5107.1107.6109.1

111.7110.6

'>1

39.0

38.136.935.234.735.1

36.037.938.938.439.5

41.142.744.647.149.7

51.454.656.658.961.4

64.666.6

Gross private do-mestic investment

3e32.7

22.113.52.73.57.2

14.019.723.913.521.6

29.636.619.911.213.3

16.642.640.247.637.4

52.558.8

|

1

18fco>fc

18.4

13.79.75.43.64.1

5.57.99.58.3

12.3

13.715.48.34.75.0

6.515.217.220.019.7

23.722.2

r23£Si"wft®B0 0<rs ®T301-i

PH

11.1

8.86.13.63.74.8

6.68.8

10.07.38.5

11.013.28.26.79.4

12.218.121.723.221.3

24.127.6

•aS|

o

•Sl<u_g

aO

3.2

-.4-2.3-6.3-3.8-1.7

1.93.04.4

-2.1.8

4.98.03.4-.2

-1.1

-2.19.31.34.4

-3.6

4.79.1

Netfor-eignin-

vest-ment

-0.8

-.9-1.4-1.3-1.8-.9

-2.5-2.7-2.3

-.5

.2-1.3-3.3-7.6-8.1

-8.02.87.2

-1.5-3.0

-4.6.1

Government pur-chases of goodsand services

aoEH

17.2

19.220.519.418.822.1

22.226.125.028.128.8

30.546.7

100.3143.7159.5

135.243.435.542.449.1

45.863.5

Federal

i§2.9

3.33.53.85.16.9

6.710.910.011.911.7

13.830.985.8

130.5146.6

122.228.619.124.529.1

24.641.9

>>

Po>-3r-J'd

II•P Xg.

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

(3)

2.7

4.925.281.5

128.1144.2

120.625.314.518.121.6

20.437.8

i£'d§3$03

14.3

15.917.015.613.715.2

15.515.215.016.217.1

16.715.814.513.212.9

13.014.816.417.920.0

21.221.6


294.2307.9

323.8329.8

289.8298.6301.5314.3

319.5328.2328.4331.1

204.4210.6

205.5203.2

203.5205.2214.4206.9

209.4201.6203.1203.4

29.033.4

28.825.3

28.929.036.430.4

31.726.025.525.1

111.4112.0

110.4110.9

111.3111.6113.0110.9

111.7109.1110.7111.1

64.065.3

66.267.0

63.364.665.065.6

66.066.566 967.2

49.255.6

63.054.6

45.153.249.261.9

60.465.755.753.5

23.024.4

23.221.2

22.723.424.624.1

24.022.521.620.8

22.525.7

26.628.6

21.123.925.925.5

26.027.128.228.9

3.65.5

13.24.8

1.35.9

-1.312.3

10.416.15.93.8

-4.6-4.6

-1.61.8

-4.7-4.4-5.2-3.9

-3.2

~"I.~42.3

45.246.2

56.970.0

45.944.643.149.4

52.960.968.271.9

24.025.2

35.448.4

24.623.522.128.2

31.739.246.750.0

19.021.7

32.043.6

18.719.318.724.7

28.535.542.145.1

21.221.1

21.421.7

21.321.121.021.2

21.221.721.521.9

1 These estimates represent a rough conversion of the Department of Commerce series in 1939 prices.(See appendix table B-2.) This was done by major components, using the implicit price indexes for theyear 1951 as a base. Although it would have been preferable to redeflate the series by minor components,this would not substantially change the results except possibly for the period of World War II, and for theseries on change in business inventories.

2 See appendix table B-l, footnotes 3 and 4.3 Not available.* Estimates based on incomplete data.

NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: Council of Economic Advisers.

169


TABLE B-4.—Personal consumption expenditures 9 1929-51


Period

1929..

19301931193219331934. .

19351936. _ .193719381939

194019411942.. .19431944

19451946194719481949

19501951*


1951: First half _Second half*

1950: First quarterSecond quarter.. .Third quarterFourth quarter .

1951: First quarter. -Second quarterThird quarterFourth quarter *

Totalex-

pendi-tures

78.8

70.861.249.246.351.9

56.262.567.164.567.5

72.182.391.2

102.2111.6

123.1146.9165.6177.9180.2

193.6204.4

Durable goods

Total

9.4

7.35.63.73.54.3

5.26.47.05.86.7

7.99.87.16.87.1

8.516.621.422.923.9

29.227.1

Auto-mo-bilesandparts

3.2

2.21.6.9

1.01.4

1.92.32.41.62.1

2.73.3.7.8.9

1.14.26.67.59.4

12.310.5

Other

6.1

5.14.02.82.52.9

3.34.14.64.14.6

5.16.46.46.06.2

7.412.414.815.414.5

16.916.5

Nondurable goods

Total

37.7

34.129.022.722.326.7

29.432.935.234.035.3

37.644.052.961.067.1

74.985.895.1

100.998.7

102.3110.6

Foodi

19.7

18.114.811.411.514.3

16.318.520.019.019.3

20.724.430.535.338.9

43.050.356.659.758.6

60.967.3

Cloth-ing 2

9.2

7.96.85.04.65.6

5.96.56.76.67.0

7.48.8

11.013.715.3

17.118.619.120.118.9

18.819.8

Other

8.9

8.17.46.46.26.9

7.27.98.68.48.9

9.510.811.411.912.9

14.816.919.421.121.3

22.623.6

Services

Total

31.7

29.526.622.820.620.9

21.723.324.924.725.5

26.628.531.234.437.4

39.744.549.154.157.6

62.166.7

Hous-ings

11.4

11.010.29.07.87.5

7.67.98.48.78.9

9.29.9

10.611.111.7

12.213.014.616.518.1

19.921.4

Other

20.2

18.516.413.812.713.4

14.115.416.516.016.5

17.418.720.623.325.7

27.531.434.537.739.4

42.245.2


186.7200.4

205. 0203.8

184.7188.7202.5198.4

208.2201.7202.5205.0

26.531.9

28.725.4

26.326.634.329.4

31.525.925.325.5

10.913.6

11.69.5

10.411.414.312.9

12.510.89.69.3

15.618.2

17.115.9

15.915.220.016.5

19.015.215.716.2

99.4105.2

110.5110.7

98.4100.4105.5104.9

111.5109.5110.0111.5

59.262.7

67.067.6

58.759.762.662.7

67.066.967.367.9

18.219.4

19.919.6

17.918.519.619.2

20.419.519.419.7

22.023.1

23.623.6

21.822.223.323.0

24.123.123.223.9

60.863.4

«5.767.6

60.161.662.764.0

65.266.267.268.0

19.520.3

21.121.8

19.319.720.120.5

20.921.321.622.0

41.443.1

44.745.8

40.841.942.643.5

44.345.045.646.0

1 Includes alcoholic beverages.2 Includes shoes and standard clothing issued to military personnel.3 Includes imputed rental value of owner-occupied dwellings.* Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic'Advisers.




170


TABLE B-5.—Gross private domestic investment, 1929-51


Period

1929

193019311932 — ...19331934

19351936193719381939

194019411942 _19431944

19451946194719481949

19501951 8

1950: 1st half2dhalf__- ._-

1951: 1st half.

1950: 1st quarter...2d quarter..3d quarter..4th quarter.

1951: 1st quarter...2d quarter. .3d quater..-4th quarter 8.

Totalgrosspri-vate

domes-tic

invest-ment

15.8

10.25.4.9

1.32.8

6.18.3

11.46.39.9

13.918.310.95.77.7

10.728.730.242.733.0

48.958.8

Nonfarm producers'plant and equipment

Total i

9.8

7.64.62.52.33.1

3.85.26.64.75.7

7.49.35.84.66.3

8.715.520.323.422.0

25.631.6

Equip-ment2

5.6

4.32.81.61.62.2

2.93.94.73.44.0

5.36.64.13.54.7

6.310.714.616.715.6

18.823.2

Con-struc-tion i s

4.2

3.41.81.0.7.9

.0

.3

.9

.4

.7

2.12.71.71.11.6

2.44.85.76.76.4

6.88.4

Farm equipment andconstruction

Total <

1.1

.9

.5

.3

.3

.4

.6

.81.0.8.8

1.01.31.0.9

1.2

1.42.43.84.64.7

4.85.6

Equip-ment

0.8

.7

.4

.3

.3

.3

.5

.6

.8

.6

.6

.81.0.7.6.9

1.11.62.53.23.4

3.64.3

Con-struc-tion

0.3

.2

.1

.1

.2

.2

.2

.2

.2

.3

.3

.3

.3

.3

.91.31.41.3

1.21.3

Rasi-dential

con-struc-tion

(non-farm)1 5

2.8

1.41.2.5.3.4

.71.11.41.52.7

3.03.41.81.0.8

1.14.06.38.68.3

12.610.8

Otherpri-vatecon-

struc-tions

0.5

.5

.4

.2

.1

.1

.1

.1

.2

.2

.2

.2

.3

.1

.1

.2

.6

.71.01.3

1.51.7

Net change inbusiness inventories

Total

1.6

-.3-1.4-2.6-1.6-1.1

.91.02.3

-1.0.4

2.33.92.1-.9-.8

— 7

-'.85.0

-3.2

4.39.1

Non-farmafter

revalu-ation

adjust-ment

1.8

-1.7-2.6-1.3

.2

.42.11.8

-1.1.3

2.03.4.8

-.5-.3

-.66.31.43.7

-2.5

3.68.0

Farm

-0.3

-.2.3

5.,-1.3

.5-1.1

.5

.1

.1

.2

.51.3

-.4-.5

-.1-.2

-2.21.3

-.7

.81.1


44.053.8

62.854.8

40.147.947.360.2

60.165.655.754.0

23.028.2

30.333.0

22.024.027.528.9

29.531.132.733.3

16.820.9

21.924.5

15.817.820.521.3

21.422.524.025.0

6.27.2

8.38.5

6.26.27.07.5

8.18.68.78.3

4.65.0

5.85.3

4.34.85.24.8

5.75.95.45.3

3.43.8

4.64.0

3.13.64.03.7

4.54.74.14.0

1.21.2

1.21.3

1.21.21.21.1

1.21.21.31.3

11.813.4

11.99.8

11.212.413.713.1

12.910.89.7

10.0

1.51.6

1.81.6

1.51.51.51.6

1.71.91.81.4

3.15.6

13.15.0

1.15.2-.711.8

10.315.96.14.0

2.84.4

12.04.0

1.14.4

-1.810.6

9.114.85.13.0

.41.2

1.21.0

0

l!2

1.21.11.01.0

1 Items for 1945 and earlier years are not comparable with those for later years, nor with figures shown inappendix table B-18. Items for all years are not comparable with those shown in appendix table B-19,principally because the latter exclude certain equipment and construction outlays charged to currentexpense.

2 Total producers' durable equipment less "farm machinery and equipment" and farmers' purchases of"tractors" and "business motor vehicles." These figures assume that farmers purchase 85 and 15 percent,respectively, of all tractors and motor vehicles used for productive purposes.

3 Industrial buildings, public utilities, gas- and oil-well drilling, warehouses, office and loft buildings, stores,restaurants, and garages. Includes hotel construction prior to 1946 only.

* Farm construction (residential and nonresidential) plus "farm machinery and equipment" and farmers'purchases of "tractors" and "business motor vehicles." (See footnote 2.)

8 Includes construction of hotels, tourist cabins, motor courts, and dormitories since 1946 only.• Includes religious, educational, social and recreational, hospital and institutional, miscellaneous non-

residential, and all other private.7 Less than 50 million dollars.8 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.

NOTE.—The figures beginning with 1948 are based on the revised series of national income and product ofthe Department of Commerce. For detail, see the National Income Supplement tojfche" Survey of CurrentBusiness, 1951.



977891—52171


TABLE B-6.—National income by distributive shares, 1929-51


Period

1929 .

19301931 .193219331934

193519361937.1938 .. .1939

19401941.194219431944

1945 .1946194719481949

1950..1951 •


1951: First halfSecond half «

1950: First quarter .Second quarterThird quarter . _Fourth quarter

1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter •Fourth quarter 5

Totalna-

tionalin-

come1

87.4

75.058.941.739.648.6

56.864.773.667.472.5

81.3103.8137. 1169.7183.8

182.7180.3198.7223.5216.7

239.0276.0

Com-pen-

sationof em-ploy-ees 2

50.8

46.539.530.829 3sili37.142.747.744.747.8

51.864.3S4.9

109.2121.2

123.0117.1128.0140.2139.9

153.3178.1

Business and pro-fessional incomeand inventory

valuationadjustment

Total

8.3

7.05.33.22.94.3

5.06.16.66.36.8

7.79.6

12.615.017.2

18.720.619.822.120.9

22.323.6

In-come

ofunin-corpo-ratedenter-prises

8.1

6. 34.72.93.44.3

5.06.26.76.16.9

7.810.212.915.117.2

18.822.421.322.520.3

23.824.4

In-ven-toryvalu-ationad-

just-ment

0.1

.8

.6

.3-.5-.1

-.1. i

l l.2o

-.1-.6

A

-.2-.1

-.1-1.8-1.5-.4

.6

-1.6-.7

In-come

offarmpro-prie-tors

5.7

3.92.91.72.32.3

4.93.95.64.44.5

4.96.9

10.511.811.8

12.514.815.617.713.0

13.717.0

Rent-al in-come

ofper-sons

5.8

4.83.62.52.02.1

2.32.73.13.33.5

3.64.35.46.16.5

6.36.67.17.57.5

8.08.4

Corporate profitsand inventory

valuationadjustment

Total

10.3

6.61.6

-2.0-2.0

1.1

3.04.96.24.35.8

9.214.619.924.324.0

19.218.324.731.730.5

36.243.1

Cor-porate

profitsbeforetax 3

9.8

3.3-.8

-3.0.2

1.7

3.25.76.23.36.5

9.317.221.125.124.3

19.723.530.533.828.3

41.444.8

In-ven-toryvalu-ationad-

just-ment

0..5

3.32.41.0

-2.1-.6

— 2-'.7(<)1.0

-.7

-.1-2.6-1.2-.8— 3

-.6-5.2-5.8-2.1

2.1

-5.1-1.7

Netin-

terest

6.5

6.25.95.45.04.8

4.54.54.44.34.2

4.14.13.93.43.1

3.02.93.54.34.9

5.45.7


225.0253.0

271.8280.0

219.3230.6245.8260.1

269.4274.3278.1282.0

145.4161.2

174.8181.4

142.2148.6157.3165.2

172. 1177.4180.4182.5

21.523.1

23.823.4

21.121.923.223.0

24.123.623.423.5

22.025.6

25.723.0

21.322.826.324.9

27.224.222.823.3

-.6-2.5

-1.8.4

2-ilo-3.2-1.8

-3.1-.5

.6

.2

12.415.0

16.417.6

12.512.214.315.8

16.416.317.318.0

7.88.2

8.28.4

7.87.88.18.4

8.38.28.48.5

32.639.8

43.043.2

30.534.837.442.2

42.943.042.843.7

34.748.0

48.641.0

31.937.545.750.3

51.845.440.042.0

-2.0-8.2

-5.62.2

-1.4-2.7-8.3-8.2

-8.9-2.3

2.81.7

5.25.6

5.65.8

5.25.35.55.6

5.65.75.85.8

1 National income is the total net income earned in production by individuals and businesses. The conceptof national income currently used differs from the concept of gross national product in that it excludes de-preciation charges and other allowances for business and institutional consumption of durable capital goods,and indirect business taxes.

2 Includes wage and salary receipts and other labor income (see appendix table B-7), and employer andemployee contributions for social insurance (see appendix table B-8).

3 See appendix table B-32 for corporate tax liability (Federal and State income and excess profits taxes)and corporate profits after tax.

4 Less than 50 million dollars.5 Estimates based on incomplete data; corporate profits and total national income for third quarter and all

items for fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.

NOTE.—The figures beginning with 1948 are based on the revised series of national income and productof the Department of Commerce. For detail, see the National Income Supplement to the Survey of Cur-rent Business, 1951.



172


TABLE B-7.—Personal income, 1929-51

[Billions of dollars)

Period

1929

19301931 . .193219331934 .

193519361937.19381939 -. _

1940 ..1941194219431944

1945 .. _194619471948 . _1949

1950 _ . ._ . ...1951 « _



1950: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarterFourth quarter. . _

1951: First quarterSecond quarter. _.Third quarter. _ 1 _Fourth quarter <L_

Totalpersonalincome

85.1

76.264.849.346.653.2

59.968.474.068.372.6

78.395.3

122.7150.3165.9

171.9177.7191.0209.5205.1

224.7251.3

Salaries,wages,

and otherlabor

income 1

50.5

46.339.230.529.033.8

36.842.145.942.845.7

49.561.581.4

104.5116.2

116.9111.1122.3134.9134.2

146.4169.8

Proprie-tors'and

rentalincome 2

19.7

15.711.87.47.28.7

12.112.615.414.014.7

16.320.828.432.835.5

37.542.042.447.341.4

44.049.0

Dividendsand

personalinterestincome 3

13.3

12.611.19.18.28.6

8.610.110.38.79.2

9.49.99.7

10.010.6

11.413.214.516.017.1

19.320.1

Transferpayments

1.5

1.52.72.22.12.2

2.43.52.42.83.0

3.13.13.23.03.6

6.211.411.811.312.4

15.112.5

Nonagri-culturalpersonalincome 4

76.8

70.060.146.243.049.5

53.462.866.562.166.3

71.586.1

109.4135.2150.5

155.7158.8170.8187.1187.6

206.6229.6

Agri-culturalincome

8.3

6.24.73.13.63.7

6.55.67.56.26.3

6.89.2

13.315.115.4

16.218.920.222.417.5

18.121.7


216.7232.8

247.0255.6

216.3217.1227.3238.3

244.1249.9253.2258. 0 *

4'

138.7154.1

166.5173.0

135.6141.8150.3157.9

163.8169.2171. 4

U 174.6

41.646.4

48.449.6

41.441.845.647.2

48.848.149.150.0

18.020.5

19.620.5

17.618.419.621.4

19.220.120.220.8

18.411.8

12.412.6

21.715.011.811.9

12.312.512.612.6

200.0213.1

226.1233.2

199.5200.6208.5217.7

223.2229.0231.2235.2

16.619.8

21.022.4

16.816.518.820.6

20.921.022.122.8

1 Differs from "compensation of employees" in appendix table B-6, in that it excludes employer andemployee contributions to social insurance. Includes wage and salary receipts and other labor income-compensation for injuries, employer contributions to private pension and welfare funds, pay of militaryreservists not on full-time active duty (pay for full-time active duty included in military wages and salaries),directors' fees, jury and witness fees, compensation of prison inmates, Government payments to enemyprisoners of war, marriage fees to justices of the peace, and merchant marine war-risk life and injury claims.

2 See appendix table B-6 for major components.3 See appendix table B-32 for dividend payments.* Nonagricultural income is personal income exclusive of net income of unincorporated farm enterprises,

farm wages, agricultural net rents, agricultural net interest, and net dividends paid by agricultural cor-porations.

5 Estimates'based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.

NOTE.—The figures beginning with 1948 are based on the revised series of national income and productof the (Department of Commerce. For detail, see the National Income Supplement to the Survey ofCurrent Business, 1951.




TABLE B—8.—Relation of national income and personal income, 1929-51


Period

1929

19301931.1932 ... . .19331934

1935. ...1936—19371938 _._1939...

1940194119421943 _ _1944

194519461947 . .19481949

195019512 _

1950: First halfSecond half _



1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter * _ _ _ _Fourth quarter2...

Nationalincome

87.4

75.058.941.739.648.6

56.864.773 667.472.5

81.3103.8137.1169.7183.8

182.7180.3198.7223. 5216.7

239.0276.0

Less:

Corpo-rate

profitsand in-

ven-toryvalu-ation

adjust-ment

10.3

6.61.6

-2.0-2.0

1.1

3.04.96.24.35.8

9.214.619.924.324.0

19.218.324.731.730.5

36.243.1

Contri-butions

tosocialinsur-ance

0.2

.3

.3

.3

.3

.3

.3

.61.82.02.1

2.32.83.54.55.2

6.16.05.75.25.7

7.08.4

Excessof

wageac-

crualsoverdis-

burse-ments

•

0.2-.2

0)0)0)0)0)

0)0)

Plus:

Gov-ern-menttrans-

ferpay-

ments

0.9

1.02.01.41.51.6

1.82.91.92.42.5

2.72.62.72.53.1

5.610.911.110.511.6

14.311.7

Netinter-est

paidby

gov-ern-ment

1.0

1.01.11.11.21.2

1.11.11.21.21.2

1.31.31.52.12.8

3.74.44.44.54.6

4.74.8

Divi-dends

5.8

5.54.12.62.12.6

2.94.64.73.23.8

4.04.54.34.54.7

4.75.86.67.27.6

9.29.5

Busi-ness

trans-fer

pay-ments

0.6

.5

.6

.7' .7

.6

.6

.6

.6

.4

.5

.4

.5

.5

.5

.5

.5

.6

.7

.7

.7

.8

.8

Equals:Per-sonalincome

85.1

76.264.849.346.653.2

59.968.474.068.372.6

78.395.3

122.7150.3165.9

171.9177.7191.0209.5205.1

224.7251.3


225.0253.0

271.8280.0

219.3230.6245.8260.1

269.4274.3278.1282.0

32.639.8

43.043.2

30.534.837.442.2

42.943.042.843.7

6.77.2

8.48.5

6.66.87.07.4

8.38.48.48.6

0)0)

(0(')

0)0)0)0)

0)0)

.7—.7

17.611.0

11.611.8

21.014.211.011.1

11.511.811.811.8

4,74.7

4.84.8

4.74.74.74.7

4.84.84.84.9

8.110.2

9.29.8

7.88.49.4

11.1

8.89.69.6

10.1

.7

.8

.8

.8

.7

.7

.8

.8

.8

.8

.8

.8

216.7232.8

247.0255.6

216.3217.1227.3238.3

244.1249.9253.2258.0

1 Less than 50 million dollars.2 Estimates based on incomplete data; corporate profits and total national income for third quarter and

all items for fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.NOTE.—The figures beginning with 1948 are based on the revised series of national income and product

of the Department of Commerce. For detail, see the National Income Supplement to the Survey ofCurrent Business, 1951.



174


TABLE B-9.—Disposition of personal income, 1929—51


Period

1929 _ _ _

1930 . .193119321933 _1934

1935 _ _193619371938 _ _1939

1940 . .194119421943 _1944

1945 __1946194719481949 _ .

1950 .1951 *



1950: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter ._Fourth quarter.. ...

1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter _ . _Fourth quarter l

Personalincome

85.1

76.264.849.346.653.2

59.968.474.068.372.6

78.395.3

122.7150.3165.9

171.9177.7191.0209.5205.1

224.7251.3

Less:Personaltax andnontax

payments

2.6

2.51.91.51.51.6

1.92.32.92.92.4

2.63.36.0

17.818.9

20.918.821.521.118.6

20.528.4

Equals:Dispos-

ablepersonalincome

82.5

73.763.047.845.251.6

58.066.171.165.570.2

75.792.0

116.7132.4147.0

151.1158.9169.5188.4186.4

204.3222.8?

Less:Personal

con-sumptionexpendi-

tures

78.8

70.861.249.246.351.9

56.262.567.164.567.5

72.182.391.2

102.2111.6

123.1146. 9165.6177.9180.2

193.6204.4

Equals:Personal

netsaving

3.7

2.91.8

-1.4-1.2

— 2

1.83.63.91.02.7

3.79.8

25.630.235.4

28.012.03.9

10.56.3

10.718.5

Netsaving aspercentof dis-

posablepersonalincome

4.5

3.92.9

-2.9-2.7-.4

3.15.45.51.53.8

4.910.721.922.824.1

18.57.62.35.63.4

5.28.3

\ "I Seasonafly adjusted annual rates

216.7232.8

247.0255.6

216.3217.1227.3238.3

244.1249.9253.2258.0

19.221.6

27.729.2

19.019.520.223.1

27.428.028.430.0

197.4211.2

219.3226.4

197.3197.5207.1215.2

216.8221.8224.7228.0

186.7200.4

205.0203.8

184.7188.7202.5198.4

208.2201.7202.5205.0

10.710.7

14.322.6

12.58.94.6

16.8

8.520.122.223.0

5.45.1

6.510.0

6.34.52.27.8

3.99.19.9

10.1

1 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.NOTE.—-The figures beginning with 1948 are based on the revised series of national income and product

of the Department of Commerce. For detail, see the National Income Supplement to the Survey ofCurrent Business, 1951.

Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: Department of Commerce (except as noted).


TABLE B-10.— Total and per capita disposable personal income in current and 1951 prices, 1929-51

Period

1929

19301931 _1932 . _19331934

1935 _1936 .193719381939

1940 _ _ _1941 _ _19421943 . _.1944 _

19451946194719481949

1950 _1951 »

1950: First half- . -.-Second, half

1951- First halfSecond half 3 _- -

1950: First quarter.Second quarterThird quarterFourth quarter

1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter .Fourth quarter 3 .

Total disposable personalincome (billions of dollars)

Currentprices

82.5

73.763.047.845.251.6

68.066.171.165.570.2

75.792.0

116.7132.4147.0

151.1158.9169.5188.4186.4

204.3222.8

1951prices l

123.7

115.5110.394.894.2

101.8

112.2127.1131.4124.3134.5

143.9164.9186.1193.3204.5

203.4199.1193.1203.2203.3

219.0222.8

Per capita disposable per-sonal income (dollars)

Currentprices

678

599508383360408

456516552505536

573690866968

1,062

1,0801,1241,1761,2851,250

1,3471,443

1951prices *

1,016

939890760750805

882992

1,020958

1,027

1,0891,2371,3811,4131,477

1,4541,4091,3391,3861,363

1,4441,443


197.4211.2

219.3226.4

197.3197.5207.1215.2

216.8221.8224.7228.0

216.0221.9

220.0225.8

217.3214.7219.4224.4

218.1221.8225.4226.2

1,3061,385

1,4271,460

1,3081,3051,3621,409

1,4131,4401,4521,467

1,4301,456

1,4311,456

1,4411,4181,4431,469

1,4221,4401,4561,455

Population(thousands) 3

121,770

123,077124, 040124, 840125, 579126,374

127, 250128,053128,825129,825130,880

132, 114133, 377134,831136,719138, 390

139, 934141,398144, 129146, 621149, 149

151, 689154,353

151, 132152, 438

153,699155, 107

150, 847151, 390152, 068152, 774

153,396154, Oil154, 724155, 469

1 Dollar estimates in current prices divided by an over-all price index for personal consumption expendi-tures. This price index was based on Department of Commerce data shifted from a 1939 base.

2 Provisional intercensal estimates of the population of continental United States including armed forcesoverseas, taking into account the final 1950 census total population count. Annual data are as of July 1;quarterly and semi-annual data as of middle of period.

3 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.



Sources: Department of Commerce and Council of Economic Advisers.

176


TABLE B—11.—Labor force, employment, and unemployment, 1929-51

Period

Monthly average:1929

19301931 - -193219331934

19351936193719381939

19401941194219431944 _ _

1945 .1946194719481949

19501951 __ _

1950* First half . __ _.Second half

1951* First halfSecond half __

1950* JanuaryFebruaryMarch - _-AprilMayJuneJulyAugust .September _ _ __O ctoberNovember ._December

1951* January ,__FebruaryMarchApril _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _MayJuneJulyAugustSeptember _ _OctoberNovemberDecember

Totallaborforce

(includ-ing

armedforces) *

Armedforces i

Civilian labor force

Totalcivilianlaborforce

Employment 2

Total Agri-cultural

Nonagri-cultural

Unem-ploy-ment

Thousands of persons, 14 years of age and over

49, 440

50, 08050,68051, 25051,84052,490

53, 14053, 74054,32054, 95055,600

56,03057,38060,23064,41065, 890

65,14060,8206 ,6086 ,7486 ,571

64 599(' .

63,77665,422

(3)(3)

62, 83563,00363,02163,51364,10866, 17765, 74266,20465, 02065, 43865, 45364,674

(8)

(3)

(3)(3)

(3)

260

260260250250260

270300320340370

3901,4703,8208,870

11, 260

11, 2803,3001,4401,3061,466

1,500(3)

1,3471,653

(3)(3)

1,4081,3661,3461,3301,3201,3111,3151,3371,4531,7341,9412, 136

(3)

i(3)i(3)

49, 180

49, 82050, 42051,00051, 59052, 230

52, 87053, 44054, 00054, 61055, 230

55,64055, 91056, 41055, 54054, 630

53, 86057, 52060,16861, 44262, 105

63,09962,884

62, 42963, 769

62, 25463, 513

61,42761,63761, 67562,18362, 78864,86664,42764,86763, 56763, 70463,51262, 538

61, 51461,31362, 32561, 78962,80363,78364,38264,20863,18663, 45263,16462, 688

47, 630

45, 48042,40038, 94038, 76040, 890

42,26044, 41046,30044,22045, 750

47, 52050,35053, 75054,47053, 960

52,82055,25058, 02759,37858, 710

59, 95761,005

58, 55561, 358

60,18961,820

56, 94756, 95357, 55158,66859, 73161,48261,21462.36761, 22661, 76461, 27160,308

59, 01058, 90560,17960,04461, 19361, 80362, 52662, 63061, 58061,83661, 33661, 014

10, 450

10,34010,29010, 17010, 0909,900

10, 11010,0009,8209,6909,610

9,5409,1009,2509,0808,950

8,5808,3208,2667,9738,026

7*, 5077,054

7,2337,781

6,7447,365

6,1986,2236,6757,1958,0629,0468,4408,1607,8118,4917,5516,234

6,0185,9306,3936,6457,4408,0357,9087,6887,5267,6687,0226,378

37, 180

35, 14032, 11028, 77028, 67030, 990

32, 15034, 41036, 48034, 53036, 140

37, 98041, 25044, 50045, 39045, 010

44, 24046, 93049, 76151, 40550, 684

52, 45053, 951

51, 32253, 578

53, 44654,455

50, 74950, 73050, 87751,47351, 66952, 43652, 77454, 20753, 41553, 27353,72154, 075

52, 99352, 97653, 78553,40053, 75353, 76854, 61854,94254, 05454, 16854,31454,636

1,550

4,3408,020

12,06012,83011, 340

10, 6109,0307,700

10,3909,480

8,1205,5602, 6601,070

670

1,0402,2702,1422,0643,395

3,1421,879

3,8742,411

2,0651,693

4,4804,6844,1233,5153,0573,3843,2132,5002,3411,9402,2402,229

2,5032,4072,1471,7441,6091,9801,8561,5781,6061,6161,8281,674

Unem-ploy-mentas per-cent oftotal

civilianlaborforce

3.2

8.715.923.624.921.7

20.116.914.319.017.2

14.69.94.71.91.2

1.93.93.63.45.5

5.03.0

6.23.8

3.32.7

7.37.66.75.74.95.25.03.93.73.03.53.6

4.13.93.42.82.63.12.92.52.52.52.92.7

i Data for 1940-50 exclude about 150,000 members of the armed forces who were outside the continentalUnited States in 1940 and who were therefore not enumerated in the 1940 census. This figure is deductedby the Census Bureau from its current estimates for comparability with 1940 data.

* Includes part-time workers and those who had jobs but were not at work for such reasons as vacation,illness, bad weather, temporary lay-off, and industrial disputes.

»Not available.NOTE.—Labor force data are based on a survey made during the week which includes the 8th of the monthDetail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Sources: Department of Labor (1929-39) and Department of Commerce (1940-51).

177


TABLE B—12.—Number of wage and salary workers in nonagricultural establishments, 1929-51 *

[Thousands of employees]

Period

Monthly average:1929. .

1930193119321933. .1934

19351936193719381939194019411942 _1943194419451946.1947 ._19481949. .

1950 .1951 *

1950: First halfSecond half. -.

1951: First half..Second half *__

1950: JanuaryFebruaryMarchApril . .MayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

1951: JanuaryFebruaryMarchApril ..._MayJuneJulyAugustSeptember *...October*November f.__

Totalwageand

salarywork-

ers

31,04129, 14326, 38323,37723, 46625, 69926, 79228, 80230, 71828, 90230, 28732, 03136,16439, 69742, 04241,48040, 06941,41243, 37144, 20143, 00644,12446, 266

42, 71045, 53845, 88046, 73142, 12541, 66142, 29542, 92643, 31143, 94544, 09645, 08045, 68445, 89845, 87346, 59545, 24645, 39045, 85045,99846, 22646, 56746, 43246, 72446, 92146, 84146, 736

Manufacturing

Total

10, 534

9,4018,0216,7977,2588,3468,9079,653

10, 6069,253

10, 07810,78012, 97415,05117, 38117,11115,30214, 46115,24715, 28614, 14614, 88415,92614, 22015,54915,92515, 92813, 98013, 99714, 10314, 16214, 41314, 66614, 77715, 45015,68515, 82715, 76515, 78915, 78415, 97816, 02215, 95515, 85315, 95615, 81316,00816,02015, 94015, 861

Dur-able

goods

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

4,6835,3376,9458,804

11,07710, 8589,0797,7398,3738,3157,4658,0088,914

7,5688,4498,9278,8977,3427,3247.4187, 5487,8097,9647,9788,2948,4238,6188,6648,7178,7428,8778,9699,0038,9758,9988,8398,8788,9028,9228,944

Non-dura-

blegoods

(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(«)

5,3945,4436,0286,2476,3046,2536,2226,7226,8746,9706,681

6,8767,013

6,6537,100

6,9977,031

6,6386,6736,6856,6146,6046,7026,7997,1567,2627,2097,1017,0727,0427,1017,0536,9526,8786,9586,9747,1307,1187,0186,917

Min-ing

1,078

1,000864722735874

888937

1,006882845916947983917883826852943981932

904919

870939923914

«861«595

938939940946922950946939938937932930924911915927906922916911916

Con-tractcon-

struc-tion

1,4971,3721,214

970809862912

1,1451,1121,0551,1501,2941,7902,170,567,094,132,661,982

2,1652,156

2,3182,5732,0702,5652,4322,7421,9191,8611,9072,0762,2452,4142,5322,6292,6262,6312,5712,4032,2812,2282,3262,4712,5982,6862,7542,8092,7612,7502,637

Trans-porta-

tionand

publicutilities

3,9073,6753,2432,8042,6592,7362,7712,9563,1142,8402,9123,0133,2483,4333, 6193,7983,8724,0234,1224,1513,9794,0104,1433,9034,1174,1164,1763,8693,8413,8733,9283,8854,0234,0624,1204,1394,1324,1234, 1254,0724,0824,1124,1324,1374,1614,1764,1904,1784,1674,167

Trades

6,4016,0645,5314,9074,9995,5525,6926,0766,5436,4536,6126,9407,4167,3337,1897,2607,5228,6029,1969,4919,4389,5249,7169,2819,7669,6509,7959,2469,1529,2069, 3469,3269, 4119.3909,4749,6419,7529,896

10,4439,5929,5549,7139,6279,6839,7329,6679,6419,7749,871

10,024

Fi-nance

1,4311,3981,3331,2701,2251,2471,2621,3131,3551,3471,3821,4191,4621,4401,4011,3741,3941,5861,6411,7161,7631,8121,8791,7971,8271,8591,9031, 7721,7771,7911,8031,8121, 8271,8311,8371,8271,8211,8201,8281,8311,8391,8541,8651,8741,8931,9081,9141,8941,8981,901

Serv-ice2

3,1273,0842,9132,6822,6142,7842,8833,0603,2333,1963,3213,4773,7053,8573,9193,9344,0554,6214,7864,7994,7824,7614,7644,7464,7764,7294,8064,7014,6964,7084, 7574,7904,8264,8414,8274,8164,7574,7234,6944,6664,6574,6824, 7454,7894,8354,8524,8394,8344,7724,733

Gov-ern-

ment,(Fed-eral,

State,and

local)

3,0663,1493,2643,2253,1673,2983,4773,6623, 7493,8763,9874,1924,6225,4316,0496,0265,9675,6075,4545,6135,8115,9106,3465,8225,9986,2466,4665,7775,7425,7695,9155,9005,8325,7415,7936,0046,0396,0376,3766,0886,1226,2176,2926,3776,3776, 3566,4016,5446,5326,497

1 Includes all full- and part-time wage and salary workers in nonagricultural establishments who workedor received pay during the pay period ending nearest the 15th of the month. Excludes proprietors, self-employed persons, domestic servants, and personnel of the armed forces. Not comparable with estimates ofnonagricultural employment of the civilian labor force reported by the Department of Commerce (appendixtable B-ll) which include proprietors, self-employed persons, and domestic servants, which count personsas employed when they are not at work because of industrial disputes, bad weather, or temporary lay-offs,and which are based on an enumeration of population, whereas the estimates in this table are based on reportsfrom employing establishments.

2 Data for the trade and service divisions, beginning with 1939, are not comparable with data shown forearlier years because of the shift of the autom otive repair service industry from the trade to the servicedivision.

s Not available.4 Estimates based on incomplete data.6 Data reflect work stoppages in bituminous coal mining.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Adjustments have been made to levels indicated by data of unemployment insurance agencies and the

Bureau of Old-Age and Survivors Insurance through 1947, and have been carried forward from 1947 bench-mark levels, thereby providing consistent series.

Source: Department of Labor.

178


TABLE B-13.—Average weekly hours in selected industries, 1929-51

Period


19301931193219331934

19351936 . .193719381939 . .

19401941194219431944.

19451946194719481949

19501951 4

1950: First halfSecond half...

1951: First halfSecond half *_.

1950: JanuaryFebruaryMarch. __ _.AprilM a y _ _ _ _ _JuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

1951: JanuaryFebruaryMarchApril..MayJuneJulvAugustSeptember * _ _October*November4..

Manufacturing

Total

44.2

42.140.538.338.134.6

36.639.238.635.637.7

38.140.642.944.945.2

43.440.440.440.139.2

40.540.7

39.941.1

40.940.4

39.739.739.739.739.940.540.541.241.041.341.141.4

41.040.941.141.040.740.740.240.340.640.440.3

Durablegoods

0)

0)0)32.634.833.9

37.341.040.035.038.0

39.342.145.146.646.6

44.140.240.640.539.5

41.241.6

40.541.8

41.841.3

40.040.140.240.740.841.341.141.841.742.141.842.2

41.541.641.942.041.841.840.941.341.541.641.3

Non-durablgoods

(0

0)0)41.940.035.1

36.137.737.436.137.4

37.038.940.342.543.1

42.340.540.139.638.8

39.739.5

39.140.2

39.839.1

39.439.339.238.538.939.539.840.540.140.340.340.5

40.240.040.039.739.339.439.339.139.338.939.1

Bituminouscoal

mining

38.4

33.528.327.229.527.0

26.428.827.923.527.1

28.131.132.936.643.4

42.341.640.738.032.6

35.035.0

32.336.1

34.635.5

824.5«25.4

39.236.034.134.734.635.535.536.136.438.5

37.634.133.633.933.334.832.734.936. 736.40)

Build-ingcon-

struc-tion

0)

(>)0)0)0)28.9

30.132.833.432.132.6

33.134.836.438.439.6

39.038.137.6

»37.336.7

36.337.4

35.437.1

36.638.3

34.833.734.535.636.537.036.937.636.737.437.336.7

36.735.335.836.837.537.738.138.238 238.' 60)

Class Isteamrail-

roads

44.8

43.141.138.938.840.4

41.142.543.242.543.4

44.045.646.948.749.1

48.545.946.346.143.5

40.8C1)

40.541.0

41.4(l)

39.839.841.639.940.241.939.442.740.541.841.440.0

42.241.242.040.841.141.240.342.339.2

8

Tele-phone

0)

0)C1)(0(00)

0)0)38.838.939.1

39.540.140.541.942.3

(2)39.437.439.238.5

38.939.2

38.739.1

39.039.3

38.538.638.538.738.939.139.439.339.639.438.039.1

38.939.238.938.739.039.439.839.239.439.1(0

Whole-sale

trade

(')

88( 0 -

80)(00)

0)0)0)

8S41.040.940.7

40.740.7

40.440.9

40.640.9

40.640.340.340.140.440.640.940.940.740.940.841.2

40.840.640.640.640.640.740.740.741.041.0C1)

Retailtrade

(excepteatingand

drink-ing

places)

0)

' 8(')iO0)

0)0)0)(00)

0)0)0)

80)0)40.340.340.4

40.540.1

40.440.6

40.040.2

40.440.440.340.240.440.941.241.140.440.340.040.7

40.340.139.739.939.840.440.840.840.139.8(0

Hotels(year-

round)

0)

0)0)0)0)0)

0)0)0)«0)

0)0)0)0)0)

0)0)45.244.344.2

43.943.3

43.943.9

43.343.2

43.943.843.844.044.143.843.844.043.844.043.743.9

43.443.243.343.343.443.443.443.343.243.2

O

1 Not available.2 Average for year not available because new series was started in April 1945. Beginning with June 1949

data relate to nonsupervisory employees only.3 Not strictly comparable with previous data.* Estimates based on incomplete data.* Data reflect work stoppages, or 3-day workweek.NOTE.—Data are for production workers in manufacturing and mining, hourly-rated employees in rail-

roads, and for nonsupervisory employees in other industries. Data are for payroll periods ending closestto the middle of the month except in railroads where monthly data are used.

Adjustments have been made to levels indicated by data of unemployment insurance agencies and theBureau of Old-Age and Survivors Insurance through 1947, and have been carried forward from 1947 bench-mark levels, thereby providing consistent series.

The half-year data are straight arithmetic averages of the monthly figures and not strictly comparablewith the annual average for 1950 which has been weighted by data on man-hours.


179


TABLE B-14.—Average hourly earnings in selected industries, 1929-51

Period

Monthly average:1929 ...

1930 .1931193219331934

1935193619371938 ..1939...194019411942 ...19431944

1945 .194619471948 _.1949

1950....1951 «


1951: First halfSecond half «..

1950: January _FebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptember. ...OctoberNovemberDecember

1951: JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJune.July..AugustSeptember «...October eNovember «...

Manufacturing

Total

$0. 566

.552

.515

.446

.442

.532

.550

.556

.624

.627

.633

.661

.729

.853

.9611.019

1.0231.0861.2371.3501. 401

1.4651. 590

1. 4321.494

1.5751.608

1.418.420.424.434.442.453.462.464.479.501.514.543

.555

.561

.571

.578

.5861.5991.5981.5961.6121.6141.619

Dura-ble

goods

(2)

(2)(2)

$0.497.472.556

.577

.586

.674

.686

.698

.724

.808

.9471.0591.117

1.1111.1561.2921.4101.469

1.5371.673

1.4971. 570

1.6551.695

1.4851.4831.4861.4991.5091.5221.5331.5391.5621.5771.5871.619

1.6301.6391.6541.6591.6651.6811.6821.6841.7031.7031.705

Non-durablegoods

(2)

(2)(2)

$0. 420.427.515

.530

.529

.577

.584

.582

.602

.640

.723

.803

.861

.9041.0151.1711.2781.325

1.3781.477

1.3541.399

1.4661.490

1.343.350.353.355.358.365.375.374.379.404.419.443.456.458.460.465.474.484.488.481.490

1.4911.501

Bitumi-nouscoal

mining

$0. 681

.684

.647

.520

.501

.673

.745

.794

.856

.878

.886

.883

.9931.0591.1391.186

1.2401.4011.6361.8981.941

2.0102.2081.9912.016

2.1932.225

U.9337 1. 962

2.0092.0222.0052.0152.0142.0012.0262.0222.0132.0202.0382.2192.2222.2312.2182.2322.2542.2132.2342.216(2)

Build-ing con-struc-tion

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)

$0. 795

.815

.824

.903

.908

.932

.9581.0101.1481.2521.319

1.3791.4781.681

4 1. 8481.935

2. 0312.192

1.9902.065

2.1662.2231.976.988.995.986.998.995

2.0062.0212.0672.0822.0932.1202.1352.1572.1632.1672.1822.1942.1952.2072.2332.235(2)

Class Isteamrail-

roads

$0. 636

.644

.651

.600

.595

.602

.651

.659

.676

.712

.714

.717

.751

.824

.897

.938

.9421.1161.1701.3091.419

1.549(2)

1.5441.554

« 1.710(2)

1.5501.5671.5321.5461.5361.5321.5531.5331.5601. 5441.5611.575

1.6081.6871.7021.7401.7471.7731.7901.7651.818(2)(2)

Tele-phone

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

$0. 774.816.822

.827

.820

.843

.870

.911

(3)1.1241.1971.2481.345

1.3981.484

1.3821.414

1.4581.514

1.3801.3911.3761.3811.3811.3861.3951.3921.4091.4261.4221.440

1.4501.4691.4531.4501.4511.4751.4901.5011.5211.532(2)

Whole-sale

trade

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)C2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)

8(2)(2)

(2)(2)

$1.2681.3591.414

1.4831.582

1.4561.508

1.5691.5981.4321.4461.4531.4661.4631.4761.4941.4891.4971.5081.5191.541

1. 5551.5671.5671.5751.5711.5811.5861.5851.6011.602(2)

Retailtrade

(excepteatingand

drink-ing

places)

(2)

(2)

8'»•88(2)C2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

$1.0091.0881.137

1.1761.253

1.1561.194

1.2441.264

1.1531.1451.1481.1561.162.175.189.192.200.199.198.187

.237

.236

.233

.249

.252

.256

.262

.2591.2691.266

(2) .

Hotels(year-

round) i

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

$0.650.709.743

.771

.816

.758

.784

.807

.827

.753

.765

.755

.756

.756

.761

.765

.771

.783

.788

.795

.801

.804

.811

.801

.806

.807

.812

.817

.815.831.833

(2)

1 Money payments only; additional value of room, board, uniforms, and tips not included.2 Not available.a Not available. Series beginning April 1945 includes only employees subject to provisions of the Fair

Labor Standards Act and is not comparable with preceding series which includes all employees. BeginningJune 1949, data relate to nonsupervisory employees.

< Not strictly comparable with previous data.« Preliminary average; does not include any retroactive wage payments.8 Estimates based on in complete data.

f Data reflect work stoppages or 3-day workweek.NOTE.—Data are for production workers in manufacturing and mining, hourly rated employees in rail-

roads, and for all nonsupervisory employees in other industries. Data are for payroll periods ending closestto the middle of the month except in railroads where monthly data are used.

Adjustments have been made to levels indicated by data of unemployment insurance agencies and theBureau of Old-Age and Survivors Insurance through 1947, and have been carried forward from 1947 bench-mark levels, thereby providing consistent series.

The half-year data are straight arithmetic averages of the monthly figures and not strictly comparablewith the annual average for 1950 which has been weighted by data on man-hours.


180


TABLE B-15.—Average gross weekly earnings in selected industries) 1929—51

Period


19301931193219331934

19351936193719381939

19401941 -194219431944 _ .

19451946 ' _ .194719481949

1950. .1951 6

1950: First halfSecond halL..

1951: First half. .._.Second half «.

1950: January - _.FebruaryMarchAprilMay _ _JuneJulyAugust _ _SeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

1951' January . __FebruaryMarch. .__ .April _May .JuneJulyAugustSeptember 6_ _October6

November 6_ _

Manufacturing

Total

$25. 03

23.2520.8717.0516.7318.40

20.1321.7824.0522.3023.86

25.2029.5836.6543.1446.0844.3943.8249.9754. 1454.92

59.3364.63

57.0861.38

64.4264.89

56.2956.3756.5356. 9357. 5458.8559.2160.3260.6461.9962.2363. 88

63.7663.8464. 5764.7064. 5565. 0864.2464.3265. 4565.2165.25

Dura-ble

goods

$27. 22

24.7721.2816.2116.4318.87

21.5224.0426.9124.0126.50

28.4434.0442.7349.3052.07

49.0546.4952.4657.1158.03

63.3269.54

60.6865.59

69.1170.05

59.4059.4759.7461. 0161.5762.8663.0164.3365.1466.3966.3468.3267.6568.1869.3069.6869.6070.2768.7969. 5570.6770.8470.42

Non-durable

goods

$22. 93

21.8420.5017.5716.8918.05

19.1119.9421.5321.0521. 78

22.2724.9229.1334.1237.12

38.2941.1446.9650.6151.41

54.7158.31

52.9956.32

58.3058.3352.9153.0653.0452.1752. 8353.9254.7355.6555.3056.5857.1958.4458.5358.3258.4058.1657.9358.4758.4857.9158. 5658.0058.69

Bituminouscoal

mining

$25. 72

22.2117.6913. 9114.4718.10

19.5822.7123.8420.8023.88

24.7130.8635.0241.6251.27

52.2558.0366.5972.1263.28

70. 3577.13

64.5072.78

75.6978.87

? 47. 367 49. 83

78.7572.7968.3769.9269.6871.0471.9272.9973.2777.7776.6375.6774.6675.6373. 8677.6773.7177.2381.9980.66(2)

Build-ing con-struc-tion

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)

$22. 97

24.5127.0130.1429.1930.39

31.7035.1441.8048. 1352.18

53.7356.2463. 30

* 68. 8570.95

73.7382.0270.3476.60

79.3785.20

68.7667.0068.8370.7072.9373.8274.0275.9975.8677.8778.0777.8078.3576.1477.4479.7581.8382.7183.6384.3185.3086.27(2)

Class Isteamrail-

roads

$28. 49

27.7626. 7623.3423.0924.32

26.7628.0129.2030.2630.99

31.5534.2538.6543.6846.06

45. 6951.2254.1760.3461.73

63.20(2)

62.5763.67

570.78(2)

61.6962.3763.7361.6961.7564.1961.1965.4663.1864.5464.6363.0067.8669.5071.4870.9971.8073.0572.1474.6671.27(2)(2)

Tele-phone

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

$29. 8131.5331.94

32.4432.7433.9736.3038.39

(3)44.0444.7748.9251.78

54.3858.0853.5255. 33

56.8959.51

53. 1353. 6952.9853.4453.7254.1954.9654.7155.8056.1854.0456.3056.4157. 5856.5256.1256.5958.1259.3058.8459.9359.90(2)

Wholesale

trade

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

$51.9955.5857.55

60.3664.47

58.8061.68

63.7965.28

58. 1458.2758.5658.7959.1159.9361.1060.9060.9361.6861.9863.4963.4463.6263.6263.9563.7864.3564.5564. 5165.6465.68(2)

Retailtrade

(excepteatingand

drink-ing

places)

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)<2)(2)

$40. 6643.8545.93

47.6350.26

46. 7648.50

49.8050.82

46.5846.2646.2646.4746.9448.0648.9948.9948.4848.3247. 9248.31

49.8549.5648.9549.8449.8350.7451.4951.3750.8950. 39(2)

Hotels(year-

round)1

(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

$29. 3631.4132.84

33.8535.31

33.2634.38

34.9635.74

33. 0633.5133.0733.2633. 3433.3333. 5133.9234.3034.6734.7435.1634.8935.0434.6834.9035.0235.2435. 4635.2935.9035.99(2)

1 Money payments only; additional value of room, board, uniforms, and tips not included.2 Not available.3 Not available. Series beginning April 1945 includes only employees subject to provisions of the Fair

Labor Standards Act and is not comparable with preceding series which includes all employees. BeginningJune 1949, data relate to nonsupervisory employees.

* Not strictly comparable with previous data.5 Preliminary average; does not include any retroactive wage payments.6 Estimates based on incomplete data.7 Data reflect work stoppages, or 3-day workweek.

NOTE.—Data are for production workers in manufacturing and mining, hourly rated employees in rail-roads, and for all nonsupervisory employees in other industries. Data are for payroll periods ending closestto the middle of the month except in railroads where monthly data are used.

Adjustments have been made to levels indicated by data of unemployment insurance agencies and theBureau of Old-Age and Survivors Insurance through 1947, and have been carried forward from 1947 benchmark levels, thereby providing consistent series.

The half-year data are straight arithmetic averages of the monthly figures and not strictly comparable withthe annual average for 1950 which has been weighted by datajon man-hours.


181


TABLE B-16.—Indexes of industrial and agricultural production, 1929-51

f 1935-39 =100]

Period 1

1929

1930 . _193119321933 _1934

19351936193719381939

194019411942 .-_19431944

19451946 .194719481949

195019513 _

1950' First halfSecond half _ _. .


1950: January _.February _ -MarchAprilMayJune .-JulyAugustSeptemberOctober _.NovemberDecember

1951* JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJune _.JulyAugustSeptember _ - _October...November *December8 - - ..

Industrial production

Total

110

9175586975

8710311389

109

125162199239235

203170187192176

200219

Manufactures

Total

110

9074576874

8710411387

109

126168212258252

214177194198183

209229

Durable

132

9867415465

8310812278

109

139201279360353

274192220225202

237273

Nondurable

93

8479707981

9010010695

109

115142158176171

166165172177168

187194

Minerals

107

9380677680

8699

11297

106

117125129132140

137134149155135

148165

Adjusted for seasonal variation

189211

222217

183180187190195199196209211216215218

221221222223222221212217219218218218

198220

233226

192192194199204208206218220225224229

231232234234233231222226228'226227227

220254

274272

209207211222231237235247251261260268

268271277279276274265267272274275

. 276

181193

199189

179180181180181184181195194196195197

201201199198198197187193193188188187

138158

162167

130118144140145151144159163166160157

164158158164165165156165167174171168

Agricul-tural pro-duction 2

97

951041019379

9685

108105106

110114128125130

129134129141140

138139

(4)(4)

(«)(4)

(*)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(*)(4)

(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)

1 For industrial production, axerage of monthly indexes is used for year or half year.2 Index of volume of farm production for human use.» Estimates based on incomplete data.4, Because of the extreme seasonal nature of agricultural crop production, only an annual index has been

computed.Sources: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and Department of Agriculture.

182


TABLE B—17.—Production oj selected commodities in the free world, 1950-51

Commodity

AluminumBread grains _ __ _Coarse grains ^Cobalt 5

Copper 5

CottonFats and oils

Fertilizer (nitroge-nous)

Iron oreLead 5

Lumber .Manganese oreMeat

NewsprintNickel « _ - . .Petroleum (crude)Rubber (natural and

synthetic)Sulfur— nativeTin6 - .Tungsten8

Wood pulp (mechani-cal and chemical)

Wool

Zinc»

Quantity

Unit

Thous. metric tons..Million bushelsMillion bushelsThous. poundsThous. metric tons..Thous bales 6

Thous. short tons-oil content

Thous. metric tons-nitrogen content. .

Million metric tons.Thous. metric tons..Million board feetThous. metric tons._Million pounds-

carcass weightThous. metric tons..Thous. metric tons..Million barrels

Thous. long tonsThous. long tonsThous. metric tons..Metric tons

Thous. metric tons..Million pounds-

greasy basisThous. metric tons..

1950

Freeworldtotal

1,2953 4, 3503 9, 10415, 8552,281

321,922

17, 350

3 3, 682198

1,45957, 4003,200

61,2008,160

1203,477

2,3855,564

1709,000

29,300

3,5191,737

UnitedStates

6523 1, 0503 4, 897

660823

3 9, 877

6,154

3996100390

39, 400126

22, 109900

1,972

«4765,192

2,020

13,400

253561

Restof freeworld

6433 3, 3003 4, 20715, 1951.458

312,045

11, 196

3 2, 68698

1,06918, 0003,074

39,0917,260

1201,505

1,909372170

6,980

15, 900

3,2661,176

19511

Freeworldtotal

1,5834 4, 4264 9, 40818, 0002,362

4 27, 635

17,6004 3, 815

2451,579

56, 5003,400

61, 8008,500

1283,950

2,8595,646

16511,400

32,200

3,6091,941

UnitedStates

7604 1, 0244 4, 738

950862

4 15, 800

6,3754 1,046

130381

39, 900107

22, 365990

2,240

89005,223

2,570

15,000

260635

Restof freeworld

8234 3, 4024 4, 67017, 0501,500

4 11, 835

11, 225

4 2, 769115

1,19817,0003,293

39, 4357,510

1281,710

1,959423165

8,830

17, 200

3,3491,306

Percentagechange,

1950 to 1951 *

T3

|g

-f22

11+14+4

+26

+1

+4+24+82+6

+1+4+7

+14

+20+1-3

+27

+10

+3+12

Uni

ted S

tate

s

+17-2-3

+44+5

+60

+4

+5+302+1-15

+1+10

+14

+89+1

+27

+12

+3+13

JL•̂££<x>«

+28+3

+11+12+3-2

Q

+3+17+12-6+7

+1+3

&+3

+143

+27

+8

+3+11

1 Estimates based on incomplete data.2 Barley, oats, and corn.3 Data are for crop year 1950-51.4 Data are for crop year 1951-52.« Production represents metal content of mine production.6 Bales of 478 pounds net.* Less than 0.5 percent.8 Synthetic rubber.

Source: Department of State.

183


TABLE B-18.—New construction activity, 1929-51

[Value put in place, millions of dollars]

Period

1929

1930 ...1931193219331934

19351936193 /1938 .1939

19401941 - -1942 _1943 .1944

1945 -- -19461947194g _1949

19501951 _



1950* JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptember —OctoberNovemberDecember

1951* JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

Totalnewcon-

struc-tion

10, 793

8,7416,4273,5382,8793,720

4,2326,4976,9996,9808,198

8,68211,95714, 0758,3015,259

5,63312, 00016, 62721, 57222, 584

27,90229,863

Private construction

Totalpri-

vate 1

8,307

5,8833,768"1,6761,2311,509

1,9992,9813,9033,5604,389

5,0546,2063,4151,9792,186

3,2359,638

13, 13116, 66516, 181

20, 78920, 823

Resi-den-tial

build-ing

(non-farm)

3,625

2,0751,565

630470625

1,0101,5651,8751,9902,680

2,9853,5101,715

885815

1,1004,0156,3108, 5808,267

12, 60010,915

Non-resi-den-tial

build-ing

(non-farm)

2,694

2,0031,099

502406456

472713

1,085764786

1,0251,482

635233351

1, 0203,3413,1423,6213,228

3,7774,907

Otherpri-

vate2

1,988

1,8051,104

544355428

517703943806923

1,0441,2141,065

8611,020

1,1152,2823,6794, 4644,686

4,4125,001

Public construction

Totalpublic

2,486

2,8582,6591,8621,6482,211

2,2333, 5163,0963,4203,809

3,6285,751

10,6606, 3223,073

2, 3982,3623,4964,9076,403

7,1139,040

Mili-taryand

naval

19

2940343047

37293762

125

3851,6205, 0162, 550

837

690188204158137

1771, 045

Non-resi-den-tial

build-ing

659

660612415230363

328701550672970

6151,6463, 6852,0101,361

937354599

1,3012,068

2,4023,318

High-ways

1,266

1,5161, 355

958847

1,000

8451, 3621,2261,4211,381

1,3021,066

734446362

398895

1,5141, 8562,129

2,3502,225

Otherpublic 3

542

653652455535801

1,0231,4241,2831,2651,333

1,3261,4191,2251,316

513

373925

1,1791,5922,069

2,1842, 452


26, 54229, 262

30, 71829,008

25, 14025, 76426, 64027,00026, 91627, 79228,16428,88429, 53229, 74829, 97629, 268

30, 07230, 52832, 00431, 52430, 38429, 79629, 31629, 07629, 13628, 70428,87228,944

19, 57622,002

21, 90219, 744

18, 14419,18819, 32019, 71620, 24420,84421, 61222,08022,32022, 32021, 99621,684

21, 98422,63222, 89622, 14021, 15620,60420, 49620, 12420,05219, 60819, 29618, 888

11, 79413, 406

11, 8849,946

10,48811,54411, 55612,00012, 31212, 86413, 48813, 81213, 93213, 60812, 93612, 660

12, 70812, 99612, 86411, 89210, 65610, 18810, 0329,6969,780

10, 04410,1889,936

3,3664,188

5,2064,608

3,2523,3243,2883,3243,4803,5283,6723,8043,9964,3204,6444,692

4,6804,9805,2205,3885,5685,4005,3525,2685,0764,3803,8763,696

4,4164,408

4,8126,190

4,4044,3204,4764,3924,4524,4524,4524,4644,3924,3924,4164,332

4,5964,6564,8124,8604,9325,0165,1125,1605,1965,1845,2325,256

6,9667,260

8,8169,264

6,9966,5767,3207,2846,6726,9486,5526,8047,2127,4287,9807,584

8,0887,8969,1089,3849,2289,1928,8208,9529,0849,0969,576

10, 056

124230

6901,400

156132120120108108108168216276288324

372480624780912972996

1,1281,2121,3561,6682,040

2,2222,582

3,2903,346

2,1002,1962,1842,1962,3642,2922,1602,2562,5082,7722,8802,916

3,0723,0363,2643,3963,4803,4923,3003,3123,3003,2403,4083,516

2,4102,290

2,3882,062

2,4602,0762,8202,7362,0042,3642,2562,3042,3762,1722,5202,112

2, 2922,1362,7602,6642,2802, 1962,1362,1722,1722,0281,9321,932

2,2102,158

2,4482,456

2,2802,1722,1962,2322,1962,1842,0282,0762,1122,2082,2922,232

2,3522,2442,4602,5442,5562,5322,3882,3402,4002,4722,5682,568

1 Excludes construction expenditures for crude petroleum and natural-gas drilling, and therefore doesnot agree with the new construction expenditures included in the gross national product.

2 Includes public utility, farm, and other private construction not separately shown.»Includes residential, sewer and water, miscellaneous public service enterprises, conservation and

development, and all other public construction not separately shown.Sources: Department of Commerce and Department of Labor.


TABLE B-19.—Business expenditures for new plant and equipment, 1929-52

[Millions of dollars]

Period

1929

193019311932 ._19331934

103519361937. _ ._ ._-19381939

1940194119421943 ...1944

19451946 ,19471948 _ .1949

19501951« _ _

1950: First half.Second half

1951: First halfSecond half *


1951: First quarter _._Second quarterThird quarterFourth quarter fl .

1952: First quarter 8

Total i

9,165

7,6104,7122,6082,1373,080

3,7385,0776,7304,5205,213

6,4908,1906,1104,5305,210

7,40612, 92217,42620, 03218, 021

17, 83223, 125

Manufacturing and mining

Total

3,596

2,5411,435

930992

1,460

1,7902,4503,3301,8302,323

3,1404,0803,1702,6102,890

4,4267,3479,3969, 9367,887

8,17511, 947

Manu-factur-

ing

(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)1,943

2,5803,4002,7602,2502,390

3,9836,7908,7039,1347,149

7,49111,141

Mining

(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)380

560680410360500

443557693802738

684806

Transportation

Rail-road

840

865360164101218

166306525238280

440560540460580

552573906

1,3191,350

1,1361,564

Other

(4)

(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)

(4)(4)(4)(4)

280

390340260190280

321659798700525

437517

Electricand gasutilities

(4)

(4)

8(4)(4)

(4)(4)(4)(4)

480

550710680540490

6301,0451,8972,6833, 140

3,1673,654

Com-mercial

andmiscel-

laneous a

4,729

4,2042,9171,5141, 0441,402

1,7822,3212,8752,4521,850

1,9802,4901,470

730970

1,4773,2984,4295,3945,119

4,9175,443

Annual rates, not adjusted for seasonal variation

15, 60420, 058

21, 55224, 700

14, 47616, 73218, 04822, 068

19, 45223, 65223, 37626,024

22,916

6,9289,422

10,68413, 212

6,3607,4968,156

10, 688

9,34812, 02012, 16014, 264

12,872

6, 3168,666

9,91212, 372

5,7766,856

' 7, 4369,896

8,61611, 20811, 36413, 380

12, 040

612756

772840

584640720792

732812796884

832

1,0601,210

1,4301,698

9281,1921,1401,280

1,2121,6481,5081,888

1,596

338536

522512

316360492580

500544480544

552

2,8223,512

3,2924,016

2,6123,0323,2843,740

3,0123,5723,7324,300

3,536

4,4565,378

5,6245,262

4,2604,6524,9765,780

5,3805,8685,4965, 028

4,360

* Excludes agriculture and outlays charged to current account.2 Commercial and miscellaneous include trade, service, finance, and communication for all years shown.

Prior to 1939, miscellaneous also included transportation other than railroad, and electric and gas utilitieswhich are not available separately for these years.

8 Not available separately for years prior to 1939.4 Included in commercial and miscellaneous prior to 1939.• Estimates for fourth quarter of 1951 and first quarter of 1952 are based on anticipated capital expenditures

reported in late October and November.

NOTE.—These figures do not agree with those shown in column 2 of appendix table B-5 and included in thegross national product estimates of the Department of Commerce, principally because the latter cover certainequipment and construction outlays charged to current expense. Figures for 1929-44 (except manufac-turing for 1939) are Federal Reserve Board estimates based on Securities and Exchange Commission andother data.


Sources: Securities and Exchange Commission and Department of Commerce (except as noted).

185


TABLE B—20.—Inventories and sales in manufacturing and trade, 1939—51

[Adjusted for seasonal variation]

Period

1939

19401941194219431944

1945194619471948 _1949

195019514

1950: First half... .Second half .

1951: First half—.Second half*.

1950: JanuaryFebruary. _ .MarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptember..OctoberNovember..December—

1951: JanuaryFebruary...MarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptember 4.October *November 4.

Total manufactur-ing and trade

Millions ofdollars

Inve

ntor

ies l

20,051

22, 17628, 78031,09131,34331,059

30,89342, 94250, 60555, 64750,921

60,43469,880

52, 82860, 434

69, 44269, 880

51, 20150, 87251, 12651, 46552, 27152, 82852, 30453, 61955, 14657, 11258, 95460, 434

62, 05063,41665,24067,36168, 98169, 44270, 26870, 08369, 92270,00869, 880

1OQ

10, 802

12, 13415,81118,62421, 92023, 985

23. 85227, 15133, 15636, 43834, 467

39, 05143, 707

36, 48041, 621

44, 38242,898

34, 10435,18236, 10735, 92038, 33139, 23941, 38743, 44440,81941, 20840,61242, 254

45, 93344, 82644, 24243,47044, 74843, 07241,72943,04841, 34844, 31944,044

Rat

io o

f in

vent

orie

sto

sal

es 3

1.77

1.731.601.661.401.33

1.301.351.441.471.55

1.381.55

1.421.35

1.491.63

1.501.451.421.431.361.351.261.231.351.391.451.43

1.351.411.471.551.541.611.681.631.691.581.59

Manufacturing

Millions ofdollars

Inve

ntor

ies

*

11,465

12,81916,96019, 28720,09819, 507

18,39024,49828,92031, 73428,690

33, 25341, 462

29, 12333, 253

39, 00941, 462

28, 70728, 47228,43228, 59928, 83029,12329, 10429, 25330, 12330,94732, 24533, 253

34, 12034, 65735, 55736, 90838, 06839, 00939, 90840, 58041, 08941, 35441,462

e*

. J8

5,112

6,8598,172

10,43012, 82013, 782

12, 87312, 61715, 91817, 63016,339

19, 06422, 219

17, 54020,589

22, 57921, 787

15, 91516, 57917,23017, 25518, 98819, 27119, 76621, 41320, 10120, 68420, 52421, 048

22, 56022, 26122, 60522, 47923,43422, 13321, 26821, 77620, 70622, 59222, 592

Rat

io o

f in

vent

orie

sto

sal

es 3

2.12

2.071.801.781.521.45

1.481.681.731.731.85

1.561.73

1.641.50

1.611.88

1.801.721.651.661.521.511.471.371.501.501.571.58

1.511.561.571.641.621.761.881.861.981.831.84

Wholesale trade

Millions ofdollars

Inve

ntor

ies l

3,052

3, 2384,0443, 783,6843,912

4,5556,5927,6258,0857,729

9,38810, 010

8,1319,388

10, 15110, 010

7,6797,7057,7857,9528,0928,1318,0258,2368,4248,7759,0059,388

9,4759,7159,940

10, 10710, 27010, 15110,31510, 07410, 07210, 10910,010

«

102

2,187

2,4103,0333,4263,8304,152

4,4765,9937,2727,9317,235

8,0128,903

7,4528,572

9,0368,744

7,1147,2947,4827,2337,6877,8998,6369,0668,3378,4818,3208,595

9,7619,2228,9848,6848,8838,6798,3848,8248,3669,1618,983

Rat

io o

f in

vent

orie

s^t

o sa

les

*

1.35

1.301.2:1. 19.97.94

.91

.921.02.99

1.07

1.031.13

1.061.01

1.101.16

1.081.061.041.101.051.03.93.91

1.011.031.081.09

.971.051.111.161.161.171.231.141.201.101.11

Retail trade

Millions ofdollars

Inve

ntor

ies

*

5,534

6.1197,7768,0237,5617,640

7,94911, 85214, 06015, 82814, 502

17, 79318,408

15, 57417, 793

20, 28218,408

14, 81514, 69514, 90914, 91415, 34915, 57415, 17516, 13016, 59917, 39017, 70417, 793

18,45519,04419, 74320, 34620, 64320,28220, 04519, 42918, 76118,54518,408

."3GO

3,504

3,8654,6064,7685,2705,851

6,5038,5419,967

10, 87710, 893

11, 97412,586

11,48912, 459

12,76812, 367

11,07511, 30911, 39511, 43211, 65612, 06912, 98512, 96512, 38112, 04311, 76812, 611

13, 61213, 34312, 65312, 30712, 43112, 26012, 07712, 44812, 27612, 56612,469

Rat

io o

f in

vent

orie

sto

sal

es 3

1.53

1.491.491.761.421.32

1.211.151.281.411.40

1.331.54

1.311.35

1.551.54

1.341.301.311.301.321.291.171.241.341.441.501.41

1.361.431.561.651.661.651.661.561.531.481.48

1 Book value, end of period.2 Monthly average shown for year and half-year and total for month.3 For annual and semiannual periods, ratio of average end-of-month inventories to average monthly

sales; for monthly data, ratio of end-of-month inventories to sales for month.* Estimates based on incomplete data.NOTE.—The inventory figures in this table do not agree with the estimates of "change in business in-

ventories" included in the gross national product since they cover only manufacturing and trade ratherthan all business, and show inventories in terms of current book value without adjustment for revaluation.

Source: Department of Commerce.

186


TABLE B—21.—Sales, stocks, orders, and receipts at 296 department stores, 1939—51

Period


19401941194219431944

194519461947 -.19481949

1950 .19513


1951: First halfSecond half3.- .

1950: JanuaryFebruaryAfarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember - _

1951: January _ _ _FebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctober... ___November

Reported data(millions of dollars) 1

Sales(total formonth)

128

136156179204227

255318337352333

347335

298396

324348

256247320318330318292332369360405615

337284347312339326257309343388442

Stocks(end ofmonth)

344

353419599509535

563715826912862

9421,131

8731, 012

1,1401,119

789853920930906837791919

1,0261,1691,210

956

9921,0891,217,240,193,112,069,106,117,152

1,149

Out-standing

orders(end ofmonth)

(2)

108194263530560

729909552465350

466437

333598

466403

390393326271249370694754700582444412

657652467338295386434395404408374

Derived data(millions of dollars) 1

Receipts(total

formonth)

130

137165182203226

256344338356331

361353

306416

350356

256311387328306249246460476503448362

373381475335292245214346354423439

Neworders

(total formonth)

(2)

(2)170192223236

269327336335331

370349

318423

346353

349314320273284370570520422385308330

618376290206249336262307363427405

Ratio

Stocksto sales

2.69

2.602.693.352.502.36

2.212.252.452.592.59

2.713.38

2.932.56

3.522.93

3.083.452.882.922.752.632.712.772.783.252.981.55

2.943.833.513.973.523.414.163.583.262.972.60

Out-standing

ordersto sales

(3)

0.791.241.472.602.47

2.862.861.641.321.05

1.341.30

1.121.51

1.441.16

1.521.591.02.85.75

1.162.382.271.901.621.09.67

1.952.301.351.08.87

1.181.691.281.181.05.85

Out-standingorders

to^stocks

(2)

0.31.46.44

1.041.05

1.291.27.67.51.41

.49

.39

.38

.59

.41

.40

.49

.46

.35

.29

.27

.44

.88

.82

.68

.50

.37

.43

.66

.60

.38

.27

.25

.35

.41

.36

.36

.35

.32

1 Not adjusted for seasonal variation.2 Not available.3 Averages based on data through November.NOTE.—These figures are not estimates for all department stores in the United States. Figures for sales,

stocks, and outstanding orders are based on actual reports from the 296 stores. Receipts of goods are de-rived from the reported figures on sales and stocks. New orders are derived from estimates of receipts andreported figures on outstanding orders.

Semiannual and annual data on receipts and new orders cannot be derived directly from the monthlyaverages of sales, stocks, and outstanding orders.

Source: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

977891—52- -13

187


TABLE B-22.—Consumers' price index, 1929-51

For moderate-income families in large cities

[1935-39-100]

Period


19301931 ._ _19321933 ._1934

193519361937 ._19381939 .

194019411942 . _19431944 _ . . _ _

1945 . -19461947 .19481949

195019511

1950' First halfSecond half - - -

1951: First halfSecond half *

1950: January 15February 15March 15April 15May 15June 15July 15 . . . .August 15September 15October 15 .-_November 15December 15

1951: January 15 _ .February 15March 15April 15May 15June 15July 15August 15September 15October 15November 15December 15 _._

Allitems

122.5

119.4108.797.692.495.7

98.199.1

102.7100.899.4

100.2105.2116.6123.7125.7

128.6139.5159.6171.9170.2

171.9185.3

168. 8175.1

184.2186 7

168.2167.9168.4168.5169.3170.2172.0173.4174.6175.6176.4178.8

181.5183.8184.5184.6185.4185. 2185.5185.5186.6187.4188.6

(2)

Food

132.5

126.0103.986.584.193.7

100.4101.3105.397.895.2

96.6105.5123.9138.0136.1

139.1159.6193.8210.2201.9

204.5227.4

198.0211.0

225.7229 1

196.0194.9196. 6197.3199.8203.1208.2209.9210.0210.6210.8216.3

221.9226. 0226.2225.7227.4226.9227.7227.0227. 3229.2231.4231. 9

Apparel

115.3

112.7102.690.887.996.1

96.897.6

102.8102.2100.5

101.7106.3124.2129.7138.8

145.9160.2185.8198.0190.1

187.7204.3

184.9190.5

202.5206.5

185.0184.9185.1184.9184.7184.6184.5185.7189.8193. 0194.3195.5

198.5202.0203. 1203 6204.0204.0203.3203 6209 0208.9207.6

(3)

Rent

141.4

137.5130.3116.9100.794.4

94.296.4

100.9104.1104.3

104.6106.4108.8108.7109.1

109.5110.1113.6121.2126.4

131.0136.0

130.1132.0

134.7137. 5

129.4129.7129.8130.1130.6130.9131. 3131.6131.8132.0132.5132.9

133.2134.0134.7135.1135.4135.7136.2136 8137.5138.2138.9

(2)

Fuel,elec-

tricity,and re-friger-ation

112.5

111.4108.9103.4100.0101.4

100.7100.2100.299.999.0

99.7102.2105.4107.7109.8

110.3112.4121.1133.9137.5

140.6144.1

139.8141.4

143.8144 4

140.0140.1140.3140.3138.8139.1139.4140.2141.2142.0142.5142.8

143.3143.9144.2144.0143.6143. 6144.0144 2144.4144.6144.8

(2)

House-furnish-

ings

111.7

108.998.085.484.292.8

94.896.3

104.3103.3101.3

100.5107.3122.2125.6136.4

145. 8159.2184.4195. 8189.0

190.2210.9

185.1195.4

210.8211. 1

184.7185.2185.3185.4185.0184.8186. 1189.1194.2198.7201.1203. 2

207.4209.7210.7211.8212.6212.5212.4210 8211.1210.4210 8

(2)

Miscel-laneous

104.6

105.1104.1101.798.497.9

98.198.7

101.0101.5100.7

101. 1104.0110.9115.8121.3

124.1128.8139. 9149.9154.6

156.5165.0

154.9158.0

164.0166.3

155.1155.1155.0154.7155.1154.6155.2156.8157.8158.3159. 2160.6

162.1163. 2164.3164. 6165.0164.8165.01^5.4166.0166.6168.4(2)

i Averages based on data through November, except for food.8 Not available.


188


TABLE B-23— Wholesale price index, 1929-51

[1926«=100]

Period


19301931..—-193219331934

19351933193719381939

19401941194219431944

19451946194719481949

19501951 i

1950- First halfSecond half _

1951- First half .. „Second half 1

1950* JanuaryFebruaryTvlarchAprilMav - - - -

July _AugustSeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

1951' JanuaryFebruary _ _MarchApril _ _MayJuneJuly .. - -AugustSeptemberOctober..NovemberDecember * ..

All

com

mod

itie

s

95.3

86.473.064.865.974.9

80.080.886.378.677.1

78.687.398.8

103.1104.0

105.8121.1152.1165.1155.0

161 5180.5

153.8169.2

182.6178.3

151.4152.8152.7152. 8155.9157 3162.9166.4169. 5169.1171.7175.3

180,1183. 6184.0183.6182.9181.7179.4178. 0177.6178. 1178. 3

JLZ&-8-/ 77 *

Far

m p

rodu

cts

104.9

88.364.848.251.465.3

78.880.986.468.565.3

67.782.4

105.9122.6123.3

128.2148.9181.2188.3165.5

170.4196.4

160.5180.5

200.2192.6

154.7159. 1159.4159.3164. 7165.9176.0177.6180.4177.8183. 7187.4

194.2202.6203.8202.5199.6198.6194. 0190. 6189.2192.3195. 2

• 194. 2*?

t)o&

99.9

90.574.661.060.570.5

83.782.185.573.670.4

71.382,799.6

108.6104.9

105.2130.7168. 7179.1161.4

166. 2186.9

157.4175.0

186.0187.8

154.8156.7155.5155.3159.9162. 1171.4174.6177.2172.5175. 2179.0

182.2187.6186. 6185.8187.3186.3186.0187.3188.0189.4188.8187.5

Other than farm products and foods

1EH

91.6

85.275.070.271.278.4

77.979.685.381.781.3

83.089.095.596.998.5

99.7109.5135.2151.0147.3

153.2169.4

146.8159.7

171.5167.3

145.8146.0146.1146.3147.6148.7151.6155.5159.2161.5163. 7166.7

170.3171.8172.4172.3171.6170.5168.6167.2167.0166.7166.9167.4

£A

3«is3*s

109.1

100.086.172.980.986.6

89.695.4

104.692.895.6

100.8108.3117.7117.5116.7

118.1137.2182.4188.8180.4

191.9221.1

180.2204.1

234.3207.9

179.3179.0179.6179.4181.0182.6187.2195.6203.0208.6211.5218.7

234. 8238.2236.2233. 3232.6230.6221.9213.7212.1208.3196. 8194.4

IrSXoH

90.4

80.366.354.964.872.9

70.971.576.366.769.7

73.884.896.997.498.4

100.1116.3141.7149.8140.4

148.0172.2

137.2158.6

180.8163.6

138.5138.2137.3136.4136.1136.8142.6149.5158.3163.1166.8171.4

178.2181.1183. 2182.8182. 1177.7173.2167.5163.2157. 7159. 5160.7

I§•!i!§s*3£

83.0

78.567.570.366.373.3

73.576.277.676.573.1

71.776.278.580.883.0

84.090.1

108.7134. 2131.7

133.2138.2

131.6134.9

137.8138.7

131.0131.5131.5130.9131.9132.6133.5134.2134.9135.3135, 7135.7

136.4138.1138.6138.1137. 5137.8137.9138.1138.8138.9139,1139.2

3

4|a«>s

100.5

92.184.580.279.886.9

86. 487.095.795.794.4

95.899.4

103.8103.8103.8

104.7115.5145. 0163.6170.2

173.6189.1

169.4177.9

188.4189.9

168.5168.7168.6168.8169.9171.9172.4174.4176.7178.6180.4184.9

187. 5188.1188.8189.0188.8188.2187.9188.1189.1191.2191.5191.5

iaI1«

95.4

89.979.271.477.086.2

85.385.795.290.390.5

94.8103.2110.2111.4115.5

117.8132.6179.7199.1193.4

206. 0225.6

195.6216.5

227.4223.7

191.6192.8194.2194.8198.1202.1207.2213.9219.7218.9217.8221.4

226.1228.1228.5228.5227. 8225.6223. 7222.5223.0223. 6224.6224.8

•dg w

~f2f tS'gOSA OSO

94.0

88.779.373.972.175.3

79.078.782.677.076.0

77.084.495.594.995.2

95.2101.4127.3135.7118.6

122.7142.7

115.7129.5

145.7139.6

115.3115.0116.2117.0116.4114.5118.1122.5128.7132.2135.7139.6

144.5147.3146.4147.9145. 7142.3139. 4140.1140.8141 1138.7137.8

bO

.2,£3m

If•s*topOw

94.3

92.784.975.175.881.5

80.681.789.786.885.3

88.594.3

102.4102.7104.3

104,5111.6131.1144.5145.3

153.2175.9

145, 8160.4

178.1173.7

144.9145.2145. 5145. 8146.6146.9148.7153. 9159. 2163.8166.9170.2

174.7175. 4178.8180.1180.0179.5178.8175. 3172.4171.7172.0172.0

182.6

77.769.864.462.569.7

68.370.577.873.374.8

77.382.089.792.293.6

94.7100.3115.5120. 5112.3

120.9141.1

112.1130.0

142.3139.9

110.0110.0110.7112.6114.7114.7119.0124.3127.4131.3137.6140.5

142.4142.7142.5142.7141.7141.7138.8138.2138.5139.3141.4143.4

* Estimates based on incomplete data; by Council of Economic Advisers.

Source: Department of Labor (except as noted).

189


TABLE B—24.—Indexes of prices received and prices paid by farmers^ and parity ratio ̂ 1929—51

[1910-14=100]

Period


19301931193219331934

19351936...193719381939.

194019411942..19431944

1945...19461947.19481949...

1950...-1951

1950: First half.Second half


1950: January 15February 15.-March 15April 15May 15..June 15July 15August 15September 15.October 15November 15..December 15..

1951: January 15February 15. -March 15April 15May 15June 15July 15August 15September 15.October 15- —November 15..December 15..

Pricesreceived

148

12587657090

1091141229795

100123158

21922196

22062234

275285249

256302

241272

306296

235237237241247247263267272268276

313311309305301294292291296301305

Prices paid(including in-terest, taxes,

and wagerates)

160

151130112109120

124124131124122

124132151170182

189207239259250

255281

250260

279283

248248250250253254256257260261263265

272276280283283282282282282283284284

Parityratio *

92

67

6475

92937878

8193105113108

109113115110100

100107

105

110105

959695969897103104105103105108

110113111109108107104104103105106107

1 Ratio of prices received to prices paid (including interest, taxes, and wage rates).2 Includes subsidy payments between October 1943 and June 1946.

Source: Department of Agriculture.

190


TABLE B-25.—Percentage increases in wholesale prices and cost of living in the United States andforeign countries since June 1950

Country

United States

Africa and Near East:AlgeriaEgypt _Iran _IraqIsrael _Lebanon . .MoroccoTunisiaUnion of South Africa

Western European countries;Austria2

BelgiumDenmarkFrancoGermany (Federal Republic) _ _GreeceIrelandItaly .NetherlandsNorwayPortugalSpainSweden _ .Switzerland _ ._TurkeyUnited Kingdom .

Latin America:ArgentinaBrazilChile.. .Costa RicaCuba _Dominican RepublicEl SalvadorGuatemala . ,MexicoNicaraguaParaguayPeru i.Venezuela __

Pacific and Far East:AustraliaIndiaIndochina . _ _Japan •New ZealandPhilippines _ _Thailand

Other:CanadaFinland

Wholesale prices

Percentageincrease,June 1950to latest

date

13

1512175

1434321716

52303346293019172431103837169

28

0)2743-6

0)1403

323661257

31103556171714

1553

Latest date 1951

December

AugustSeptemberOctoberSeptemberSeptemberOctoberAugustAugustOctober

OctoberOctoberNovemberNovemberOctoberSeptemberSeptemberNovemberSeptemberNovemberSeptemberSeptemberSeptemberOctoberOctoberOctober

OctoberSeptemberOctober

NovemberAugustNovemberNovemberAugustJuneJuneSeptember

AugustNovemberSeptemberOctoberSeptemberOctoberSeptember

OctoberOctober

Cost of living

Percentageincrease,June 1950to latest

date

11

111178

1113

0)20

7

491415271119391212203

111984

13

2212398

1015122

16*37

28114

274

16271512JO

1518

Latest date 1951

November

JulySeptemberOctoberSeptemberAugustOctober

SeptemberOctober

OctoberOctoberOctoberOctoberOctoberOctoberJune-Aug. quarterOctoberSeptemberOctoberOctoberSeptemberAugustOctoberSeptemberSeptember

AprilOctoberSeptemberSeptemberJuneOctoberDecemberOctoberAugustAugustJuneJuneSeptember

Third quarterSeptemberAugustSeptemberThird quarterSeptemberAugust

OctoberSeptember

1 Not available.2 Covers basic materials only.3 May 1950 to latest quarter.4 Retail food prices only.NOTE.—-The components of the indexes are not always the same for each country.Source: International Monetary Fund.

191977891—52- -14


TABLE B-26.—Consumer credit outstanding, 1929-51


End of period

1929

193019311932 — .19331934

19351936 - - ._-1937 .19381939 - -

194019411942 .19431944

1945 . -1946 -.194719481949

19501951 3

1950' JanuaryFebruary _MarchApril.MayJune _JulyAugust _ .-SeptemberOctober _ _ .November . _ _December

1951: January __FebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJuly-AugustSeptemberOctoberNovember 3

December3.

Totalconsumer

credit

6,252

5,5704,6363,4933, 4393,846

4,7735,9336, 5136,1287,031

8, 1638-8265,6924,6004,976

5. 6278,677

11, 86214,36616, 809

20, 09720, 400

16, 36816, 15916, 33816, 63917,07717,65118, 29518, 84219,32919,39819, 40520, 097

19, 93719, 53319, 37919, 12619, 20719, 25619, 13219, 26219,36219, 58619,99620, 400

Instalment credit

Total

3,158

2, 6882,2041, 5181,5881,860

2,6223,5183,9603,5954,424

5,4175 8873,0482,0012,061

2,3644,0006,4348,600

10, 890

13, 45913, 300

10, 83610, 88411,07711,32211,66712, 10512, 59813, 00913, 34413, 38913, 30613, 459

13, 25213,07312, 97612, 90412, 92012, 95512, 90313, 04513, 16713, 19913, 25913, 300

Automobilesale credit

1,318

928637322459576

9401,2891,384

9701,267

1,7291,942

482175200

227544

1,1511,9613,144

4,1264,000

3,1793,2563,3553,4703,6003,7903,9944,1074,2134,2274,1754,126

4,0563,9903,9463,9343,9804,0414,0614,1384,1754,1344,1004,000

Other i

1,840

1,7601,5671,1961,1291,284

1,6822,2292,5762,6253,157

3,6883,9452,5661,8261,861

2,1373,4565,2836,6397,746

9,3339,300

7,6577,6287,7227,8528,0678,3158,6048,9029,1319,1629, 1319,333

9,1969,0839,0308,9708,9408,9148,8428,9078,9929,0659,1599,300

Chargeaccounts

1,749

1,6111, 3811,1141,0811,203

1,2921,4191,4591,4871,544

1,6501,7641, 5131,4981,758

1,9813,0543,6123,8543,909

4,2394,500

3,5063,2333,2113,2413,2903,3923,5273,6363,7413,7033,7394,239

4,2484,0103,9383,7443, 7933,8043, 7433,7243,6963,8684,2064,500

Otherconsumer

credit 2

1,345

1,2711,051

861770783

85999&

1,0941,0461,063

1,0961,1751,1311,1011,157

1,2821,6231, 8161, 9122,010

2,3992,600

2, 0262,0422,0502,0762,1202,1542,1702,1972,2442,3062,3602,399

2,4372,4502,4652,4782,4942,4972,4862,4932,4992,5192,5312,600

1 Includes other sale credit and loans, including repair and modernization loans insured by FederalHousing Administration.

2 Includes loans by pawnbrokers, service credit, and single-payment loans under $3,000 made by com-mercial banks. The single-payment loan item was revised in November 1950 to exclude loans over $3,000.See Federal Reserve Bulletin for November 1950, pp. 1465-1466.

3 Estimates based on incomplete data; December by Council of Economic Advisers.

NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.

Source: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (except as noted);

192


TABLE B-27.—Loans and investments of all commercial banks, 1929-51]


End of period »

1929— June 6

1930— June5— _ .1931— June 51932— June 5

1933— June5

1934— June 5

1935193619371938 -1939

19401941194219431944

19451946 . . .19471948 .1949

1950 - ...19517

1950: January .FebruaryMarch _April ...MayJune.. _ _ _JulyAugustSeptemberOctoberNovember _December

1951: JanuaryFebruaryMarch . _April..MayJune _ _ _ _ _ _JulyAugust _September _ _ _ _ _OctoberNovember _.December 7

Totalloansand

invest-ments

49.4

48.944.936.130.432.7

36.139.638.438.7

- 40.7

43.950.767.485.1

105.5

124.0114. 0116.3114.3120.2

126.7133.8

121.2120.6120.3120.3121.2121.8122.3123.3123.6124.5125.4126.7

125. 1125.0125.7125.4125.1126.0126.1127.0128.6130.5131.9133.8

Loans

Total s

35.7

34.529.221.816.315.7

15.216.417.216.417.2

18.821.719.219.121.6

26.131.138.142.543.0

52.258.4

42.943.143.743.844.144.846.047.348.949.951.552.2

52.753.554.454.454.554.854.655.256.056.857.358.4

Commercialand indus-trial loans 4

(6)

(6)(6)(6)(9)(6)

(6)(6)(6)

5.76.4

7.39.37.97.98.0

9.614.218.218.917.1

21.926.6

17.217.217.116.816.716.917.318.319.420.021.121.9

22.323.123.823.723.623.723.524.124.825.425.926.6

Investments

Total

13.7

14.415.714.314.017.0

20.923.121.222.323.4

25.129.048.266.083.9

97.982.978.271.877.2

74.475.4

78.377.576.676.577.177.076.376.074.674.673.974.4

72.371.571.371.070.671.271.571.972.673.774.675.4

U. S. Gov-ernment

obligations

4.9

5.06.06.27.5

10.3

13.815.314.215.116.3

17.821.841.459.877.6

90.674.869.262.667.0

62.062.2

68.067.165.865.566.165.865.064.262.562.561.762.0

60.059.158.858.558.158.558.759.159.760.961.662.2

Othersecurities

8.7

9.49.78.16.56.7

7.17.97.07.27.1

7.47.26.86.16.3

7.38.19.09.2

10.2

12.413.2

10.310.410.811.011.011.211.411.812.112.112.112.4

12.412.412.612.612.512.712.812.712.912.913.013.2

1 Excludes mutual savings banks.2 June and December figures are for call dates. Other monthly data are for the last Wednesday of the

month.3 Data are shown net. Includes commercial and industrial loans, agricultural loans, loans on securities,

real estate loans, loans to banks, and "other loans," some of which represent consumer credit.4 Beginning with 1948, data are shown gross, i. e., before deduction of valuation reserves, instead of net

as for previous years. Prior to June 1947 and for months other than June and December, data are esti-mated on the basis of reported data for all insured commercial banks and for weekly reporting memberbanks.

5 June data are used because complete end-of-year data are not available prior to 1935 for U. S. Govern-ment obligations and other securities.

6 Not available.7 Estimates based on incomplete data; by Council of Economic Advisers.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.

Source: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (except as noted).

193


TABLE B-28.—Deposits and currency, 1929-51


End of period *

1929

193019311932 > '19331934

193519361937 -1938 -1939

19401941 _ .194219431944

194519461947 - -1948 — —1949

19501951 fl

1950: JanuaryFebruaryMarchAprilMayJuneJulyAugust .SeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

1951* JanuaryFebruaryMarch . .. _ _AprilMay.JuneJuly _- _.-AugustSeptemberOctober _ _NovemberDecember '

Totaldeposits

andcurrency

54,742

53, 57248, 37945, 37042, 55148, 106

52, 72657, 59556, 78159, 87864, 733

71, 12979, 098

100, 500123, 391151, 428

176, 378167,500172, 330172, 693173, 851

180, 574189,500

173, 600172, 800172, 400172, 500173, 000174, 715174, 400175, 500176, 400176, 300177, 400180, 574

178, 800178, 900179, 900179, 800179, 100181,333180, 800181, 600183, 800185, 800187, 100189, 500

U.S.Govern-

mentdeposits2

187

324518516

1,0191,836

1,4531,235

9661,8121,480

1,1212,7629,201

11, 00321, 203

25, 5853,4962,3223, 5744,070

3,6573,800

3,9004,6005,3004,1003,8004,7514,1004,5004,8003,5003,5003,657

3,6004,7007,4006,5005,4006,6495,0004,6005,9004,2004,4003,800

Total excluding U. S. Government depositsfprivately-held money supply) *

Total

54, 555

53, 24847,86144, 85441, 53246, 270

51, 27356, 36055,81558,06663,253

70, 00876, 33691, 299

112, 388130, 225

150, 793164, 004170, 008169, 119169, 781

176, 917185, 700

169, 700168, 200167, 100168, 400169, 200169, 964170, 200171, 000171, 600172, 800173, 900176, 917

175, 200174, 200172, 500173, 300173, 700174, 684175, 800177, 000177, 900181, 600182, 700185, 700

Currencyoutsidebanks

3,557

3,6054,4704,6694,7824,655

4,9175,5165,6385,7756,401

7,3259,615

13, 94618, 83723, 505

26, 49026, 73026, 47626, 07925, 415

25, 39826, 500

24, 50024, 70024, 60024, 60024. 70025, 18524, 40024, 50024, 50024, 60024, 90025,398

24, 60024, 60024, 40024, 60024, 90025, 77625, 10025, 30025, 40025, 70025, 80026, 500

Demanddeposits

adjusted «

22,809

20, 96717, 41215, 72815, 03518,459

22, 11525, 48323, 95925, 98629, 793

34, 94538, 99248, 92260, 80366, 930

75, 85183, 31487, 12185, 52085, 750

92, 27298, 200

86,40084, 50083, 20084, 30085, 00085, 04086, 50087, 40088, 00089, 20090, 30092, 272

91, 60090, 60089, 00089, 50089, 50088, 96090, 70091, 40092, 00095, 00096, 30098, 200

Timedeposits •

28,189

28, 67625, 97924, 45721, 71523,156

24,24125, 36126, 21826, 30527, 059

27, 73827, 72928,43132, 74839, 790

48, 45253, 96056,41157, 52058,616

59,24761,000

58, 70059, 00059, 30059, 50059, 50059, 73959, 40059, 10059, 00059, 00058, 70059, 247

59, 00059, 00059, 10059, 20059, 30059, 94860, 10060, 40060, 50060, 90060, 60061,000

* June and December figures are for call dates. Other monthly data are for the last Wednesday of themonth.

i Includes U. 8. Government deposits at Federal Reserve banks and commercial and savings banks, and,beginning with 193S, includes U. S. Treasurer's time deposits, open account.

8 Includes deposits and currency held by State and local governments.< Includes demand deposits, other than interbank and U. S. Government, less cash items in process of

collection.* Includes deposits in commercial banks, mutual savings banks, and Postal Savings System, but excludes

interbank deposits.« Estimates based on incomplete data; by Council of Economic Advisers.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (except as noted).

194


TABLE B-29.—Estimated ownership of Federal obligations, 1939-51

[Billions of dollars—par valuesl]

End of period

1939

19401941194219431944

19451946194719481949

19501951 7

1950* 'JanuaryFebruaryMarch -AprilMayJune - -JulyAugust- -SeptemberOctoberNovemberDecember

1951: JanuaryFebruaryMarch ._April _-.MayJuneJulyAugustSeptemberOctober _ _November 7

December 7

Gross public debt and guaranteed issues *

Total

47.6

50.964.3

112.5170.1232. 1

278.7259.5257.0252.9257.2

256.7259.5

256.9256.4255.7255.7256.4257.4257.6257.9257.2257.0257.1256.7

256. 1256.0255.0254. 7255.1255.3255.7256.7257.4258.3259.6259.5

Held byU.S.

Govern-ment

invest-ment

accounts

6.5

7.69.5

12.216.921.7

27.030.934.437.339.4

39.242.3

39.038.437.637.337.437.838.038.138.939.039.239.2

39.639.739.839.940.341.041.041.542.042.042.242.3

Held by others

Totalheld byothers

41.1

43.354.7

100.2153. 2210.5

251.6228.6222.6215.5217.8

217.5217.2

217.9218.0218.1218.4219.0219.5219.6219.8218.3217.9217.9217.5

216.6216.2215.2214.9214.8214.3214.6215.2215.4216.4217.4217.2

Stateand localgovern-ments 3

0.4

.5

.71.02.14.3

6.56.37.37.98.0

7.88.0

8.08.08.48.48.38.28.38.38.28.18.17.8

7.87.97.97.98.08.08.08.08.08.18.18.0

Com-mercialbanks 4

15.9

17.321.441.159.977.7

90.874.568.762.566.8

61.861.5

67.466.464.965.265.865.664.664.162.262.261.561.8

59.958.957.858.457.858.458.758.859.460.661.261.5

FederalReservebanks

2.5

2.22.36.2

11.518.8

24.323.322.623.318.9

20.823.8

17.817.717.617.817.418.318.018.419.619.319.720.8

21.621.922.922.722.523.023.123.123.723.623.223.8

Nonbankprivatecorpora-tions andassocia-tions 4

12.2

12.816.828.242.056.8

66.260.358.656.257.7

60.157.9

58.058.960.359.960.259.960.961.360.860.961.160.1

60.761.060.459.459.958.558.659.058.158.058.757.9

Indi-viduals 6

10.1

10.613.623.737.652.9

63.964.165.565.666.5

67.066.0

66.767.066.967.167.367.567.867.867.667.567.667.0

66.866.666.266.366.566.466.366.366.266.266.266.0

1 United States savings bonds, series A-D, E, and F. are included at current redemption values.2 Excludes guaranteed securities held by the Treasury.3 Includes trust, sinking, and investment funds of State and local governments and their agencies, and

Territories and possessions.< Includes commercial banks, trust cpmpanies, and stock savings banks in the United States and in Ter-

ritories and possessions; excludes securities held in trust departments.s Includes insurance companies, mutual savings banks, savings and loan associations, nonprofit institu-

tions, corporate pension trust funds, dealers and brokers and foreign accounts in this country. Begin-ning with December 1946, the foreign accounts include investments by the International Bank for Re-construction and Development and the International Monetary Fund in special non-interest-bearingnotes issued by the U. S. Government. Beginning with June 30, 1947, includes holdings of Federal landbanks.

6 Includes partnerships and personal trust accounts.^Estimates based on incomplete data; by Council of Economic Advisers.


Source: Treasury Department (except as noted).

195


TABLE B-30.-—U. S. Government debt—volume and kind of obligations, 7929-57


End of period

1929

19301931193219331934

1935193619371938 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _1939

1940.194119421943__ _1944

1945 __ _194619471948 _1949

1950 _1951

1950: January _ _ _FebruaryMarch.AprilMayJuneJulyAugustSeptember _ _ _ __October ..NovemberDecember.

1951: JanuaryFebruary ._MarchApril _-May _ _ _June_JulyAugust - _ _ _ - _ _ .SeptemberOctober _November. __ _..December

i

Grosspublic

debt andguaran-

teedissues i

16.3

16.017.820.824.031.5

35.139.141.944.447.6

50.964.3

112.5170.1232.1

278.7259.5257.0252.9257.2

256.7259.5

256.9256.4255.7255.7256.4257.4257.6257.9257. 2257.0257.1256.7

256.1256.0255.0254.7255.1255.3255.7256.7257.4258.3259.6259.5

Interest-bearing public debt

Marketable publicissues

Short-term

issues 2

3.3

2.92.85.97.5

11.1

14.212.512.59.87.7

7.58.0

27.047.169.9

78.257.1

'47.745.950.2

58.365.6

49.949.851.551.652.052.452.252.256.956.055.958.3

57.457.457.457.457.458.960.360.861.963.564.565.6

|

Treasurybonds

11 3

11.313.513.414.715.4

14.319.520.524.026.9

28.033.449.367.991.6

120.4119.3117.9111.4104.8

94.076.9

104.8104.8102.8102.8102.8102.8102.8102.896.796.796.794.0

94.094.094.080.580.578.878.878.878.178.178.176.9

Nonmarketablepublic issues

UnitedStatessavingsbonds

0.2.5

1.01.42.2

3.26.1

15.027.440.4

48.249.852.155.156.7

58.057.6

57.057.257.357.457.557.557.657.557.458.058.058.0

58.057.857.857.757.657.657.557.557.557.557.657.6

Treas-ury

;ax andsavingsnotes

2.56.48.69.8

8.25.75.44.67.6

8.67.5

7.98.08.08.18.38.58.68.98.99.08.98.6

8.78.78.38.18.27.87.98.07.87.77.77.5

Specialissues 3

0.6

.8

.4

.4

.4

.6

. 7

.62.23.24.2

5.47.09.0

12.716.3

20.024.629.031.733.9

33.735.9

33.532.932.131.831.932.432.532.733.433.533.733.7

34.033.933.533.634.034.734.735.135.635.635.935.9

Non-nterest-bearing

debt

0.3

.3

.3

.4

.4

.5

1.0.7.6.5.6

.6

.5

.91.41.8

2.41.52.72.22.1

2.42.4

2.02.02.22.22.22.22.12.12.22.22.22.4

2.42.62.42.42.42.42.32.32.42.42.42.4

Fullyguar-

anteedsecuri-

ties

0.23.1

4.54.74.65.05.7

5.96.34.34.21.5

.6

.3

.1

.1(4)

(4)(*)

(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)

(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)

1 Total includes Postal Savings bonds, prewar bonds, adjusted service bonds, depositary bonds, ArmedForces leave bonds, and Treasury investment bonds, not shown separately. Excludes guaranteedsecurities held by the Treasury.

2 Includes Treasury bills, certificates of indebtedness, and Treasury notes.3 Issued to U. S. Government investment accounts; these accounts also held 6.4 billion dollars of public

marketable and nonmarketable issues on December 31,1951.* Less than 50 million dollars.Source: Treasury Department.

196


TABLE B-31.—Bond yields and interest rates, selected years, 1929-51

[Percent per annum]

Period

Average:1929193319351937.1939

19411943

1945 . _ .1946,19471948. . _1949.

19501951



U. S. Government securityyields

3-monthTreas-ury

bills i

(3)0.515.137.447.023

.103373

.375

.375

.5941.0401.102

1.2181.552

1.1181.1661.2331.353

1.4001.5321.6281.649

9-12monthissues 2

(4)(4)(4)(4)(4)

(4)0.75

.81

.82

.881.141.14

1.261.72

1.141.19L271.44

1.621.841.721.73

Taxablebonds

15 yearsand over

(5)(5)(5)(5)(5)

(5)2.47

2.372.192.252.442.31

2.322.57

2.242.312.342.38

2.422.612.592.66

CorporateAaa

bonds(Moody's)

4.734.493.603.263.01

2.772.73

2.622.532.612.822.66

2.622.86

2.582.612.632.67

2.702.902.892.95

Averageof ratescharged

by bankson short-

termloans —selected

cities

(6)(6)(6)(6)

2.1

2.02.6

2.22.12.12.52.7

2.73.1

2.602.682.632.84

3.023.073.063.27

Primecommer-

cialpaper,

4-6months

5.851.73.76.94.59

.54

.69

.75

.811.031.441.48

1.452.17

1.311.311.471.71

1.962.202.252.26

Bankers'accept-ances,

90days

5.03.63.13.43.44

.44

.44

.44

.61

.871.111.12

1.151.60

1.061.061.181.31

1.511.631.631.65

FederalReservebank

discountrate

5.162.561.501.331.00

1.007 1.00

7 1.00? 1.00

1.001.341.50

1.591.75

1.501.501.621.75

1.751.751.751.75

1 Rate on new issues within period.2 Includes certificates of indebtedness and selected note and bond issues.3 Treasury bills were first issued in December 1929.

*< Not available before August 1942.s Bonds-in this classification were first issued in March 1941.6 Not available on same basis.f From October 30, 1942, to April 24, 1946, a preferential rate of 0.50 percent was in effect for advances

secured by Government securities maturing or callable in 1 year or less.

NOTE.—Yields and rates computed for New York City, except for average of rates charged on short-termoans.

Sources: Treasury Department, Moody's Investors Service, and Board of Governors of the FederalReserve System.

197


TABLE B—32.—Profits before and after tax, all private corporations, 1929—51


Period

1929

1930 —193119321933 — _ — -1934

1935 — .1936193719381939

1940 -194119421943 _1944

1945194619471948 _1949

19501951«

1950: First halfSecond half .


1950: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter . .Fourth quarter

1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter 3Fourth quarter 3

Corporateprofitsbefore

tax

9.8

3.3-.8

-3.0.2

1.7

3.25.76.23.36.5

9.317.221.125.124.3

19.723.530.533.828.3

41.444.8

Corporatetax

liability 1

1.4

.8

.5

.4

.5

.7

1.01.41.51.01.5

2.97.8

11.714.413.5

11.29.6

11.913.011.0

18.626.7

Corporate profits after tax

Total

8.4

2.5-1.3-3.4-.41.0

2.34.34.72.35.0

6.49.49.4

10.610.8

8.513.918.520.717.3

22.818.1

Dividendpayments

5.8

5.54.12.62.12.6

2.94.64.73.23.8

4.04.54.34.54.7

4.76.86.67.27.6

9.29.5

Undis-tributedprofits

2.6

-3.0-5.4-6.0-2.4-1.6

-.6-.3

00-.91.2m

T2.4[4.9'6.1[6.2

L6'1[3.8

F f 8 . 112.013.59.8

13.68.6


34.748.0

48.641.0

31.937.545.750.3

51.845.440.042.0

15.621.5

29.024.4

14.416.920.522.5

31.127.023.825.0

19.026.5

19.616.6

17.520.625.227.8

20.718.416.217.0

8.110.2

9.29.8

7.88.49.4

11.1

8.89.69.6

10.1

11.016.2

10.46.8

9.712.215.816.7

11.98.86.66.9

i Federal and State corporate income and excess profits taxes.a Minus 8 million dollars.» Estimates based on incomplete data; by Council of Economic Advisers.NOTE.—No allowance has been made for inventory valuation adjustment. See appendix Table B-6 for

profits before tax and inventory valuation adjustment. The figures beginning with 1948 are based on therevised series of national income and product of the Department of Commerce. For detail, see theNational Income Supplement to the Survey of Current Business, 1951.




TABLE B-33.—Sales and profits of large manufacturing corporations, 1939-51


Period

1939 ...

1940194]194219431944 —

1945 _1946J947 —19481949

1950

I960- First halfSecond half

1951- First half

1950' First quarter 3

Second quarter 2

Third quarter 2

Fourth quarter 2

1951: First quarter *Second quarter5

Third quarter 3

Durable goods industries(106 corporations) l

Sales

6,748

8,75012,80615,36220, 63322, 085

18,16112,37619, 48423,56723,886

29, 346

Profits

Before taxes

734

1,2262.1752,3262,3892,192

1,288608

2,3123,1053,191

5,190

After taxes

597

830982782755726

574295

1,3541,8351,887

2,549

Nondurable goods industries(94 corporations) 1

Sales

3,843

4,2575,4856,4087,6078,263

8,3718,940

11,31313, 36412,790

14,710

Profits

Before taxes

476

617980

1,0691,2931,339

1,1331,4251,7872,2081,843

2,701

After taxes

400

443538438506529

555908

1,1671,4741,211

1,510

Totals for period, not adjusted for seasonal variation

13,22916,117

17, 121

6,0047,2257,8918,. 226

8,3628,7598,003

2,1353,055

2,787

8961,2401,4031,652

1,3821,4051,193

1,1971,352

1,007

503694776576

510497429

6,7058,005

8,583

3,2513,4533,9394,066

4,3234,2604,279

1,0861,615

1,659

504581782833

850809769

662850

706

307353468382

367340332

i See Federal Reserve Bulletin, June 1949, and subsequent issues, for similar data for the following industrygroups: primary metals and products, machinery, automobiles and equipment, foods and kindred products,chemicals and allied products, and petroleum refining.

* Certain Federal income tax accruals for the first 6 months of 1950 and 1951, required by subsequent in-creases in Federal income tax rates and charged by many companies against third quarter profits, havebeen redistributed to the first and second quarters. Available information does not permit a similar redis-tribution of accruals charged against fourth quarter 1950 profits to cover 1950 liability for excess profitstaxes. Estimates for third quarter 1951 based on incomplete data.


Source: Compiled by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and based on publishedreports of various industrial corporations.

199


TABLE B-34.—Relation of profits before and ajter taxes to stockholders' equity, private manu-facturing corporations•, by industry group, 7947-49 average and 1950—51

Industry group

All private manufacturing cor-porations

Food - -. .Tobacco manufacturesTextile mill productsApparel and finished textiles __Lumber and wood products

Furniture and fixtures. _ _Paper and allied productsPrinting and publishing (except

newspapers)Chemicals and allied productsProducts of petroleum and coal

Rubber productsLeather and leather productsStone, clay, and glass products.Primary nonferrous metal industries.Primary iron and steel industries

Fabricated metal productsMachinery (except electrical and

transportation)Electrical machineryTransportation equipment (except

motor vehicles)Motor vehicles and parts

Instruments; photographic and op-tical goods; watches and clocks

Miscellaneous manufacturing (in-cluding ordnance)

All private manufacturing cor-porations

Food .-Tobacco manufacturesTextile mill productsApparel and finished textiles .Lumber and wood products

Furniture and fixturesPaper and allied productsPrinting and publishing (except

newspapers)Chemicals and allied products . .Products of petroleum and coal

Rubber products _ . _ .Leather and leather productsStone, clay, and glass productsPrimary nonferrous metal industries .Primary iron and steel industries

Fabricated metal productsMachinery (except electrical and

transportation) _ _ _ _Electrical machineryTransportation equipment (except

motor vehicles) -..Motor vehicles and parts


Miscellaneous manufacturing (in-cluding ordnance)

Percentage ratio of profits (annual rate) to stockholders' equity

1947-49aver-age

1950

Total Firstquarter

Secondquarter

Thirdquarter

1951

Firstquarter

Secondquarter

Thirdquarter

Before Federal taxes

23.2

23.619.624.821.626.0

23.626.0

23.624.020.4

19.617.622.818.420.0

24.4

24.026.8

10.434.4

22.0

19.2

28.0

22.421.222.818.029.6

27.228.4

20.032.419.2

30.819.233.225.628.4

29.2

26.041.6

18.853.2

30.8

22.8

19.6

15.616.418.011.616.8

15.620.8

20.425.212.8

14.810.820.416.020.0

18.4

18.429.2

12.039.2

20.8

10.0

24.8

20.419.217.210.428.4

23.623.2

16.828.416.8

21.212.832.422.026.8

24.8

24.431.2

17.655.2

26.0

14.8

31.2

28.825.226.026.438.0

29.228.8

24.036.420.4

38.025.239.226.829.2

34.0

26.841.2

19.258.8

33.2

29.6

32.8

20.820.429.622.034.0

34.444.0

21.640.823.2

43.222.436.432.034.8

37.6

30.847.2

19.646.0

33.6

34.8

30.4

18.420.423.211.231.6

28.842.8

26.832.423.2

41.217.639.232.835.6

33.6

34.834.4

25.244.0

33.6

26.0

25.5

18.922.511.811.520.6

22.232.6

25.431.222.9

31.316.933.224.229.7

27.2

28.128.6

18.334.0

30.0

17.3

After Federal taxes

14.4

14.012.014.812.416.8

14.016.0

14.414.815.2

11.210.414.011.612.0

14.8

14.416.0

6.019.6

13.6

11.2

15.6

12.411.612.810.017.6

15.216.4

11.618.014.0

16.810.817.615.214.4

16.0

14.020.8

10.025.2

16.8

12.4

12.0

9.210.010.86.4

10.4

8.412.8

12.815.610.0

9.66.4

12.410.411.6

11.2

10.817.2

7.222.8

12.8

5.2

15.6

12.412.010.45.2

18.0

15.214.4

9.617.613.2

13.67.2

20.014.816.0

15.6

14.818.4

10.432.4

16.0

8.4

17.6

16.413.214.416.422.8

16.016.4

14.420.814.0

22.414.822.016.015.2

19.2

14.822.0

10.028.8

18.8

16.8

14.8

10.09.6

14.411.617.2

16.018.4

10.017.214.4

18.810.816.016.013.6

17.6

15.218.4

9.217.2

14.4

16.4

13.6

9.210.010.84.4

16.0

11.617.6

13.614.015.2

15.67.2

16.814.813.6

14.4

14.814.0

11.617.2

14.0

10.0

10.4

8.89.24.84.8

10.6

9.812.4

12.410.714.5

12.26.5

12.010.48.5

11.2

10.48.6

8.010.6

10.4

6.7

Sources: Federal Trade Commission and Securities and Exchange Commission.

200


TABLE B—35.—Relation of profits before and after taxes to sales, private manufacturing corpora-tions, by industry group, 1947-49 average and 1950—51

Industry group

All private manufacturingcorporations _

Food __ _.Tobacco manufacturersTextile mill productsApparel and finished textilesLumber and wood products

Furniture and fixturesPaper and allied productsPrinting and publishing (except

newspapers)Chemicals and allied products _Products of petroleum and coal

Rubber productsLeather and leather productsStone, clay, and glass products _ _Primary nonferrous metal industries.Primary iron and steel industries

Fabricated metal products __ .Machinery (except electrical and

transportation) _ .Electrical machinery _Transportation equipment (except


Instruments; photographic and opti-cal goods; watches and clocks

Miscellaneous manufacturing (in-cluding ordnance) ..

All private manufacturingcorporations

FoodTobacco manufactures-.- ._Textile mill productsApparel and finished textiles . _Lumber and wood products

Furniture and fixturesPaper and allied products - - _ ..Printing and publishing (except

newspapers).-. _ _ _ - _ _ _ _Chemicals and allied productsProducts of petroleum and coal.

Rubber productsLeather and leather productsStone, clay, and glass productsPrimary nonferrous metal industries -Primary iron and steel industries

Fabricated metal products -Machinery (except electrical and

transportation)Electrical machineryTransportation equipment (except



Miscellaneous manufacturing (in-cluding ordnance) _ _ _ - _ .

Profits in cents per dollar of sales

1947-49average

1950

Total Firstquarter

Secondquarter

Thirdquarter

1951

Firstquarter

Secondquarter

Thirdquarter

Before Federal taxes

10.5

6.17.8

11.65.6

14.4

8.414.0

8.613.814.7

7.75.7

13.713.411.5

10.8

6.59.9

5.512.2

12.2

8.9

12.8

6.19.0

10.55.0

15.9

9.015.4

7.918.814.9

10.66.5

18.817.315.5

12.4

13.314.3

8.917.5

15.9

10.4

10.1

4.87.49.03.5

11.2

5.912.3

8.515.610.7

6.64.2

14.113.512.7

9.7

10.711.3

6.215.3

12.6

5.5

11.8

5.68.18.93.3

15.2

8.413.6

6.817.113.5

7.84.9

18.915.915.1

11.4

12.611.7

8.617.8

14.3

7.7

13.5

7.510.111.46.3

18.5

9.515.6

9.420.515.2

11.47.4

20.517.115.7

13.0

13.614.0

9.318.0

16.8

12.5

13.5

5.49.1

11.95.4

17.7

10.519.8

8.320.916.5

13.06.9

19.718.216.5

14.5

15.015.1

7.914.0

16.0

13.8

12.9

4.98.3

10.23.2

16.1

9.419.6

9.918.617.0

12.25.9

20.119.316.6

13.1

14.512.2

8.213.8

15.6

11.3

11.5

4.98.96.13.1

11.5

8.916.8

9.618.016.8

10.05.7

18.614.916.2

11.6

13.111.1

6.712.4

14.8

8.7

After Federal taxes

6.5

3.64.86.93.39.2

4.98.6

5.28.6

11.1

4.33.38.48.36.9

6.6

3 96.0

3 27.0

7.5

5.2

7.1

3.44.95.82.89.4

5.18.8

4.510.310.7

5.83.7

10.110.27.9

6.8

7.37.2

4.78.3

8.6

5.6

6.2

2.84.65.41.97.1

3.27.5

5.49.68.2

4.22.58.68.57.5

5.9

6.46.7

3.78.9

7.7

2.9

7.4

3.45.05.21.69.7

5.48.4

3.810.610.7

5.02.7

11.710.59.0

7.1

7.77.0

5.110.5

8.9

4.5

7.6

4.35.46.53.9

11.1

5.39.0

5.611.710.5

6.64.3

11.610.28.2

7.3

7.67.5

4.88.8

9.4

7.0

6.1

2.64.35.72.89.1

4.98.3

3.98.8

10.2

5.73.38.59.06.4

6.7

6.65.9

3.75.2

6.9

6.6

5.8

2.54.14.71.38.2

3.87.9

5.07.9

11.0

4.72.48.58.76.4

5.6

6.25.0

3.7-5.4

6.4

4.9

4.7

2.33. 62.41.35.9

3.96.4

4.76.2

10.6

3.92.26.84.37.0

4.8

4.93.3

2.93.9

6.2

3.3

Source: Federal Trade Commission and Securities and Exchange Commission.

201


TABLE B—36.—Relation of profits before and after taxes to stockholders' equity and to sales, allprivate manufacturing corporations, by size class, 1947-49 average and 1950-51

Assets class (thousands of dollars)

All sizes

1 to 249250 to 999.. _ _1 000 to 4,9995 000 to 99,999 _ _ .100 000 and over

All sizes

1 to 249250 to 9991 000 to 4,9995,000 to 99,999 —100 000 and over

All sizes

1 to 249250 to 9991,000 to 4,9995,000 to 99,999 __100 000 and over

All sizes

1 to 249250 to 9991,000 to 4,999 — _ . -5 000 to 99,999100,000 and over_.

1947-49average

1950

Total Firstquarter

Secondquarter

Thirdquarter

1951

Firstquarter

Secondquarter

Thirdquarter

Ratio of profits before Federal taxes (annual rate) to stockholders'equity

23.2

16.822.423.624.022.4

28.0

17.223.625.227.629.6

19.6

8.813.217.218.421.6

24.8

15.221.221.623.627.2

31.2

26.430.428.831.232.0

32.8

23.628.833.234.432.0

30.4

22.428.030.432.030.0

25.5

17.421.322.625.426.8

Profits before Federal taxes in cents per dollar of sales

10.5

4.57.28.8

10.812.2

12.8

4.37.99.5

12.515.5

10.1

2.55.17.39.5

12.8

11.8

4.27.48.5

11.314.4

13.5

6.29.8

10.313.316.0

13.5

5.48.8

10.913.815.4

12.9

5.28.5

10.112.914.9

11.5

4.27.08.2

11.014.0

Ratio of profits after Federal taxes (annual rate) to stockholders'equity

14.4

9.612.814.014.814.4

. 15.6

10.413.214.015.216.4

12.0

4.07.2

10.011.213.6

15.6

9.612.813.214.817.2

17.6

19.218.816.417.217.6

14.8

14.414.815.615.214.4

13.6

13.613.213.214.014.0

10.4

9.19.78.8

10.011.0

Profits after Federal taxes in cents per dollar of sales

6.5

2.64.25.26.67.8

7.1

2.64.45.26.98.6

6.2

1.12.74.25.88.1

7.4

2.74.45.27.0

. 9.2

7.6

4.56.05.97.48.9

6.1

3.34.55.26.07.0

5.8

3.24.04.45.66.9

4.7

2.23.23.24.35.8

Sources: Federal Trade Commission and Securities and Exchange Commission.

202


TABLE B-37.—Sources and uses of corporate funds, 1947-51


Source or use of funds

Uses:Plant an d equipment outlays — -Inventories (change in book value)Change in customer receivables. _Cash and U. S. Government securitiesOther current assets .-

Total uses __

Sources:Internal:

Retained profits and depletion allowances _ ._Depreciation allowances , _ . .

Total internal sources

External:Change in trade debt -_ -Change in Federal income tax liabilityOther current liabilities. _ _._Change in bank loansChange in mortgagesNet new issues

Total external sources

Total sources

Discrepancy (sources less uses) _ . . _ _

1947

16.27.17,61.2-.1

32.0

11.65.2

16 8

4.62.31.02.6.6

4.4

15 5

32.3

—.3

1048

18.04.24.01.9.1

28.2

12.86.2

19 0

1.2.8

(8)1.1.7

5 9

9 7

28.7

—.5

1949

16.1-4.3—.53 0

—.2

14.1

9.17 0

16 1

—2.9-2.1_ -i

-1.9.7

4 9

—1 4

14.7

— 6

1950

16.67.5

10.05.0.3

39.4

12.97.5

20 4

5 97.1.3

2.5.9

3 7

20 4

40.8

—1.4

1951»

21.78.65.03.0.5

38.8

8.08 5

16 5

3.58.51.03 51.05 8

23 3

39.8

—1.0

* Excludes banks and insurance companies.» Estimates based on incomplete data; by Council of Economic Advisers.* Less than 50 million dollars.

Source: Department of Commerce estimates based on Securities and Exchange Commission and otherfinancial data (except as noted).

203


TABLE B-38.—International transactions of the United States, 1948-51


Type of transaction

Exports of goods and services:Recorded goodsOther goods 2 __ _ _ _ _ -.

Total goods .Services _ _ _ _Income on investments

Total exports _ _

Imports of goods and_ser vices:Recorded goodsOther goods 2

Total goodsServicesIncome on investments

Total imports _. ..

Surplus of exports of goods_andservices:

Recorded goodsOther goods 2

Total goods -Services . -Income on investments _

Total surplus of exports

Means of financing surplus of ex-ports of goods and services:

Liquidation of gold anddollar assets by foreign coun-tries

Dollar disbursements (net) by:International Monetary

FundInternational Bank

U. S. Government sources(net):"

Grants and other unilat-eral transfers _

Long- and short-term loans _U. S. private sources (net):

Remittances. --Long- and short-term

capital 8

Total means of financ-ing

Errors and omissions

1948

12, 651695

13, 3462,2461 375

16, 967

7 124698

7 8222 162

284

10 268

5 527—3

5 52484

1 091

6 699

780

203176

4,157886

678

856

7,736—1 037

1949

12, 052285

12, 3372,2321,405

15, 974

6 622444

7 0662,184

353

9,603

5 430—159

5,27148

1 052

6 371

—60

9938

5,321647

522

589

7,156—785

1950

10, 275383

10, 6582,0241 743

14, 425

8 852463

9 3152,376

437

12, 128

1 423—80

1, 343-3521 306

2 297

—3, 645

—2037

4,120164

481

1,316

2,453—156

Total i

14, 888573

15, 4612,7502,003

20, 214

11 204649

11 8532,893

417

15, 163

3 684-76

3,608—1431 586

5 051

-122

4,508151

412

750

5,699-648

Firstquarter

3,33480

3,414565396

4,375

3 032185

3 21761286

3 915

302—105

197—47310

460

—855

—1016

1,03559

112

249

606—146

1951

Secondquarter

4 01873

4 091721471

5,283

2 980153

3 13370699

3 938

1 038—80

95815

372

1 345

—159

—1110

1,27983

96

284

1,582—237

Thirdquarter

3 686135

3 821744511

5,076

2 492139

2 63185693

3 580

1 194—4

1 190—112

418

1 496

269

C3)23

1, 10227

94

2

1,517—21

Fourthquarter 1

3 850285

4 135720625

5 480

2 700' 172

2 872719139

3 730

1 150'l!3

1 2631

486

1 750

595

1,092-18

110

215

1,994—244

1 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.2 Includes goods sold to or bought from other countries that have not been shipped from or into the United

States customs area, and other adjustments.3 Less than $500,000.4 For detail, see appendix table B-40.s Excludes purchases or sales of obligations issued by the International Bank for Reconstruction and

Development.Source: Department of Commerce (except as noted).

204


TABLE B--39.—United States exports and imports of goods and services, by area, 1948—51


Area

Exports of goods and services: 2

ERP countries . _ _ _ERP dependenciesEurope, except ERP countries-Canada and NewfoundlandLatin- American republicsOther 4

Total exports

Imports of goods and services: 2

ERP countriesERP dependenciesEurope, except ERP countries-Canada and Newfoundland- __Latin-American republicsOther 4

Total imports

Export surplus of goods and serv-ices: 2

ERP countriesERP dependenciesEurope, except ERP countries-Canada and NewfoundlandLatin-American republicsOther*. .__

Total export surplus

ADDENDUM

Exports of goods and services tosterling area 8

Imports of goods and services fromsterling area

Export surplus with sterlingarea5

1948

5.89.85.27

2.484.223.26

16 97

2.20.74.24

2.043 081.98

10 27

3 69.11.03.45

1.141.28

6.70

2 67

1 93

.74

1949

5.39.90.21

2.593.663.21

15 97

2.22.71.18

2.012 941.54

9 60

3 17.19.03.58.72

1.67

6.37

2.52

1.73

.79

1950

4.43.58.18

2.733.922.59

14 42

2.69.89.23

2.443 562.32

12 13

1 73—.31-.04

.29

.36

.27

2.30

1 95

2.27

-.32

Total i

(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

20 21

(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

15 16

(3)(3)

(3)(3)(3)

(3)

5.05

(3)

(3)

(3)

Firstquarter

5.48.52.29

3.184.573.46

17 50

3.381.30.26

2.474 903.35

15 66

2.10—.78

.03

.71-.33

.11

1.84

2 31

3.00

-.69

1951

Secondquarter

7.16.68.38

3.925.123 87

21 13

3.641.21.26

2.804 183 66

15 75

3 52- 53

.121.12.94.21

5.38

2 86

3 42

-.56

Thirdquarter

6 45.74.32

3.445.344 02

20 30

3 481.13.18

3.043 512 98

14 32

2 97—.39

.14

.401.831.04

5.98

3 19

2.84

.35

Fourthquarter *

(3)(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)

21 92

(3)(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)

14 92

(3)(3)

(3)(3)(3)(3)

7.00

(3)

(3)

(3)

1 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.2 Includes income on investments.3 Not available.4 Includes international institutions.6 In 1950 and 195], includes "special category" exports sold for cash, but excludes all transactions under

the Mutual Defense Assistance Program.NOTE.—Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding.Source: Department of Commerce (except as noted).

205


TABLE B-40.—U. S. Government grants, other unilateral transfers, and loans to foreign countries,1948-51


Type of aid

Unilateral payments:Military-aid programs:

Mutual Defense Assist-ance Program

Greek-Turkish aidChinese aid

EGA programs:European Recovery Pro-

gramOther

Army Civilian Supply Program *.Technical Cooperation Ad-

ministrationPhilippine Rehabilitation Act.Interim aid and Post-UNRRAInternational Refugee Organi-

zation and other United Na-tions relief organizations

Other --

Total unilateral payments. ..Less: Unilateral receipts

Equals: Net unilateral jpay-ments 1

Long-term loans and investments:United Kingdom loanEuropean Recovery Program..Export-Import Bank loansSurplus property credits, in-

cluding ship sales ._Raw-material credits to occu-

pied areasUnited Nations building loan.Other

Total long-term loans andInvestments

Less: Repayments

Equals: Net long-term loansand investments

Short-term loans (net)

Total net unilateral pay-ments, loans and invest-ments

1948

34971

1 39796

1,468

130627

117107

4,362205

4,157

300476454

168

639

1,416443

973

-87

5,043

1949

17144

3 730' 92

1,082

2032

104157

5,585264

5,321

428163

30

262012

679205

474

173

5,968

1950

516625

2 719114500

7166

84122

4,295175

4,120

163193

2

28226

414287

127

37

4,284

Total i

(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

«(2)

(2)

(2)(2)

(2)(2)

4, 508

(2)(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)(2)

(2)(2)

134

17

4,659

Firstquarter

3223

(3)

5952681

14

1441

1,08752

1,035

3983

41

12760

67

-8

1,094

1951

Secondquarter

4543

65121

127

34

747

1,31940

1,279

2581

42

11246

66

17

1 362

Thirdquarter

4351

(3)

5394070

54

632

1,13230

1,102

7030

42

10687

19

8

1 129

Fourthquarter 1

(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

(2)(2)

(2)(2)

1,092

(2)(2)

(2)

(2)(2)(2)

(2)(2)

-18

_.

1,074

1 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.2 Not available.* Less than $500,000.4 Includes disbursements in Germany administered by EGA from funds appropriated under the Army

Civilian Supply Program.Source: Department of Commerce (except as noted).

206


TABLE B-41.—United States merchandise exports, including reexports, by area, 1936-38 quarterlyaverage and 1947—51

Period

Quarterly average:1936-381947194819491950'1951 3

1950: First quarterSecond quarter _ _Third quarter ». .Fourth quarter 3_

1951: First quarter «...Second quarter 3.Third quarter 3. _Fourth quarter 3_

Quarterly average:1936-38194719481949I9608

1950: First quarterSecond quarter. _Third quarter ». _Fourth quarter 3.

1951: First quarter ».„Second quarter 3_Third quarter 3_ .

Total ex-ports in-cluding

reexportsCanada J

OtherWesternHemi-sphere

ERPcoun-tries 2

OtherEurope Asia*

Australiaand

OceaniaAfrica

Millions of dollars

7423,8353,1633,0132,569

4 3, 722

2,3652,5102,4512,949

3,3344,0183,686

<3,850

115528486490504

(5)

397530505583

623756606

(•)

1361,017

841725703

(5)

640668706798

867960979

(5)

2821,3241,0461,019

720(5)

776762587756

8141,028

871«

31118494135

(5)

33353734

628262

(8)

122562507534369

(5)

399381334364

470549516

(')

2380384936

(5)

37383038

444566

(•)

3220519615591

(fi)

849679

103

120156173

(5)

Percentage of total

100100100100100

100100100100

100100100

15.513.815.416.319.6

16.821.120.619.8

18.718.816.4

18.326.526.624.127.4

27.126.628.827.1

26.023.926.6

38.034.533.133.828.0

32.830.423.925.6

24.425.623.6

4.23.11.51.41.4

1.41.41.51.2

1.92.01.7

16.414.716.017.714.4

16.915.213.612.3

14.113.714.0

3.12.11.21.61.4

.6

.5

.2

.3

.3

.1

.8

4.35.36.25.13.5

3. 63.83.23.5

3.63.94.7

1 Includes Newfoundland and Labrador.2 Turkey is included with countries participating in the European Recovery Program and excluded from

Asia. Exports to Germany are included with those of ERP countries and, in the postwar period, relatealmost wholly to exports to the 3 western zones.

3 Data by area exclude, while total exports include, "special category" exports. For this reason, exportsby area will not add to total exports in these periods.

* Estimates based upon incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers,s Not available.

NOTE.—Data in this table cover all merchandise, including reexports, shipped from the United Statescustoms area to foreign countries, including, in 1947 to 1951, goods destined to United States Armed Forcesabroad for distribution in occupied areas as civilian supplies.

Detail will not necessarily add to totals because of rounding. See also footnote 3.


207977891—52


TABLE B-42.—Indexes of quantity and unit value of United States domestic merchandise exports,by economic class,, 1936—38 quarterly average and 1947—51

[1936-38=100]

Period

Quarterly average:1936-381947.19481949 „19501951 2 _ -

1950' First quarterSecond quarter _ _Third quarterFourth quarter

1951: First quarter ._Second quarterThird quarterFourth quarter 2 ._

Quarterly average:1936-38194719481949195019512

1950: First quarter __ .Second quarter . _Third quarterFourth quarter

1951: First quarter ._.Second quarterThird quarterFourth quarter 2

Totaldomesticexports

Crudematerials

Crudefoodstuffs !

Manu-factured

foodstuffs *

Semi-manu-

factures

Finishedmanu-

factures

Quantity indexes

100275214219193246

181194184209

223258243258

100123100126128(3)

125143112128

112126116

(3)

100397362435287(3)

284270264325

456583434

(»)

100478350297237(3)

213250224230

247280267

(3)

100203144150127(3)

121126125135

131157165

(3)

100332257250225(3)

207220220251

278317304

(3)

Unit value indexes

100188200186180205

177175180191

202210206202

100195223212220

(3)

206212226215

263275249

(3) .

100248255225193

(3)

196190192196

203219221

(3)

100218223177151

(3)

151142162169

185203192

(3)

100169184174170

(3)

164166168183

203212211

(3)

100182193184179

(3)

179175177187

195201200

(3)

1 Export indexes of crude and manufactured foodstuffs, particularly those of unit value in 1950, are in-fluenced by sales of large quantities of food products at prices considerably below market quotations. Suchexports include sales from Government-owned surplus and shipments on which subsidies were paid by theDepartment of Agriculture.

2 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.3 Not available.

NOTE.—The indexes of quantity are a measure of the volume of trade after the influence on value of changesin average prices has been eliminated. The indexes of unit value provide a measure of change in the averageprices at which trade transactions are reported in official foreign trade statistics, including change in aver-age prices that result from changes in the commodity composition of trade. The indexes for 1947 to 1950are based on data which include goods destined to the United States Armed Forces abroad for distributionto civilians in occupied areas.


208


TABLE B-43.—United States general merchandise imports, by area, 7936-38 quarterly average and1947-51

Period

Quarterly average:1936-381947 .19481949 .. ..195019513 . .


1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarterFourth quarter s

Totalgeneralimports

Canada 1Other

WesternHemi-sphere

ERPcoun-tries 2

OtherEurope Asia 2

Australiaand

OceaniaAfrica

Millions of dollars

6221,4391,7811,6562,2132,801

1, 8891, 9312,3882,644

3,0322,9802, 4922,700

88282398388490

(4)

404478504575

529585552

I4)

143568627611776

(4)

727645913818

1,084894739

<.4)

152174244211315

(4)

240243323455

513514457

(4>

3045493547

(4)

45454950

635739

0)

183249324296409

(4)

302363417555

592545480

(4)

1039413152

(4)

49524760

S3184119

(4)

17829884

123(0

122103136132

169201

• 106(4)

Quarterly average:1936-38 . .19471948 -19491950 _

1950: First quarter. _Second quarterThird quarterFourth quarter

1951: First quarter .Second quarterThird quarter

Percentage of total

100100100100100

100100100100

100100100

14.119.622.323.422.1

21.424.821.121.7

17.419.622.2

23.039.535.236.935.1

38.533.438.230.9

35.830.029.7

24.412.113.712.714.2

12.712.613.517.2

16.917.218.3

4.83.12.82.12.1

2.42.32.11.9

2.11.91.6

29.417.318.217.918.5

16.018.817.521.0

19.518.319.3

1.62.72.31.92.3

2.62.72.02.3

2.76.24.8

2.75.75.55.15.6

6.55.35.75.0

5.66.74.3

1 Includes Newfoundland and Labrador.2 Turkey is included with countries participating in the European Recovery Program and excluded from

Asia. Imports from Germany are included with those of ERP countries and, in the postwar period, relatealmost wholly to imports from the three western zones.

3 Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advisers.4 Not available.

NOTE.—Data in this table cover all merchandise received in theTUmted States customs area from foreigncountries. General imports include merchandise entered immediately upon arrival into merchandisingchannels, plus entries into bonded customs warehouses.



209


TABLE B—44.—Indexes of quantity and unit value of United States merchandise imports foisumption, by economic class, 1936—38 quarterly average and 1947—51

[1936-38=100]

Period

Quarterly average:1936-3819471948 - . ---1949195019511

1950: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarter _ _ _Fourth quarter

1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarterFourth quarter *

Quarterly average:1936-38 . .1947 -_19481949 _ _ _19501951 i


1951: First quarterSecond quarterThird quarterFourth quarter *

Totalimports forconsump-

tion

Crudematerials

Crudefoodstuffs

Manufac-tured food-

stuffsSemimanu-

facturesFinishedmanufac-

tures

Quantity indexes

100108123120146148

137136154158

163147131151

100129139125152

0)

152140155161

161144136

(2)

10096

109119113

- (2)

12194

125111

14910892

(2)

100839197

117(2)

98113143113

126129120

(2)

100130149143219

(2)

189213220247

227215182

(2)

10084

103101125

(2)107107119125147

141141126

(*)

Unit value indexes

100213235224243304

223229248270

295313312297

100180203195214

(2)

185194215255

302340316

(*)

100311343330454

(2)

410433485491

508521516

(2)

100208212202203

(2)

199199203210

214224224

(3)

100191217198193

(2)

176179197220

234242250

(a)

100245266258252

(2)

245248253262

278288313

(J)

* Estimates based on incomplete data; fourth quarter by Council of Economic Advise rs.2 Not available.NOTE.—The indexes of quantity are a measure of the volume of trade after the influence on value of changes

in average prices has been eliminated. The indexes of unit value provide a measure of change in the averageprices at which trade transactions are reported in official foreign trade statistics, including changes in aver-age prices that result from changes in the commodity composition of trade.


210


TABLE B-45.—United States exports of selected capital goods to ERP countries and underdevelopedareas, 1950-51


Goods and area

1950

Firsthalf

Secondhalf

1951

Firsthalf

Secondhalfi

Steel mill products:ERP countries 2 _ 52Latin American republics 75Asia 3 _ 42Africa _ _ 10

Electrical machinery and apparatus:3

ERP countries 2—_ - 34Latin American republics 78Asia3 _ _ _ _ 26Africa _

Engine, turbines, and parts, including locomotives:ERP countries*-- 8Latin American republics 32Asia 2. 20Africa _ _ 4

Construction, excavating, and conveying machinery:ERP countries 2 . 18Latin American republics ...• 30Asia 2. ___ _ _ 10Africa.. _

Mining, well, and pumping machinery:ERP countries 2__ _. 15Latin American republics 27Asia 2... _ 7Africa.. _ _ 5

Machine tools:3

ERP countries 2 _ 26Latin American republics 3Asia 2 2Africa, _ _ _ _ . (*)

Other metal working machinery:ERP countries 2 40Latin American republics _ _Asia 2 2Africa... 5

Agricultural machinery and implements:ERP countries a 7Latin American republics _ 15Asia 2 ._ 3Africa 5

Tractors, parts, and accessories: *ERP countries 2 17Latin American republics 29Asia 2 _ _ . _ 7Africa. 14

Trucks, busses, and chasses (new): *ERP countries 2

Latin American republicsAsia 2 _ _ . _ 15Africa „ 8

Miscellaneous machinery, excluding aircraft and trans-portation equipment:

ERP countries 2 _ 87Latin American republics 78Asia2 . . . .. 25Africa

10

43

14

8010224

4010435

3311524

C4)

35

141162216

1242913

421063611

451243411

174896

18441511

1045107

2131

34941

2547

11451118

13127

21

1293114

* Estimates based on data through September.2 Turkey is included in ERP countries and excluded from Asia.3 Includes "special category" commodities in first half of 1950, but excludes them thereafter.< Less than $500,000.Source: Department of Commerce.

211


TABLE B-46.—Changes in selected economic series since 1939 and 1950 and during 1951

Source:Ap-pen-dix

tableNo.

B-l...

B-3...

B-6...

B-9___

B-10-.

B-ll..

B-15..

B-16..

B-18-.

B-19-.

B-20..

B-22..

B-23..

Economic series

Gross national productPersonal consumption expendituresGross private domestic investmentGovernment purchases of goods and

services

Gross national product in 1951 pricesPersonal consumption expendituresGross private domestic investmentGovernment purchases of goods and

services _

National incomeCompensation of employees

Personal incomeDisposable personal income. _ -Personal net saving

Per capita disposable personal income:Current prices - -1951 prices

Labor force, including armed forces _ -Civilian labor force ._ ._

EmploymentAgricultural _ _ ._Nonagricultural - ._ _

Unemployment

Average gross weekly earnings:M anuf actur ing

Durable goods . . - ._. _ _Nondurable goods. . _

Building construction

Industrial production . _ _ .Durable manufactures .Nondurable manufactures - - _ . _ . _ -Minerals

Agricultural production

New constructionPrivate - _ _ _ . _

Residential (nonfarm)Nonresidential _ _ .__ . .Other private

Public

Business expenditures for plant and equip-ment-- _ _ -

Manufacturing

Inventories, end of periodManufacturing _ _ _ .Wholesale tradeRetail trade

SalesManufacturing _ _ . .Wholesale tradeRetail trade

Consumers' price index: All items _ _ .FoodApparel _ _ _ ___RentHousefurnishings _ ._ _ _

Wholesale price index: All commoditiesFarm productsFoodsOther than farm products and foods

1939=100

1950

310287494

324

168160243

159

330321

310291396

251141

11611413178

14533

249239251243

183217172140130

340474470481478187

342386

301290308322

362373366342

173215187126188

209261236188

1951

Total 2

358303594

485

182158272

220

381373

346317685

269141

(3)11413373

14920

271262268270

201250178156131

364474407624542237

444573

349362328333

405435407359

186239203130208

234301265208

Firsthalf

354304634

434

181159292

198

375366

340312530

266139

(3)11313270

14822

270261268261

204251183153

(3)

375499443662521231

413510

346340333366

411442413364

185237201129208

237307264211

Secondhalf 2

362302554

535

184157253

243

386379

352323837

272142

(3)115135

7715118

272264268280

199'250173158

(3)

354450371586562243

474637

3493C2328333

397426400353

188241205132208

231295267206

Percentagechange '

1950to

19512

15.65.6

20.2

49.4

8.5-1.51-2.0

38.6

15. 516.2

11.89.1

72.9

7.1-.1

(3)-.31.7

-6.02.9

-40.2

8.99.86.6

11.2

9.515.23.7

11.5.7

7.0.2

-13.429.913.327.1

29.748.7

15.624.76.63.5

11.916.511.15.1

7.811.28.83.8

10.9

11.815.312.510.6

1951, firsthalf to1951,

secondhalf 2

2.1-.6

-12.7

23.2

1.9-1.1

-13.3

23.0

3.03.8

3.53.2

58.0

2.31.7

(3)2.02.79.21.9

-18.0

.71.4.1

7.3

-2.3-.7

-5.03.1

C3)

-5.6-9.9

-16.3-11.5

7.95.1

14.624.8

.66.3

-1.4-9.2

-3.3-3.5-3.2-3.1

1.41.52.02.1.1

-2.4-3.8

1.0-2.5

See footnotes at end of table.

212


TABLE B-46.—Changes in selected economic series since 1939 and 1950 and during 1951—Continued

Source:Ap-pen-dix

tableNo.

B-24_.

B-26-.

B-27..

B-30..

B-32..

B-41..

B-43-.

Economic series

Prices received by farmersPrices paid by farmers (including interest,

taxes, and wage rates)

Consumer credit outstanding, end of period-Instalment credit

Loans and investments of all commercialbanks, end of period

Loans _ _Investments in U. S. Government

securities

Gross public debt and guaranteed issues,end of period __ _. . .

Corporate profits:Profits before taxProfits after tax

Dividend paymentsUndistributed profits

Merchandise exports, including reexports ..

General merchandise imports

1939=100

1950

269

209

286304

311303

265

539

6371520242

1133

<346

*356

1951

Total 2

318

230

290301

329340

266

545

6891207250717

<502

4450

Firsthalf

322

229

274293

310319

250

536

7481307242867

M95

4483

Secondhalf 2

312

232

290301

329340

266

545

6311107258567

4508

4417

Percentagechange l

1950to

19512

11.8

10.2

1.5- 1.2

5.611.9

.3

1.0

8.2-20.6

3.3-36.8

44.9

26.6

1951, firsthalf to

1951,secondhalf 2

-3. a

1.4

5.9-2.7

6.26.6

6.3

1.6-

-15.6-15. a

6.5-34.6

2.5-

-13. 6

1 Changes are computed from data as reported and therefore may differ slightly from changes computedfrom the indexes shown here.

2 Estimates based on incomplete data.3 Not available.4 1936-38 average =100.

213


Index to the Annual Economic Review

Including references to charts and text tables in the Annual EconomicReview and the Economic Report of the President

(For additional tabular material, see Appendixes A and B)

Agriculture: PagtProduction 51,112Labor 52, 107

Chart 8.—Civilian labor force 53Prices 56,144Price supports 112

Allocations of scarce materials (see also Materials):Policy and procedures 100, 102,115International 128

Aluminum. (See Materials.)Atomic energy 110Automobile production and employment (see also Durable goods) 54,114,118Banks. (See Credit.)Capacity expansion:

Chart 20.—New plant and equipment outlays in selected durable manufac-turing industries 78

Chart 27.—New plant and equipment outlays in selected nondurable manu-facturing industries 79

Programs 77,108Chart 2.—Growth in basic capacity and production 5Table 5.—Expansion of capacity or output of selected industries 77Table 6.—Progress on facilities projects aided by tax amortization 80Table 14.—Estimated plant and equipment expenditures in selected

areas of programmed or Government-aided expansion 109Longer-run problem 149

Civilian economic strength, maintenance 41Chart 1.—Building our strength: gross national product in 1951 prices 3

Components, control of distribution 102Conservation. (See Natural resource development; Materials.)Construction (see also Capacity expansion; Housing):

Developments in 1951 80Chart 5.—Economic indicators: changes from 1950 to 1951 27Chart 19.—Business investment 75Chart 22.—Construction 81

Curtailment 80, 98,102, 111Chart 28.—Metals supply and requirements for civilian use 99

Public 93,109Table 13.—New public construction expenditures for major develop-

ment programs 94Consumption expenditures 72

Chart 3.—Gains in living standards 7Chart 16.—Personal income, spending, and saving 70Chart 18.—Personal consumption expenditures for durable goods 72

215


PageConsumer goods, outlook 117

Chart 31.—Output of selected consumer durable goods 117Consumers' prices 59, 145

Table 2.—Changes in consumers'] prices 60Chart 77.—Consumers' prices 61Chart 36.—Changes in personal assets and prices 138

Controlled Materials Plan 102Copper. (See Materials.)Corporate finance 84

Chart 23.—Sources and uses of corporate funds 83Corporate profits 64, 84

Chart 5.—Economic indicators: changes from 1950 to 1951 27Chart 13.—Corporate profits 65

Credit:Developments in 1951 66

Chart 14.—Bank loans and investments 67Chart 15.—Money supply 68Table 3.—Factors changing the volume of the privately-held money

supply 69Policy 141-144

Debt, public. (See Government finance.)Defense. (See Security.)Defense Housing and Community Facilities and Services Act 108Defense Production Act, amendments 144Deficits. (See Government finance.)Dislocations of business 54, 114Dispersal, local and regional I l lDurable goods:

Production in 1951 49Chart 7.—Production 50

Consumers' 72,117Chart 3.—Gains in living standards 7Chart 4.—Production of consumer durable goods contrasted with first half

of 1950 11Chart 18.—Personal consumption expenditures for durable goods 72Chart 31.—Output of selected consumer durable goods 117

Producers' 75, 111Chart 19.—Business investment 75

Capacity expansion 76Chart 20.—New plant and equipment outlays in selected durable manu-

facturing industries 78Major required adjustments . 100

Economy, Government. (See Government finance.)Education 94, 120Electric power 51, 77, 80, 108-110

Chart 2.—Growth in basic capacity and production 5Employment (see also Manpower; Unemployment) 52Europe, Western 122

Chart 33.—Industrial production in Western Europe 123Table 16.—Foreign trade of Western Europe with rest of world 124Table 17.—Available resources in Western Europe 124

Expansion, programmed. (See Capacity expansion.)

216


PageExports, U. S., in 1951 85

Chart 24.—Exports and imports of goods and services 85Table 7.—United States exports and imports of goods and services 86

Export surplus, financing in 1951 88Farm. (See Agriculture.)Federal Reserve policy 141-144Finance. (See Corporate finance; Government finance.)Fiscal policy. (See Government finance.)Foreign aid 88, 121, 125

Table 15.—Foreign aid appropriated under Mutual Security Act of 1951 121Table 78.—Net new funds made available to underdeveloped areas for eco-

nomic assistance by United States Government and International Bank. 127Foreign investment, private 88, 105, 126Government finance:

Federal, developments in 1951 88Table 9.—Summary of Federal fiscal operations 89National security programs (see also Security) 47, 92Public debt operations 89

Chart 25.—The public debt. , 90Consolidated cash accounts 90

Table 10.—Government cash receipts from and payments to thepublic 91

Table 77.—Federal cash payments to the public by function 91Table 72.—Federal cash payments to the public by type of recipient

and transaction 92Chart 26.—Federal cash receipts from and payments to the public. . . 93

Nonmilitary construction programs 93Table 73.—New public construction expenditures for major develop-

ment programs 94Federal programs, financing 131

Budget economies 131Recent tax legislation 131Nature of financing problem ahead 132

Chart 35.—Federal budget expenditures 133Longer-run budget outlook 134Pay-as-we-go tax policy 134Sources of additional revenues 135Effects of temporary deficits » . . . . 136

State and local government finance 94, 136Hard goods. (See Durable goods.)Health 94, 120Highways 94, 110Hours, working 52, 106Housing Ill, 118

Chart 28.—Metals supply and requirements for civilan use 99Chart 32.—New housing starts , 119Defense housing 107, 119

Import barriers, U. S 106, 126Imports, U. S 86, 105

Chart 24.—Exports and imports of goods and services 85Table 7.—United States exports and imports of goods and services 86Table 8.—United States imports of selected metals 87

217


PageIncome, personal 69

Chart 3.—Gains in living standards 7Chart 5.—Economic indicators: changes from 1950 to 1951 27Chart 16.—Personal income, spending, and saving 70Chart 17.—Per capita disposable income 71Distribution 71Outlook 137

Industrial production, developments in 1951 49Chart 7.—Production 50

Inflationary pressures (see also Stabilization):and production 103The problem abroad 130

Chart 34.—Wholesale prices in selected countries 129Outlook 137

International allocation of materials 128International economic purposes of the United States 43, 121International transactions of the United States (see also Exports; Imports; Foreign

aid) 84Inventories:

Developments in 1951 82Chart 19.—Business investment 75Chart 23.—Sources and uses of corporate funds 83

Scarce materials 103and stabilization 137, 139

Investment (see also Capacity expansion; Construction; Inventories):Developments in 1951 74

Chart 19.—Business investment 75Chart 20.—New plant and equipment outlays in selected durable manu-

facturing industries 78Chart 21.—New plant and equipment outlays in selected nondurable

manufacturing industries 79Chart 22.—Construction 81Chart 23.—Sources and uses of corporate funds 83

Investment abroad, private 88, 105, 127Public investment 93, 109

Table 13.—New public construction expenditures for major develop-ment programs 94

Government policies 108Restrictions on nonessential investment Ill

Labor force, shortages, supply. (See Manpower; Unemployment.)Lower priced lines of merchandise 118Manpower (see also Dislocations of business; Unemployment):

Labor force developments in 1951 52Chart 5.—Economic indicators: changes from 1950 to 1951 , 27Chart 8.—Civilian labor force 53

Manpower problems, outlook, policies 106Materials, scarce (see also Allocations; Capacity expansion) 97-102, 105-106

Table 8.—United States imports of selected metals 87Chart 28.—Metals supply and requirements for civilian use 99Chart 29.—Uses of steel 101

Metals. (See Materials.)Migrant labor 107Minerals (see also Materials):

Production in 1951 51

218


PageMoney supply 68

Chart 15.—Money supply 68Table 3.—Factors changing the volume of the privately-held money supply. . 69

Mutual Security Act of 1951.. 121Table 15.—Foreign aid appropriated under Mutual Security Act of 1951.... 121

Natural resource development 105,109,115Nondurable goods:

Production in 1951 49Chart 3.—Gains in living standards 7Chart 7.—Production 50

Capacity expansion 76Chart 21.—New plant and equipment outlays in selected nondurablemanufacturing industries. . . _ _ 79

Output. (See Production).Planning. (See Programming).Plant and equipment. (See Capacity expansion; Investment.)President's Materials Policy Commission 106Price controls 144Price incentives for minerals production 105Price supports, farm 112Prices, developments in 1951 55

Chart 5.—Economic indicators: changes from 1950 to 1951 27Wholesale 55

Chart 9.—Wholesale prices 56Table 1.—Changes in wholesale prices 57Chart 10.—Wholesale prices of industrial products 58

Consumers' 59, 145Table 2.—Changes in consumers' prices 60Chart 11.—Consumers' prices 61Chart 36.—Changes in personal assets and prices 138

Prices in other countries 130Chart 34.—Wholesale prices in selected countries 129

Pricing standards 145Procurement, and small business 116Production (see also Agriculture):

Developments in 1951 49Chart 5.—Economic indicators: changes from 1950 to 1951 27Chart 7.—Production 50

Problems and policy of increasing production 40, 103and inflation 103Factors limiting increase 104Objective for 1952 113

Chart 1.—Building our strength: gross national product in 1951 prices. . 3Chart 2.—Growth in basic capacity and production 5Chart 30.—Gross national product; expenditures in 1951 prices.

Productivity:and inflation 103and expansion of production 106and wage stabilization 147

Profits. (See Corporate profits.)Programming 43Public investment 93, 109

Table 13.—New public construction expenditures for major developmentprograms 94

219


PagePublic participation in security program 44Regional considerations and problems 111,114Research, surveys, and development projects related to resources 110Saving, personal:

Developments in 1951 73Chart 76.—Personal income, spending, and saving 70Table 4.—Liquid and total personal saving 74

Outlook 137Chart 36.—Changes in personal assets and prices t$$

Security, national, programs:Statement of economic purpose related thereto 39Developments in 1951 47Program now proposed 95

Chart 6.—National security expenditures for goods and services in 1951prices 48

Chart 27.—The security program: expenditures for goods and services in1951 prices 96

Chart 35.—Federal budget expenditures 133Speed of the build-up 97

Services, output in 1951 52Small business 115Social security and welfare programs 121Soft goods. (See Nondurable goods.)Stabilization (see also Inflationary pressures) 137

World aspects 130Relation of various stabilization policies 140Longer-range problem 148

State and local government finance 94,136Steel. (See Materials.)Steel prices and wages 146Stockpiling 48, 100Strikes 54Tariffs, U. S 106Tax amortization 76

'Table 6.—Progress on facilities projects aided by tax amortization 80Taxation. (See Government finance.)Technological research on conservation of scarce materials 106Underdeveloped countries (see also Foreign aid; Foreign investment) 126

Table 18.—Net new funds made available to underdeveloped areas foreconomic assistance by United States Government and International Bank. 127

Table 19.—Output of selected commodities in certain underdeveloped areas. . 128Unemployment:

Developments in 1951 54Chart 8.—Civilian labor force 53

Defense unemployment 54,114Vocational programs 107Voluntary Credit Restraint Program 137, 141Wage negotiations in 1951 63Wage stabilization 147Wages, developments in 1951 61

Chart 12.—Average earnings in manufacturing industries 62Work stoppages 54

U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19S2

220


ERP January 1952

Documents

Transcript of ERP January 1952